AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GUI Reference (Version B) PDF

AN5116-06B
Optical Line Terminal Equipment
GUI Reference
Version: B
Code: MN000000070
FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.
April 2012
Thank you for choosing our products.
We appreciate your business. Your satisfaction is our goal.

We will provide you with comprehensive technical support
and after-sales service. Please contact your local sales
representative, service representative or distributor for any
help needed at the contact information shown below.
Fiberhome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: No.5 Dongxin Rd., Hongshan Dist., Wuhan, China

Zip code: 430073
Tel: +86 27 8769 1549
Fax: +86 27 8769 1755
Website: http://www.fiberhomegroup.com
Legal Notice
are trademarks of FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

(Hereinafer referred to as FiberHome)
All brand names and product names used in this document are used for
identification purposes only and are trademarks or registered trademarks
of their respective holders.
All rights reserved
No part of this document (including the electronic version) may be

reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written permission from FiberHome.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
Preface
Related Documentation
Document Description
AN5116-06B Optical Line Introduces the retrieval method, contents, releasing,

Terminal Equipment reading approach, and suggestion feedback method for
Documentation Guide the complete manual set for the AN5116-06B.
Introduces the AN5116-06B's network location, functional

features, hardware structure, FTTx application model,
AN5116-06B Optical Line
equipment configuration, network management system
Terminal Equipment Product
and technical specifications. It is the foundation of the
Description
complete manual set. Other manuals extend and enrich
the concepts introduced in the Product Description.
Introduces the key features supported by the AN5116-06B,

including GPON / EPON access, GPON / EPON terminal
management, VLAN, multicast, voice and safety; and
Terminal Equipment Feature
introduces these functions in details in terms of definition,
Description
features, specification, principle description, references
and so on.
Introduces the appearance, structure, functions, technical
specifications, and operating method for the AN5116-06B’s
Terminal Equipment Hardware
cabinet, PDP, subrack, cards, cables and wires, facilitating
Description
users’ mastery of the hardware features of the equipment.
Introduces the overall installation and acceptance

inspection procedures from unpacking inspection to power-
on examination after the equipment is delivered on site,
Terminal Equipment Installation
and provides reference information (e.g. safety principles
Guide
and wiring scheme of various interfaces) to guide users to
install the equipment.
Introduces the method for configuring the EPON services

supported by the AN5116-06B via the ANM2000, such as
basic configuration, voice service configuration, data
Terminal Equipment EPON
service configuration, multicast service configuration, and
Configuration Guide
software upgrading configuration, to guide users on start-
up for various services and software upgrading.
I
Document Description
Introduces the method for configuring the GPON services

supported by the AN5116-06B via the ANM2000, such as
basic configuration, voice service configuration, data
Terminal Equipment GPON
service configuration, multicast service configuration, and
Configuration Guide
software upgrading configuration, to guide users on start-
up for various services and software upgrading.
Introduces the shortcut menu for every card of the

AN5116-06B on the ANM2000, including the function,
parameter explanation, precautions and configuration
Terminal Equipment GUI
example of every command in the shortcut menu of each
Reference
card, to help users master the operation of the AN5116-
06B using the ANM2000.
Introduces the operation procedures for replacing the

AN5116-06B Optical Line AN5116-06B’s components, including preparations,
Terminal Equipment Component precautions, early operations, operation process and
Replacement subsequent operations, so as to guide users with the
component replacement on the hardware.
Introduces the daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly and annual

AN5116-06B Optical Line routine maintenance operations on the AN5116-06B.
Terminal Equipment Routine Users are able to eliminate silent failures in the equipment
Maintenance operation process as early as possible via implementing
the routine maintenance.
Introduces the AN5116-06B’s alarm / event information,
AN5116-06B Optical Line including alarm / event names, alarm / event levels,
Terminal Equipment Alarm and possible reasons, effects on the system, and processing
Event Reference procedures, to guide users on effective alarm / event
processing.
Introduces the fault processing principles and methods of

fault diagnosis and locating for the AN5116-06B. Also
discusses the typical fault cases of various EPON / GPON
Terminal Equipment
services. If the trouble is too complicated to process, users
Troubleshooting Guide
can refer to FiberHome for technical support according to
the instructions in this document.
II
Version
Version Description
This manual corresponds to the AN5116-06B EPON V2.1.

A
Initial version.
Compared with version A, this manual is added with
related contents of GUI explanations, such as VLAN
B attribute configuration and the newly-added Lay 3 routing
function. This manual corresponds to the AN5116-06B
equipment releases GPON V3.1.
Intended Readers
This manual is intended for the following readers:
u Commissioning engineers
u Operation and maintenance engineers
To utilize this manual, these prerequisite skills are necessary:
u Access network technology
u EPON principles
u GPON principles
u Ethernet switch technology
u Computer network technology
u Basic operation methods of the ANM2000
III
Conventions
Terminology Conventions
Terminology Convention
AN5116-06B The AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment
EC4B 4×EPON-C Interface Card (type B)
EC8B 8×EPON-C Interface Card (type B)
GC4B 4×GPON-C Interface Card (type B)
GC8B 8×GPON-C Interface Card (type B)
XG2B 2×10G EPON-C Interface Card (type B)
C155A 4×GE + 1×10GE Optical Interface Uplink Card (CES Mode)
CE1B 32×E1 Optical Interface Card (CES mode) (type B)
PUBA Public Card (type A)
Core Switch Card (EPON) (card No.: 2.115.334)

HSWA
Core Switch Card (type A) (card No.: 2.115.331)
HU1A 4×GE + 1×10GE Optical Interface Uplink Card
HU2A 2×GE + +2×10GE Optical Interface Uplink Card
GU6F 6×GE Optical Interface Uplink Card
Symbol Conventions
Symbol Convention Description
Note Important features or operation guide.
Possible injury to persons or systems, or cause traffic

Caution
interruption or loss.
Warning May cause severe bodily injuries.
➔ Jump Jumps to another step.
Cascading
→ Connects multi-level menu options.
menu
Bidirectional
↔ The service signal is bidirectional.
service
Unidirectional
→ The service signal is unidirectional.
service
IV
Contents
Preface...................................................................................................................I
Related Documentation ...................................................................................I
Version ..........................................................................................................III
Intended Readers ..........................................................................................III
Conventions ................................................................................................. IV
1 Common Command.....................................................................................1-1
1.1 Querying Status.............................................................................1-2
1.2 Querying Instant Performance........................................................1-3
1.3 Querying Performance History .......................................................1-4
1.4 Querying Current Alarms ...............................................................1-6
1.5 Querying Alarm History ..................................................................1-7
1.6 Resetting a Card............................................................................1-8
1.7 Refreshing the Status Indicators Manually......................................1-9
1.8 Deleting an Object .........................................................................1-9
1.9 Querying and Modifying Properties...............................................1-10
2 Shortcut Menu Commands of a System........................................................2-1
2.1 Adding a Module............................................................................2-2
2.2 Viewing Topology...........................................................................2-2
2.3 Pinging ..........................................................................................2-3
2.4 Telnetting.......................................................................................2-3
2.5 Detecting Physical Configuration....................................................2-3
2.6 Manually Synchronizing ONUs.......................................................2-4
2.7 Synchronizing Device Capacity ......................................................2-4
2.8 Authorizing Cards ..........................................................................2-4
2.9 Clearing Alarms .............................................................................2-5
2.10 Synchronizing Alarms ....................................................................2-6
2.11 Customized Alarm Management ....................................................2-6

2.12 Time Calibration.............................................................................2-7
2.13 Batch Configuration .......................................................................2-7
2.13.1 Configuring an ONU Data Port .........................................2-7

2.13.2 Configuring ONU Data Service.........................................2-9
2.13.3 Configuring ONU Voice Basic Items ...............................2-13
2.13.4 ONU Ports Configure .....................................................2-15
2.13.5 Configuring an ONU.......................................................2-18
2.13.6 Activating an ONU Voice Port.........................................2-19
2.13.7 ONU Upstream FEC Switch ...........................................2-20
2.14 Defining a Profile .........................................................................2-21
2.14.1 Defining an ONU Port Rate Control Profile .....................2-21

2.14.2 Defining an ONU Data Port Attribute Profile....................2-23
2.14.3 Defining a Bandwidth Profile ..........................................2-24
2.14.4 Defining a Service Model Profile.....................................2-25
2.14.5 Defining a SVLAN Profile ...............................................2-27
2.14.6 Defining a Softswitch Parameter Profile..........................2-28
2.14.7 Defining an ONU Voice Port Advanced Configuration
Profile............................................................................2-33
2.14.8 NGN Voice Port Automatic Activation Switch ..................2-35
2.14.9 Defining a Threshold Configuration Profile......................2-35
2.14.10Defining the Performance Threshold Profile Binding .......2-37
2.14.11Defining an Alarm Report Manage Profile .......................2-38
2.14.12Defining an Alarm Report Profile Binding........................2-39
2.15 Layer 3 Routing Function .............................................................2-40
2.15.1 RIP................................................................................2-40
2.15.2 OSPF ............................................................................2-46
2.15.3 Configuring the Routing Protocol....................................2-55
2.15.4 DHCP Global Function...................................................2-58
2.15.5 DHCP RELAY................................................................2-60
2.15.6 DHCP SERVER.............................................................2-61
2.15.7 The Layer 3 ACL Configuration ......................................2-66
2.15.8 Configuring the Multicast Routing ...................................2-70
2.16 Alarm Reverse.............................................................................2-73
3 Shortcut Menu Commands of the HSWA Card..............................................3-1
3.1 The Real-time Performance ...........................................................3-2

3.1.1 The CUP / Memory Utilization Ratio .................................3-2
3.2 The ONU Authentication ................................................................3-3
3.2.1 The Authentication Mode of a PON Port ...........................3-3

3.2.2 ONU Authentication Mode ...............................................3-4
3.2.3 Replacing the ONU Logical Identifier ................................3-6
3.2.4 Setting Physical Identifier Whitelist of an ONU..................3-7
3.2.5 Setting Password Whitelist of an ONU..............................3-9
3.2.6 Setting Logical Identifier Whitelist of an ONU..................3-10
3.3 Configuring VLAN ........................................................................3-12
3.3.1 VLAN at the Central Office End ......................................3-12

3.3.2 Configuring the CVLAN before the HG Translation .........3-18
3.3.3 The GPON OLT VLAN Operation Table ..........................3-19
3.3.4 Configuring a QinQ Profile .............................................3-20
3.3.5 Configuring an OLT QinQ Domain ..................................3-22
3.3.6 Binding an EPON QinQ Profile .......................................3-26
3.3.7 Managing the VLAN.......................................................3-26
3.4 Configuring Voice Service ............................................................3-28
3.4.1 Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface.............................3-28

3.4.2 Configuring the NGN Uplink PPPoE ...............................3-32
3.4.3 Configuring the NGN Uplink User Data...........................3-33
3.4.4 Configuring the NGN Uplink DHCP ................................3-36
3.4.5 Configuring the NGN Heartbeat Parameters...................3-37
3.4.6 Configuring the NGN Registration Parameters................3-37
3.4.7 Binding the IAD Softswitch Intercommunication Profile ...3-38
3.4.8 Configuring the IAD MD5 ...............................................3-39
3.4.9 Configuring Digitmap .....................................................3-40
3.4.10 Configuring the PPPoE Authentication Mode..................3-41
3.4.11 Activating a NGN Voice Port Automatically .....................3-42
3.4.12 Configuring a Private Network Segment .........................3-43
3.4.13 Configuring the OLT Voice Management Mode...............3-43
3.5 Time Management .......................................................................3-44
3.5.1 Selecting the Synchronization Reference Source ...........3-44

3.5.2 Configuring Clock Modes ...............................................3-45
3.5.3 Configuring Time Management ......................................3-45
3.6 Configuring Multicast Service .......................................................3-47

3.6.1 Selecting Multicast Version ............................................3-47
3.6.2 The Multicast Profile and Port.........................................3-48
3.6.3 Multicast Cascade .........................................................3-55
3.6.4 Configuring Multicast Mode............................................3-57
3.6.5 Configuring a Multicast VLAN.........................................3-59
3.6.6 Configuring Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode ...................3-59
3.6.7 Configuring a Multicast Proxy IP Address .......................3-60
3.6.8 Configuring the SSM IP Address Range .........................3-61
3.6.9 Configuring the Multicast SSM-Mapping Source IP
Address.........................................................................3-61
3.6.10 Configuring Pre-join Groups ...........................................3-62
3.6.11 Configuring Default Preview Parameters ........................3-62
3.6.12 Log Management...........................................................3-64
3.6.13 Configure ONU Parameters ...........................................3-66
3.6.14 Multicast Log FTP Report...............................................3-68
3.6.15 Forcing Subscribers to Leave.........................................3-69
3.6.16 Refreshing Multicast Configuration Information...............3-70
3.6.17 Clearing Logs ................................................................3-71
3.7 Reliability Configuration ...............................................................3-72
3.7.1 The PON Port Protection Group .....................................3-72

3.7.2 Configuring Uplink Card Protection.................................3-76
3.7.3 Configuring Dual Uplink Protection .................................3-77
3.8 Relevant Service Configuration ....................................................3-79
3.8.1 Configuring a GPON Service Bandwidth Profile..............3-79

3.8.2 Service Profile Configuration ..........................................3-80
3.8.3 Aging Time ....................................................................3-92
3.8.4 Configuring ONU Address Aging Time ...........................3-92
3.8.5 Upgrading ONUs Automatically......................................3-93
3.8.6 Replacing an ONU.........................................................3-95
3.8.7 Configuring EPON ONU Replacement Aging Interval .....3-96
3.9 Configuring QoS ..........................................................................3-97
3.9.1 Configuring a QoS Profile...............................................3-97

3.9.2 Binding / Unbinding a QoS Profile with a Slot................3-101
3.9.3 Binding / Unbinding a QoS Profile with an Uplink Port ...3-102
3.9.4 Priority Mode ...............................................................3-103
3.9.5 Configuring Flow Classification Rule ............................3-105
3.9.6 Configuring Flow Policy................................................3-106
3.9.7 Enabling / Disabling RSTP ........................................... 3-110
3.9.8 Configuring an Ethernet Switch Queue Scheduling Algorithm
Profile.......................................................................... 3-110
3.9.9 Managing a DBA Profile............................................... 3-112
3.10 Basic Ethernet Configuration...................................................... 3-117
3.10.1 Configuring a Static Route ........................................... 3-117

3.10.2 Configuring Signaling Tracing ...................................... 3-118
3.10.3 DHCP.......................................................................... 3-119
3.10.4 Trunking Mode Configuration .......................................3-127
3.10.5 Configuring Trunking Link Aggregation.........................3-128
3.10.6 Configuring Port Mirroring ............................................3-129
3.10.7 APR Proxy Management..............................................3-130
3.10.8 LACP Configuration .....................................................3-134
3.10.9 Configuring a CLI Account ...........................................3-137
3.10.10Port Re-direction Configuration ....................................3-137
3.11 Security Configuration................................................................3-139
3.11.1 Setting Saving Configuration Rule................................3-139

3.11.2 Enabling Anti-DOS Attack Function ..............................3-140
3.11.3 Configuring a SNMP TRAP Receiving Address ............3-141
3.11.4 Packet Suppression on an Uplink Port..........................3-142
3.11.5 Enabling Anti MAC Spoofing Function ..........................3-143
3.11.6 Configuring Access Control of Network Management
System ........................................................................3-143
3.11.7 Configuring a Packet Suppression Profile.....................3-144
3.11.8 Configuring a Smart Grid Server...................................3-145
3.12 Alarm Management ...................................................................3-146
3.12.1 Configuring Temperature Threshold .............................3-146

3.12.2 Configuring Optical Module Alarm Thresholds ..............3-147
3.12.3 Configuring CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio Threshold of a
Card ............................................................................3-150
3.12.4 Configuring CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio Threshold of
ONUs ..........................................................................3-151
3.12.5 Default Alarm Property Management............................3-152
3.13 System Maintainance.................................................................3-153
3.13.1 Upgrading System Software.........................................3-153

3.13.2 Backing up System Software .......................................3-154
3.13.3 Upgrading Line Interface Cards in a Batch Manner .......3-155
3.13.4 Upgrading ONUs in a Batch Manner.............................3-156
3.13.5 Importing Configuration Files........................................3-157
3.13.6 Importing Configuration Files........................................3-158
3.14 System Control ..........................................................................3-159
3.14.1 Saving Configuration in Flash.......................................3-159

3.14.2 Clearing Configuration in Flash ....................................3-160
3.14.3 Exporting Log Files ......................................................3-161
3.14.4 Uploading System Log Automatically ...........................3-161
3.14.5 Forced Active / Standby Switch ....................................3-162
3.14.6 Resetting Standby Card ...............................................3-163
3.14.7 Restarting an Appointed Device ...................................3-163
3.14.8 Resetting a PON Port...................................................3-164
3.14.9 Resetting Line Interface Cards in a Batch Manner ........3-165
3.14.10PON Port Protection Group Forced Switching ..............3-166
3.14.11PON Port Protection Group Ranging ............................3-166
3.14.12Registering / Logging Out a NGN Subscriber................3-167
3.15 Status Review ...........................................................................3-168
3.15.1 Viewing Card Software / Hardware Version ..................3-168

3.15.2 Viewing System Time...................................................3-169
3.15.3 Viewing System Status ................................................3-169
3.15.4 Voice Status ................................................................3-170
3.15.5 Aggregation Status ......................................................3-173
3.15.6 Querying Dual Uplink Protection Status........................3-174
3.15.7 PON Port Protection Group Status ...............................3-175
3.15.8 Performance Switch Enable Status ..............................3-176
3.15.9 Viewing OLT MAC Address Table.................................3-177
3.15.10Viewing Uplink Port Loopback......................................3-178
3.15.11Viewing ONU Automatic Upgrade Log..........................3-179
3.15.12Multicast ......................................................................3-180
3.15.13Viewing LACP Port Information ....................................3-191
4 Shortcut Menu of the EC4B / EC8B / XG2B Card..........................................4-1
4.1 Real-time Performance ..................................................................4-2
4.1.1 Querying CPU / Memory Utilization ..................................4-2

4.1.2 Querying PON Port Performance Statistical Value ............4-3
4.2 Configuration .................................................................................4-4
4.2.1 Traffic Rate Control Configuration ....................................4-4

4.2.2 Configuring OLT Optical Power Compensation .................4-5
4.2.3 Enabling / Disabling a PON Port.......................................4-6
4.2.4 Configuring PON Port Isolation ........................................4-7
4.2.5 Configuring PON Port Working Mode ...............................4-8
4.2.6 Enabling / Disabling FEC Function of a PON Port .............4-9
4.2.7 Configuring DBA Parameters .........................................4-10
4.2.8 Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification .............4-13
4.2.9 Binding / Unbinding a PON Port with a Domain...............4-14
4.2.10 Suppressing Broadcast / Multicast / Unknown Packet of a
PON Port.......................................................................4-15
4.2.11 Constantly Emiting Light Detection Configuration ...........4-16
4.3 Control Command........................................................................4-17
4.3.1 Resetting .......................................................................4-17

4.3.2 Deauthorizing an ONU ...................................................4-18
4.3.3 Resetting an ONU..........................................................4-19
4.3.4 Refreshing Firmware......................................................4-20
4.4 Status Review .............................................................................4-21
4.4.1 Viewing ONU Type and Software / Hardware Version

Number .........................................................................4-21
4.4.2 Viewing PON Port Firmware Version ..............................4-22
4.4.3 Viewing ONU Authorization List......................................4-23
4.4.4 Viewing Unauthorized ONU List .....................................4-24
4.4.5 Viewing Registered ONU List .........................................4-25
4.4.6 Viewing PON Port MAC Address Table ..........................4-26
4.4.7 Viewing Optical Module Parameters...............................4-27
5 Shortcut Menu Command of the GC4B / GC8B Card ....................................5-1

5.1.2 Querying PON Port Performance Statistical Value ............5-3
5.2 Configuration .................................................................................5-4
5.2.1 Configuring Bandwidth.....................................................5-4

5.2.2 Configuring QinQ .............................................................5-4
5.2.3 Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification ...............5-5
5.2.4 Enabling / Disabling a PON Port.......................................5-6
5.2.5 Configuring PON Port Isolation ........................................5-7
5.2.6 Enabling / Disabling FEC Function of a PON Port .............5-8
5.2.7 Configuring PON Port Key Modification Interval................5-9
5.2.8 Binding / Unbinding a PON Port with a VLAN Operation
Table ...............................................................................5-9
5.2.9 Binding / Unbinding a PON Port with a Domain...............5-11
5.2.10 Suppressing Broadcast / Multicast / Unknown Packet of a
PON Port.......................................................................5-12
5.2.11 Constantly Emiting Light Detection Configuration ...........5-13
5.3 Control Command........................................................................5-14
5.3.1 Resetting .......................................................................5-14

5.3.2 Resetting an ONU..........................................................5-15
5.3.3 Deauthorizing an ONU ...................................................5-16
5.4 Status Review .............................................................................5-17

Number .........................................................................5-17
5.4.2 Viewing ONU Authorization List......................................5-18
5.4.3 Viewing Unauthorized ONU List .....................................5-19
5.4.4 Viewing Registered ONU List .........................................5-20
5.4.5 Viewing Port Loopback ..................................................5-22
5.4.6 Viewing PON Port MAC Address Table ..........................5-23
6 Shortcut Menu Commands of the HU1A / HU2A / GU6F Card.......................6-1
6.1.1 Uplink Port Performance Statistics ...................................6-2
6.2 Configuration .................................................................................6-3
6.2.1 Configuring Uplink Port Properties....................................6-3

6.2.2 Configuring Port Performance Thresholds ........................6-6
6.2.3 Configuring Port RSTP Parameters..................................6-7
6.2.4 Enabling / Disabling VLAN Performance Statistics............6-8
6.3 Control Command..........................................................................6-9
6.3.1 Resetting a Card..............................................................6-9
6.4 Status Review .............................................................................6-10

6.4.1 Viewing RSTP Bridge Information ..................................6-10
6.4.2 Viewing RSTP Port Information ......................................6-12
7 Shortcut Menu Commands of the CE1B / C155A Card .................................7-1
7.2 Configuration .................................................................................7-3
7.2.1 Performing E1 Loopback..................................................7-3

7.2.2 Configuring System Clock Mode ......................................7-4
7.2.3 Configuring Clock Recovery Mode ...................................7-6
7.2.4 Performing Optical Interface Loopback.............................7-7
7.3 Control Command..........................................................................7-8
7.3.1 Resetting .........................................................................7-8
7.4 Status Review ...............................................................................7-9
7.4.1 Viewing E1 Status............................................................7-9
8 Shortcut Menu Commands of the PUBA Card ..............................................8-1
8.2 Configuration .................................................................................8-2
8.2.1 Managing User Defined Alarms........................................8-2

8.2.2 Configuring Customized Alarms .......................................8-3
9 Shortcut Menu Commands of the FAN Card .................................................9-1
9.1 Configuration .................................................................................9-2
9.1.1 Fan Parameter Configuration ...........................................9-2
10 Shortcut Menu Commands of the EPON Terminal ......................................10-1
10.1 Managing User Defined Alarms....................................................10-2
10.2 Deauthorizing an ONU .................................................................10-2
10.3 Real Time Performance ...............................................................10-3
10.3.1 Uplink / Downlink Rate ...................................................10-3

10.3.2 CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio ......................................10-4
10.4 Configuration ...............................................................................10-5

10.4.1 Configuring Management VLAN of an ONU....................10-5
10.4.2 Replacing an ONU.........................................................10-7
10.4.3 Binding / Unbinding an ONU with a Domain....................10-8
10.4.4 ONU NGN Configuration..............................................10-10
10.4.5 Performing Loop Test of a Port .....................................10-14
10.4.6 Configuring Voice MD5 Authentication .........................10-15
10.4.7 Configuring ONU Bandwidth ........................................10-16
10.4.8 Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification ...........10-18
10.4.9 Configuring Data Service on a Port ..............................10-19
10.4.10Configuring Voice Service on a Port .............................10-23
10.4.11Configuring CATV Service on a Port.............................10-25
10.4.12Configuring TDM Service on a Port ..............................10-26
10.4.13Configuring Optical Line Protection ..............................10-27
10.4.14Configuring Optical Power Monitor Function .................10-28
10.4.15Enabling RSTP ............................................................10-29
10.4.16Configuring WAN-Connected Service...........................10-30
10.4.17Configuring Binding Relationship with WAN..................10-33
10.4.18Configuring Encryption.................................................10-35
10.4.19Configuring Port Isolation .............................................10-36
10.4.20Configuring Performance Threshold of a LAN Port........10-37
10.4.21Configuring VLAN Translation Mode ............................10-38
10.4.22Configuring ONU Ethernet Switch Queue Scheduling
Algorithm .....................................................................10-39
10.4.23Controlling Port MAC Addresses Number.....................10-41
10.4.24Binding an ONU with a DBA Profile ..............................10-42
10.4.25Binding a Packet Suppression Profile...........................10-43
10.4.26Configuring User Defined Alarms .................................10-44
10.4.27Configuring Port ACL Rules .........................................10-45
10.4.28Configuring Port QoS Rules .........................................10-46
10.4.29Configuring Port Flow Rate Control Rules.....................10-47
10.4.30Configuring ONU Optical Power Compensation............10-49
10.4.31Configuring Bandwidth of the Highest-Priority Service ..10-50
10.5 Control Command......................................................................10-51
10.5.1 Resetting an ONU........................................................10-51

10.5.2 Refreshing Firmware....................................................10-52
10.5.3 Registering / Logging Out to an MGC ...........................10-53
10.5.4 Registering / Logging Out a NGN Subscriber................10-54
10.5.5 Performing Forced Protection Switching of an ONU......10-55
10.5.6 Disabling a Remote Optical Module..............................10-56
10.6 Get Information Command .........................................................10-57
10.6.1 Viewing RSTP Bridge Information ................................10-57

10.6.2 Viewing RSTP Port Information ....................................10-58
10.6.3 Viewing Optical Module Parameters Information...........10-60
10.6.4 Viewing PON Port Operating Status .............................10-61
10.6.5 Querying ONU Capability.............................................10-61
10.6.6 Viewing Equipment Information ....................................10-63
10.6.7 Viewing Wi-Fi Status Information..................................10-64
10.6.8 Viewing WAN Connection Information ..........................10-65
10.6.9 Obtaining ONU Port MAC Address...............................10-66
10.6.10Querying ONU Status Information ................................10-67
10.6.11Viewing Port Status Information ...................................10-68
10.6.12Viewing ONU Port Connected Equipment Type ............10-69
10.6.13Viewing ONU Ranging Value........................................10-70
10.6.14Line Test......................................................................10-71
10.6.15NGN Information..........................................................10-75
10.6.16Querying MG Configuration..........................................10-81
10.6.17Querying Parameter Configuration of Fax / Modem
Service ........................................................................10-83
10.6.18Querying ONU POTS Port Status.................................10-84
10.6.19Performing Emulation Command..................................10-85
10.7 Deleting ONU from Network Management Database ..................10-89
10.8 Obtaining ONU Information ........................................................10-89
10.9 Refreshing an ONU....................................................................10-90
10.10 Displaying ONU Subscribers......................................................10-90
10.11 Hiding ONU Port Panel ..............................................................10-91
11 Shortcut Menu Command of the GPON Terminal........................................11-1
11.1 Deauthorizing an ONU .................................................................11-2
11.2 Real Time Performance ...............................................................11-3
11.2.1 Uplink / Downlink Rate ...................................................11-3

11.2.2 CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio ......................................11-4
11.3 Configuration ...............................................................................11-5

11.3.1 Replacing an ONU.........................................................11-5
11.3.2 Binding / Unbinding an ONU with a Domain....................11-6
11.3.3 Configuring GPON Service Bandwidth ...........................11-7
11.3.4 Configuring Management Channel .................................11-9
11.3.5 Configuring VEIP Data Service .................................... 11-13
11.3.6 Configuring Data Service on a Port .............................. 11-16
11.3.7 Configuring Voice Service on a Port ............................. 11-24
11.3.8 Configuring CATV Service on a Port............................. 11-27
11.3.9 Configuring Multicast Service on an ONU..................... 11-28
11.3.10ONU NGN Configuration.............................................. 11-31
11.3.11Configuring Wi-Fi Service............................................. 11-35
11.3.12Configuring TL1 Interface WAN-Connected Service ..... 11-40
11.3.13Configuring ONU Port Loopback .................................. 11-45
11.3.14Configuring Port Isolation ............................................. 11-46
11.3.15Configuring Control of ONU Fan................................... 11-47
11.3.16Controlling Port MAC Addresses Number..................... 11-48
11.3.17Configuring Performance Threshold of a FE Port.......... 11-49
11.3.18Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification ........... 11-50
11.3.19Configuring Optical Power Monitor Function ................. 11-51
11.3.20Configuring GEMPort Mapping Mode ........................... 11-52
11.3.21Enabling / Disabling RSTP ........................................... 11-53
11.3.22Binding a Packet Suppression Profile........................... 11-54
11.3.23Performing Loop Test of a Port ..................................... 11-55
11.3.24Configuring ONU Bandwidth ........................................ 11-56
11.3.25Enabling Anti-DoS Attack Function............................... 11-57
11.3.26Binding Ethernet Switch Queue Scheduling Algorithm
Profile.......................................................................... 11-60
11.3.27Binding an ONU Port with a Flow Policy ....................... 11-61
11.3.28Configuring Remote Management................................ 11-62
11.4 Control Command...................................................................... 11-65
11.4.1 Resetting an ONU........................................................ 11-65

11.4.2 Resetting an ONU FE Port ........................................... 11-66
11.4.3 Registering / Logging Out to an MGC ........................... 11-67
11.4.4 Registering / Logging Out a NGN Subscriber................ 11-68
11.4.5 Disabling a Remote Optical Module.............................. 11-69
11.5 Get Information Command ......................................................... 11-70
11.5.1 Viewing RSTP Bridge Information ................................ 11-70

11.5.2 Viewing RSTP Port Information .................................... 11-71
11.5.3 Viewing ONU Ranging Value........................................ 11-73
11.5.4 Line Test...................................................................... 11-74
11.5.5 NGN Information.......................................................... 11-79
11.5.6 Viewing ONU Profile Binding Information...................... 11-84
11.5.7 Viewing ONU Port Loopback Test ................................ 11-85
11.5.8 Obtaining ONU MAC Address ...................................... 11-86
11.5.9 Querying ONU Status Information ................................ 11-87
11.5.10Viewing Port Status Information ................................... 11-88
11.5.11Viewing Optical Module Parameters Information........... 11-89
11.5.12Querying MG Configuration.......................................... 11-90
11.5.13Querying Parameter Configuration of Fax / Modem
Service ........................................................................ 11-92
11.5.14Querying ONU POTS Port Status................................. 11-93
11.5.15Performing Emulation Command.................................. 11-95
11.5.16Querying ONU Environment Status ............................ 11-100
11.5.17Viewing ONU Port Connected Equipment Type .......... 11-101
11.5.18Querying ONU Voice Port Activation Status................ 11-102
11.5.19Viewing ONU Power Supply Management Status....... 11-103
11.5.20Viewing Equipment Information .................................. 11-104
11.5.21Viewing Wi-Fi Status Information................................ 11-105
11.5.22Viewing WAN Connection Information ........................ 11-106
11.6 Deleting ONU from Network Management Database ................ 11-108
11.7 Obtaining ONU Information ...................................................... 11-108
11.8 Refreshing an ONU.................................................................. 11-109
11.9 Displaying ONU Subscribers.................................................... 11-109
11.10 Hiding ONU Port Panel ............................................................ 11-110

1 Common Command
Querying Status
Querying Instant Performance
Querying Performance History
Querying Current Alarms
Querying Alarm History
Resetting a Card
Refreshing the Status Indicators Manually
Deleting an Object
Querying and Modifying Properties
Version: B 1-1
AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GUI Reference
1.1 Querying Status

Command function
The querying status command is used to query the status information of a certain
card or ONU.
Applicable object
EC4B, EC8B, XG2B, GC4B, GC8B, HU1A, HU2A, GU6F, CE1B, C155A, PUBA,
FAN and EPON ONUs of various types all support this command.
Access method
u Querying status of a card
Right-click a certain card in the Object Tree pane, and select Status Query in
the shortcut menu to access the Status Query tab.
u Querying status of an ONU
Click the interface card that is connected with the designated ONU in the
Object Tree pane, and right-click this ONU in the ONU list tab at the right of the
GUI; then select Status Query in the shortcut menu to access the Status
Query tab.
Parameter
u Parameter of the card status
Value Range / Configuration

Item Description Property
Requirement Method
The number of the slot that installs the
Slot ID - Read-only -
card.
Software Version The software number of the card. - Read-only -
Hardware
The hardware number of the card - Read-only -
Version
The present status of the uplink card,
Online-Status - Read-only -
only suitable for an uplink card.
The connection status of the uplink card,

Link Status - Read-only -
only suitable for an uplink card.
1-2 Version: B
1 Common Command
u Parameter of the ONU status
Value Range / Configura-

Requirement tion Method
The number of the slot that offers the PON
Slot ID - Read-only -
interface connected with the ONU.
ONU
The authorization number of the ONU. - Read-only -
Authorized No.
ONU Online-
The online status of the ONU. - Read-only -
Status
ONU Type The type of the ONU. - Read-only -
ONU MAC The MAC address of the ONU. - Read-only -
u Parameters of the FAN card status

The number of the slot that installs the FAN
FAN NO - Read-only -
card.
Online-Status Whether the FAN card is present and in use. - Read-only -
FAN-Speed The rotating speed of the FAN card. - Read-only -
Temperature The ambient temperature of the FAN card. - Read-only -
Humidity The ambient humidity of the FAN card. - Read-only -
1.2 Querying Instant Performance

Command function
The querying instant performance command is used to query the current 15-minute
performance data and the past sixteen 15-minute performance data records of a
certain card or ONU.
Note:
Before querying the instant performance of a card or ONU, users need to

enable the performance collection function in the Performance Group
tab of this card or ONU.
Version: B 1-3
Applicable object
The EC4B, EC8B, XG2B, GC4B, GC8B, HU1A, HU2A, GU6F cards, PON ports of
various PON interface cards and ONUs of various types all support this command.
Access method
u Querying instant performance of a card
Right-click a certain card or a PON port in the Object Tree pane, and select
Status Query in the shortcut menu to access the Status Query tab.
u Querying instant performance of an ONU
GUI. Select Instant Performance in the shortcut menu to access the Instant
Performance tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The card, ONU or PON port to be
Object - Read-only -
queried.
The query result of the performance

Performance Type - Read-only -
type.
Value The current value of the performance. - Read-only -
Unit The unit of the performance value. - Read-only -

The start time of performance
Begin Time - Read-only -
statistics.
End Time The end time of performance statistics. - Read-only -
1.3 Querying Performance History

Command function
The querying performance history command is used to query the performance

history of a certain card or ONU in a designated 15-minute or 24-hour period.
1-4 Version: B
1 Common Command
Note:
Before querying the performance history, users need to set the

performance collection scheme. The command access method is:
clicking Performance Performance Collection Scheme in the main
menu.
Applicable object
The system, module, EC4B, EC8B, XG2B, GC4B, GC8B, HU1A, HU2A, GU6F
cards, PON ports of various PON interface cards and ONUs of various types all
support this command.
Access method
u Querying performance history of a system, module, or card
Right-click a certain card or a PON port in the Object Tree pane, and select
Status Query in the shortcut menu to enter the Status Query tab.
u Querying performance history of an ONU
GUI. Select Historical Performance in the shortcut menu to enter the
Historical Performance tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
For the system, module, card or PON
port, the object refers to the name of
the system, module, card, the slot
Object number and port of the card; - Read-only -
For the ONU, the object refers to the
name and port of the ONU to be
queried.
Performance The query result of the performance

- Read-only -
Type type.
Value The current value of the performance. - Read-only -
Version: B 1-5

Requirement Method
Unit The unit of the performance value. - Read-only -

Begin Time The start time of performance statistics. - Read-only -
End Time The end time of performance statistics. - Read-only -
1.4 Querying Current Alarms

Command function
The querying current alarms command is used to query current alarms of a card or
ONU, including all alarms that are not handled and not confirmed by users.
Applicable object
The system, module, HSWA, EC4B, EC8B, XG2B, GC4B, GC8B, HU1A, HU2A,
GU6F, CE1B, C155A, PUBA and FAN cards, PON ports of various PON interface
cards and ONUs of various types all support this command.
Access method
u Querying current alarms of a system, module, or card
Right-click a system, module, card or port in the Object Tree pane, and select
Current Alarm in the shortcut menu to enter the Current Alarm tab.
u Querying current alarms of an ONU
GUI. Select Current Alarm in the shortcut menu to enter the Current Alarm
tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The NE that the alarmed object
Network Element - Read-only -
belongs to.
Object The alarmed object. - Read-only -
Alarm Name The name of the reported alarm. - Read-only -
1-6 Version: B
1 Common Command

Requirement Method
Alarm Type The type of the alarm. - Read-only -
Begin Time The start time of the alarm. - Read-only -
End Time The end time of the alarm. - Read-only -

The time when a user confirms the
Confirm Time - Read-only -
alarm.
Confirm User The user who confirms the alarm. - Read-only -
The confirmation information
Confirm Information entered by the user confirming the - Read-only -
alarm.
1.5 Querying Alarm History

Command function
The querying alarm history command is used to query the alarm history of a card or
ONU, including all alarms that have ended and been confirmed by users.
Applicable object
Access method
u Querying alarm history of a system, module, or card
Historical Alarm in the shortcut menu to enter the Historical Alarm tab.
u Querying alarm history of an ONU
GUI. Select Historical Alarm in the shortcut menu to enter the Historical
Alarm tab.
Version: B 1-7
Parameter
Requirement Method
Network Element The alarmed NE. - Read-only -

Object The alarmed object. - Read-only -
Alarm Name The name of the alarm. - Read-only -

Alarm Type The type of the alarm. - Read-only -
Begin Time The start time of the alarm. - Read-only -
End Time The end time of the alarm. - Read-only -

The persistence interval of the
Last Time - Read-only -
alarm.
The time when a user confirms the
Confirm Time - Read-only -
alarm.
Confirm User The user who confirms the alarm. - Read-only -
Confirm The confirmation information entered

- Read-only -
Information by the user confirming the alarm.
1.6 Resetting a Card

Command function
The resetting command is used to modify the card at the ANM2000 GUI and the
type of the card in the designated slot. When a certain card of the equipment is
replaced with a card of another type, users need to perform this command to
complete the type modification.
Applicable object
The EC4B, EC8B, XG2B, GC4B, GC8B, HU1A, HU2A, GU6F, CE1B, C155A and
PUBA card supports this command.
Access method
Click a certain module in the Object Tree pane, and the equipment panel will be
displayed in the top right pane of the GUI. Right-click the card in the designated slot,
and select Reset To… in the shortcut menu. And select the desired card name.
1-8 Version: B
1 Common Command
Caution:
This command can delete the original card and clear the configured
services on this card, so use care when executing it.
1.7 Refreshing the Status Indicators Manually

Command function
The command is used to refresh the status information of a certain card or ONU.
Applicable object
EC4B, EC8B, XG2B, GC4B, GC8B, HU1A, HU2A, GU6F, CE1B, C155A, PUBA,
FAN and ONUs of various types all support this command.
Access method
u Refresh the status indicators manually
Click a certain module in the Object Tree pane, and the equipment panel will
be displayed in the top right pane of the GUI. Right-click the card in the
designated slot, and select Reset To… in the shortcut menu to execute the
command.
u Refresh the ONU status indicators manually
Click the EPON/GPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, and right-click
this ONU in the ONU list tab at the right of the GUI; then select Status Query in
the shortcut menu to execute the command.
1.8 Deleting an Object

Command function
The deleting command is used to delete the designated object and subscriber
service configuration on this object.
Version: B 1-9
Applicable object
The system, the module, the HSWA, EC4B, EC8B, GC4B, GC8B, HU1A, HU2A,
GU6F, CE1B, C155A, PUBA, FAN cards and ONUs of various types all support this
command.
Access method
u Deleting a card, module, or system
Right-click a card, module, or system in the Object Tree pane, and select
Delete in the shortcut menu to bring up the Delete alert box.
u Deleting an ONU
GUI; then select Delete in the shortcut menu to bring up the Delete alert box.
Caution:
This command can delete the designated object and the configured
services on this object, so use care when executing it.
1.9 Querying and Modifying Properties

Command function
The querying and modifying property command is used to query and modify
property parameters of the designated object.
Applicable object
Access method
u Querying properties of a system, module, card or port
1-10 Version: B
1 Common Command
Property in the shortcut menu to enter the corresponding dialog box.
u Querying properties of an ONU
GUI; then select Property in the shortcut menu to bring up the Property alert
box.
Parameter
u System property parameter

Requirement Method
The system number of the equipment
System No. in the entire ANM2000, generated - Read-only -
automatically.
It should be
composed of Click to enter
The system name. It can be defined by
System Name English letters Optional the system
users.
or digital name.
numbers.
System Type The equipment type. - Read-only -
Optional Click the drop-
The type of the network management Users can keep down list to
Protocol Type -
protocol. the default setting select the
directly. protocol type.
Optional
Users do not Click to enter
Version The version of exchange uplink card. -
need to configure the version.
this item.
It should be
Click to enter
composed of
the
Manufacturer The manufacturer of the equipment. English letters Optional
manufacturer
or digital
name.
numbers.
Click to enter
IP Address The IP address of the equipment. - Compulsory
the IP address.
Click to enter
IP Mask The subnet mask of the equipment. - Compulsory the subnet
mask.
Version: B 1-11

Requirement Method
Click to enter
The gateway address of the
Gateway - Compulsory the gateway
equipment.
address.
Optional.
Click to enter
System Users do not
Describes system characteristics. - the system
description need to configure
description.
this item.
Optional.
Click to enter
The system sequence number defined Users do not
Serial No. - the serial
by users. need to configure
number.
this item.
Optional.
The user name of the AN5116-06B Users do not Click to enter
UserName -
system administrator. need to configure the user name.
this item.
Optional.
The password of the AN5116-06B Users do not Click to enter
Password -
system administrator. need to configure the password.
this item.
Optional.
Click to enter
SNMP Group The SNMP group name of the AN5116- Users do not
- the SNMP
Name 06B system. need to configure
group name.
this item.
u Module property parameter

Requirement Method
The number of the module in this
Module No. - Read-only -
system, generated automatically.
Optional.
Users do not
need to configure Click to enter
Module Name The name of the equipment module. - this item, and can the module
use the module name.
name generated
by the system.
Module Type The name of the module. - Read-only -
1-12 Version: B
1 Common Command

Requirement Method
It should be
Click to enter
composed of
the
Manufacturer The manufacturer of the equipment. English letters Optional
manufacturer
or digital
name.
numbers.
Optional.
Click to enter
The user defined serial number of Users do not
Serial No. - the serial
equipment module. need to configure
number.
this item.
u Card property parameter

Requirement Method
The number of the card, generated
Card No. automatically by the system. It is the - Read-only -
same as the slot number of this card.
Optional.
Users do not
need to configure
Click to enter
Card Name The name of the card. - this item, and can
the card name.
use the card
name generated
by the system.
Card Type The type of the card. - Read-only -
Optional.
Version The version of the card. -
need to configure the card version.
this item.
u Port property parameter
Version: B 1-13

Requirement Method
The port number is generated
Port No. - Read-only -
automatically by the system.
Optional.
Users do not
need to configure
Click to enter
Port name The port name. - this item, and can
the port name.
use the card
name generated
by the system.
Port type The port type - Read-only -
u ONU property parameter

Requirement Method
Card No. The authorization number of the ONU. - Read-only -

Optional.
Users can use the
default setting,
which is
Click to enter
Card Name The object name of the ONU. - composed of the
the ONU name.
PON port
connected with
the ONU and the
name of the ONU.
Card Type The type of the ONU. - Read-only -
Optional.
Version The version of the ONU. -
need to configure the version.
this item.
1-14 Version: B
2 Shortcut Menu Commands of a
System
Adding a Module
Viewing Topology
Pinging
Telnetting
Detecting Physical Configuration
Manually Synchronizing ONUs
Synchronizing Device Capacity
Authorizing Cards
Clearing Alarms
Synchronizing Alarms
Customized Alarm Management
Time Calibration
Batch Configuration
Defining a Profile
Layer 3 Routing Function
Alarm Reverse
Version: B 2-1
2.1 Adding a Module

Command function
The adding module command is used to add equipment modules after a system is
created.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Add Module
in the shortcut menu. Then the Add Module window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the module in
Module No. this system, generated - Read-only -
automatically.
Optional.
Users do not need to
configure this item,
Module The name of the equipment Click to enter the
- and can use the
Name module. module name.
module name
generated by the
system.
The type of the equipment

Module Type - Read-only -
module.
Click to enter the
Manufacturer Manufacturer - Optional
manufacturer name.
The user defined serial number Click to enter the
Serial No. - Optional
of equipment module. serial number.
2.2 Viewing Topology

Command function
The command is used to view the topology architecture of the equipement.
2-2 Version: B
2 Shortcut Menu Commands of a System
Access method
Right-click a designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Show Topo in
the shortcut menu to enter the Sub-Topology View window.
2.3 Pinging
Command function
The pinging command is used to ping the equipment from the network management
server, so as to check whether the ANM2000 communicates with the system
equipment normally.
Access method
Right-click a designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Ping in the
shortcut menu to enter the Ping window.
2.4 Telnetting
Command function
The telnetting command is used to telnet the system equipment, so as to execute

the operations in the CLI network management system.
Access method
Right-click a designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Telnet in the
shortcut menu to enter the Telnet window.
2.5 Detecting Physical Configuration

Command function
The detecting physical configuration command is used to synchronize the current

physical configuration of the equipment with the network management system.
Version: B 2-3
Access method
Right-click a designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Detect
Physical Configuration in the shortcut menu to enter the Detect Physical
Configuration window.
2.6 Manually Synchronizing ONUs

Command function
The manually synchronizing ONU command is used to synchronize information of

various ONUs manually of the AN5116-06B.
Access method
Right-click a designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select ONU Manual
Synchronization in the shortcut menu to execute the command.
2.7 Synchronizing Device Capacity

Command function
The synchronizing device capacity command is used to synchronize the

equipment's capacity to the network system. The equipment capacity includes batch
configuration capacity, management system interconnection status, the active/
standby card status and supports the SNMP reliable transmission capacity.
Access method
Right-click a designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Synchronize
Device Capacity in the shortcut menu to execute the command.
2.8 Authorizing Cards

Command function
The authorizing card command is used to authorize the cards of the system
equipment.
2-4 Version: B
Access method
Right-click a designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Card Config in
the shortcut menu to enter the Card Config window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the slot containing the
Slot No. - Read-only -
card.
Click the drop-
Used to select the type of the down list to select
Set Card
authorized card, suitable for the pre- - Optional the type of the
Authorization
authorization application. card to be
authorized.
The type of the card added via the
ANMS Config - Read-only -
ANM2000.
The card type issued to and stored in
Device Config - Read-only -
the RAM of the equipment.
The type of the card actually inserted

Hardware Config - Read-only -
in the equipment slot.
2.9 Clearing Alarms

Command function
The clearing alarms command is used to clear current alarms in the network
management system.
Access method
Right-click a designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Alarm Clear in
the shortcut menu to execute the command.
Version: B 2-5
2.10 Synchronizing Alarms

Command function
The synchronizing alarms is used to synchronize the alarm of the equipment with
the network management system.
Access method
Right-click a designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Alarm
Synchronize in the shortcut menu to execute the command.
2.11 Customized Alarm Management

Command function
The customized alarm management command is used to define environment-

related alarms of the equipment, such as the fire alarm, the water alarm, and the
overhigh / overlow temperature alarm.
Access method
1. Right-click a designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Custom
Alarm Manage in the shortcut menu to enter the Custom Alarm Manage
window.
2. In the left pane of the Custom Alarm Manage window, select a certain ONU or
PUBA card, and click Hide Undefined in the toolbar. After switching into Show
Undefined, click Add to customize the user defined alarms.
Parameter
Value Range /
Item Description Property Configuration Method
Requirement
Device Name Equipment Name - Read-only -

The default alarm name
Default Alarm
of the ONU or PUBA - Read-only -
Name
card.
2-6 Version: B
Value Range /
Requirement
The customized alarm

Click the drop-down list to
Alarm Chinese items of the ONU or
- Compulsory select the alarm Chinese
Name PUBA card. Corresponds
name.
to the English name.
The customized alarm

Alarm English items of the ONU or
- Compulsory select the alarm English
Name PUBA card. Corresponds
name.
to the Chinese name.
2.12 Time Calibration

Command function
The time calibration command is used to synchronize the system equipment with
the network management system.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→
Time Calibration from the shortcut menu to bring up the Sending Commands...
alert box. Click OK to execute the command.
2.13 Batch Configuration
2.13.1 Configuring an ONU Data Port
Command function
The ONU data port configuration command is used to configure rate control and
operating mode of an ONU data port. The parameters to be configured include port
enabling status, ONU port rate control profile, and port property profile.
Access method
Batch Configure→ONU Data Port Configure in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU
Data Port Configure window will appear.
Version: B 2-7
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select the slot
The number of the slot containing
The value range is 1 number in the Set
Slot No. the interface card that the ONU is Compulsory
to 8 or 11 to 18. Object As
connected with.
Condition pane.
Select the PON

The number of the PON port that is The value range is 1 port number in the
PON NO. Compulsory
connected with the ONU. to 8. Set Object As
Condition pane.
Select the PON

The authorization number of the The value range is 1 port number in the
ONU No. Compulsory
ONU. to 128. Set Object As
Condition pane.
Select the port

The subscriber port number of the The value range is 1 number in the Set
Port No. Compulsory
ONU. to 24. Object As
Condition pane.
Includes
Click the check
Enables / disables the data service enable/disable. The
Enable/Disable Compulsory box to select
port. default value is
enable or disable.
Enable .
Restricts the number of MAC
address learned of a port, and the
value here is the maximum
Double-click to
number of MAC addresses
enter the
learned. The value range is 0
MAC Limit Optional maximum number
For a FTTH ONU, the total number to 254.
of MAC address
of MAC addresses learned for all
learned.
ports is 64; for a FTTB ONU, the
number of MAC addresses learned
for each port is 64.
2-8 Version: B

Requirement Method
Used to perform the rate control of Selects a profile
Click the drop-
the uplink / downlink data stream name that has been
CTC ONU Port down list to select
on an ONU port in the CTC type, configured in the Optional
Speed Limit Profile the alarm English
so that this ONU port will not CTC ONU Port
name.
occupy too much bandwidth. Speed Limit Profile.
Selects a profile
name that has been Click the drop-
ONU Data Port Used to configure the operating
configured in the Optional down list to select
Attribute Profile mode of an ONU port.
ONU Data Port the profile name.
Attribute Profile.
2.13.2 Configuring ONU Data Service
Command function
The ONU data service configuration command is used to configure data services in
a batch manner. The parameters to be configured include the CVLAN, SVLAN,
priority, flow classification rule, binding with the service model profile and the
SVLAN profile.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, then select Config→
Batch Configure→ONU Data Port Configure in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU
Data Port Configure window will appear.
Version: B 2-9
Parameter
Requirement Method
Click Add Item
The number of the slot Number in the
The value range is 1
Slot No. containing the interface card Compulsory toolbar to select in
to 8 or 11 to 18.
that the ONU is connected with. the object tree
that appears.
Click Add Item

Number in the
The number of the PON port The value range is 1
PON NO. Compulsory toolbar to select in
that is connected with the ONU. to 8.
the object tree
that appears.
Click Add Item

Number in the
The authorization number of the The value range is 1
ONU No. Compulsory toolbar to select in
ONU. to 128.
the object tree
that appears.
Click Add Item

Number in the
The subscriber port number of The value range is 1
Port No. Compulsory toolbar to select in
the ONU. to 24.
the object tree
that appears.
The service serial number

Service ID - Read-only -
configured for a subscriber port.
The CVLAN TPID value. The The value range is 0 Double-click to

CTPID TPID value of the inner tag uses to 65534. The default Compulsory enter the CVLAN
0x8100 defined by the protocol. value is 33024. TPID.
Double-click to
CVLAN ID The inner VLAN ID value. to 4085. The default Compulsory
enter CVLAN ID.
value is null.
The CVLAN priority value or The value range is 0 Double-click to
CCOS CVLAN CoS priority value of a to 7. The default Compulsory enter the priority
packet in the PON. value is null. value.
Optional.
The parameter
The TPID value of the Double-click to
The value range is 0 is valid when the
translation VLAN. The TPID enter the
TTPID to 65534. The default translation
value uses 0x8100 defined by translation VLAN
value is 33024. status of the
the protocol. TPID.
service model
profile is enable.
2-10 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
The parameter
The value range is 0 is valid when the Double-click to
TVID The post-translation VLAN ID. to 4085. The default translation enter the
value is null. status of the translation VID.
service model
profile is enable.
Optional.
The parameter
The TPID value of the
The value range is 0 is valid when the Double-click to
translation VLAN. The TPID
TCCOS to 65534. The default translation enter the priority
value uses 0x8100 defined by
value is 33024. status of the value.
the protocol.
service model
profile is enable.
Optional.
The parameter
Click the drop-
The profile name configured in is valid when the
QinQ Profile down list to select
the QinQ profile of the core - QinQ status of
Name the QinQ profile
switch card. the service
name.
model profile is
enable.
Compulsory.
The value should be The parameter
Click the drop-
selected in the VLAN is
The service VLAN name in the down list to select
SVLAN Name names configured in unconfigurable
local VLAN. the service VLAN
service VLAN data when binding
name.
of the local VLAN. the SVLAN
profile.
Compulsory.
The parameter
The SVLAN TPID value. The The value range is 0 is Double-click to
STPID TPID value of the inner tag uses to 65534. The default unconfigurable enter the SVLAN
0x8100 defined by the protocol. value is 33024. when binding TPID.
the SVLAN
profile.
Version: B 2-11

Requirement Method
Compulsory.
The parameter
The value range is 0 is
Double-click to
SVLAN ID The outer VLAN ID value. to 4085. The default unconfigurable
enter SVLAN ID.
value is null. when binding
the SVLAN
profile.
Compulsory.
The parameter
The SVLAN priority value or The value range is 0 is Double-click to
SCOS SVLAN CoS priority value of a to 7. The default unconfigurable enter the priority
packet in the PON. value is null. when binding value.
the SVLAN
profile.
Includes Non-TLS
Click the drop-
Whether the service uses the and TLS.
TLS Enable Compulsory down list to select
TLS protocol. The default value is
the TLS Enable.
Non-TLS.
Selects a profile
Click the drop-
This profile is used to configure name that has been
Service Model down list to select
service type, CVLAN mode, configured in the Compulsory
Profile the service model
translation, and QinQ function. Service Model
profile.
Profile.
Compulsory.
The parameter
The profile is used to add the Selects a profile Click the drop-
is valid when the
SVLAN tag for the designated name that has been down list to select
SVLAN Profile QinQ status of
service of an OUN when the configured in the the SVLAN
the service
QinQ is enabled. SVLAN Profile. profile.
model profile is
enable.
Selected in the rule
Click the drop-
Down Flow names configured in
Used to classify the downlink down list to select
Classification the Flow Optional
data stream on the ONU the downlink flow
Rule Classification Rule
classification rule.
tab.
Selected in the rule
Click the drop-
Up Flow names configured in
Used to classify the uplink data down list to select
Classification the Flow Optional
stream on the ONU the uplink flow
Rule Classification Rule
tab.
2-12 Version: B
2.13.3 Configuring ONU Voice Basic Items
Command function
The ONU voice basic configuration command is used to configure voice services in
a batch manner. The parameters to be configured include the IAD IP address,
binding with the softswitch platform interconnection parameter profile, and DHCP
Option60 parameters of the ONU.
Access method
Batch Configure→ONU Voice Basic Configure in the shortcut menu. Then the
ONU Voice Basic Configure window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the
Select the slot
slot containing the
The value range is 1 to 8 number in the Set
Slot No. interface card that Compulsory
or 11 to 18. Object As Condition
the ONU is
pane.
connected with.
The number of the Select the PON port
PON port that is number in the Set
PON NO. The value range is 1 to 8. Compulsory
connected with the Object As Condition
ONU. pane.
Select the ONU

The authorization The value range is 1 to number in the Set
ONU No. Compulsory
number of the ONU. 128. Object As Condition
pane.
Click the drop-down

The name of the Selects a profile name list to select the name
IAD Softswitch softswitch platform that has been configured of the softswitch
Compulsory
Profile ID interconnection in the IAD Softswitch platform
parameter profile. Profile ID. interconnection
parameter profile.
Includes static, pppoe

Selects the IP Click the drop-down
and dhcp.
IP Config Mode configuration mode Compulsory list to select the IP
The default value is
of the IAD. configuration mode.
static.
Version: B 2-13

Requirement Method
Compulsory.
When IP Config
Mode is set to
DHCP or PPPoE,
the ONU will use the
The static public dynamically Double-click to enter
ONU Static
network IP address - configured IP the ONU static public
Public IP
of the ONU. address to overwrite network IP address.
the configured static
public network IP
address, but this
parameter must be
configured.
Compulsory.
The parameter is Double-click to enter
ONU Static The static public IP The default mask is 255.
valid when the IP the ONU static public
Public IP Mask mask of the ONU. 255.0.0.
configuration mode network IP mask.
is static.
Optional.
ONU Static The parameter is Double-click to enter
The static public IP
Public IP - valid when the IP the ONU static public
gateway of the ONU.
Gateway configuration mode network IP gateway.
is static.
Optional.
PPPoE User The name of the
- valid when the IP the PPPoE user
Name PPPoE subscriber.
configuration mode name.
is PPPoE.
Optional.
The parameter is
PPPoE User The password of the Double-click to enter
- valid when the IP
Password PPPoE subscriber. the PPPoE password.
configuration mode
is PPPoE.
2-14 Version: B

Requirement Method
Enables / disables
the DHCP Option60
function. Optional.
When the DHCP Includes enable/disable. The parameter is
DHCP Option60 Select and clear
Option60 function is The default value is valid when the IP
Enable check boxes.
enabled, the system Disable. configuration mode
will transmit DHCP is DHCP.
packets with
Option60.
The identifier suffix

Optional.
of DHCP Option60.
DHCP Option60 The DHCP server
- valid when the IP the identifier suffix of
Value uses this parameter
configuration mode DHCP Option60.
to assign a proper IP
is DHCP.
address for the IAD.
2.13.4 ONU Ports Configure
Command function
The command is used to configure voice ports of a voice service ONU in a batch
manner. The parameters to be configured include the telephone numbers of the
ONU, VLAN IDs, end point subscribers, binding with the advanced configuration
profile of the ONU voice port, and parameters related to the SIP protocol.
Access method
Batch Configure→ONU Ports Configure in the shortcut menu to access the ONU
Ports Configure window.
Version: B 2-15
Parameter
Configuration
Item Description Value Range / Requirement Property
Method
The number of the slot Select the slot
containing the interface The value range is 1 to 8 or 11 number in the
Slot No. Compulsory
card that the ONU is to 18. Set Object As
connected with. Condition pane.
Select the PON

The number of the PON port number in
PON NO. port that is connected with The value range is 1 to 8. Compulsory the Set Object
the ONU. As Condition
pane.
Select the ONU

The authorization number number in the
ONU No. The value range is 1 to 128. Compulsory
of the ONU. Set Object As
Condition pane.
Select the port

The subscriber port number in the
Port No. The value range is 1 to 24. Compulsory
number of the ONU. Set Object As
Condition pane.
The enable status of voice Includes enable/disable. The Select and clear
Port Enable Compulsory
ports. default value is null. check boxes.
The internal logical number
of the system. It does not
refer to the actual
telephone number defined
Double-click to
by the softswitch, and is
The value range is 0 to enter the
User index only used to configure Compulsory
99999999. telephone
indexes inside the system.
number.
Users can configure this
parameter as the actual
by the softswitch.
Used to identify the name The value should be selected Click the drop-
Signalling of the NGN voice service in the service VLAN names down list to
Compulsory
Service Name VLAN of a user at the OLT configured in the local VLAN select the service
side. data. VLAN name.
When the SVLAN Enable
Double-click to
Signal VLAN The voice signaling VLAN State is set to Disable, the
Compulsory enter signaling
ID ID. value range of this parameter
VLAN ID.
is 1 to 4085.
2-16 Version: B
Configuration
Method
Enables / disables to add Select and clear
SVLAN State Includes enable or disable. Compulsory
the SVLAN. check boxes.
Optional.
The parameter
The value range is 0 to 4085. is valid when Double-click to
SVLAN ID The outer VLAN ID value.
The default value is null. the SVLAN enter SVLAN ID.
status is set to
Enable.
Selects a profile name that Click the drop-
The name of the voice port
Voice Port has been configured in the down list to
advanced configuration Compulsory
Profile ID ONU Data Port Attribute select the profile
profile.
Profile. name.
Optional.
The parameter
Double-click to
is
EndPoint The domain name of the enter the
- unconfigurable
Domain Name gateway. endpoint domain
when the
name.
protocol type is
SIP.
The value range is from 1 to
65535. If the H.248 protocol is
used, the default value of this
Double-click to
ONU Protocol parameter is 2944; if the
The ONU protocol port. Compulsory enter the ONU
Port NO. MGCP protocol is used, the
protocol port.
default value is 2427; if the
SIP protocol is used, the
default value is 5060.
If the H.248/MGCP
protocol is used, the default Double-click to
EndPoint User value of this parameter is enter the
Name/SIP the TID NAME. If the SIP - Compulsory endPoint user
telphone No. protocol is used, the default name/SIP
value of this parameter is telphone number.
the user telephone number.
Version: B 2-17
Configuration
Method
Optional.
The parameter
The user name is
Double-click to
SIP User authenticated by the SIP unconfigurable
- enter the SIP
Name terminal and the SIP when the
user name.
register server. protocol type is
H.248 or
MGCP.
Optional.
The parameter
Double-click to
The password is
enter the SIP
- protocol
Password terminal and the SIP when the
authenticated
register server. protocol type is
password.
H.248 or
MGCP.
Optional.
The parameter
The outer VLAN's priority. 0 Double-click to
The value range is 0 to 7. The is valid when
SVLAN COS is the lowest priority while 7 enter the outer
default value is null. the SVLAN
is the highest priority. COS.
status is set to
Enable.
The inner VLAN's priority. 0 Double-click to
The value range is 0 to 7. The
Inner COS is the lowest priority while 7 Compulsory enter the inner
default value is null.
is the highest priority. COS.
2.13.5 Configuring an ONU
Command function
The ONU configuration command is used to bind an ONU with the designated
bandwidth profile.
Access method
Batch Configure→ONU Config in the shortcut menu to access the ONU Config
window.
2-18 Version: B
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The number of the slot

Select the slot number in
containing the interface
Slot No. - Compulsory the Set Object As
card that the ONU is
Condition pane.
connected with.
The number of the PON Selects the PON number in
PON No. port that is connected with - Compulsory the Set Object As
the ONU. Condition pane.
Select the ONU number in

The authorization number
ONU No. - Compulsory the Set Object As
of the ONU.
Condition pane.
Selects a
profile name
The name of the bandwidth that has been Click the drop-down list to
Bandwidth Profile Compulsory
profile. configured in select the profile name.
the Bandwidth
Profile.
Selects a
profile name
that has been
GPON Service The name of the GPON configured in Click the drop-down list to
Compulsory
Bandwidth Profile service bandwidth profile. the GPON select the profile name.
Service
Bandwidth
Profile.
2.13.6 Activating an ONU Voice Port
Command function
The ONU voice port activation command is used to activate a voice port of the
designated ONU.
Access method
Batch Configure→ONU Voice Port Activation in the shortcut menu to access the
ONU Voice Port Activation window.
Version: B 2-19
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

Select the slot number in
containing the PON The value range is
Slot No. Compulsory the Set Object As
interface card that the 1 to 8 or 11 to 18.
Condition pane.
ONU is connected with.
The number of the PON Select the PON port
The value range is
PON No. port that is connected Compulsory number in the Set Object
1 to 8.
with the ONU. As Condition pane.
Select the PON port

The authorization The value range is
ONU No. Compulsory number in the Set Object
number of the ONU. 1 to 128.
As Condition pane.
Select the port number in

The voice port number of The value range is
Port No. Compulsory the Set Object As
the ONU. 1 to 24.
Condition pane.
Activates or deactivates
an ONU voice port.
Users can provision Includes Activate
Port Activation Compulsory select Activate or
voice services on a and Deactivate.
Deactivate.
certain port only when
this port is activated.
2.13.7 ONU Upstream FEC Switch
Command function
The command is used to enable the ONU upstream FEC function and realize the
redundancy and error correction of the ONU upstream data, so as to reach a lower
error rate for the data transmission .
Access method
Batch Configure→ONU Upstream FEC Switch in the shortcut menu to access the
ONU Upstream FEC Switch window.
2-20 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the
Select the slot
slot containing the
The value range is 1 number in the Set
to 8 or 11 to 18. Object As
the ONU is
Condition pane.
connected with.
The number of the Select the PON port
PON port that is The value range is 1 number in the Set
PON No. Compulsory
connected with the to 8. Object As
ONU. Condition pane.
Select the PON port

The authorization The value range is 1 number in the Set
ONU No. Compulsory
number of the ONU. to 128. Object As
Condition pane.
Click the drop-down

The ONU upstream Includes enable or
US FEC Compulsory list to select Enable
FEC switch disable.
or Disable.
2.14 Defining a Profile
2.14.1 Defining an ONU Port Rate Control Profile
Command function
The ONU port rate control profile is used to perform the rate control of the uplink /
downlink data stream on an ONU port, so as to avoid that this ONU port occupies
too much bandwidth.
Access method
Profile Definition→ONU Port Speed Limit Profile in the shortcut menu to access
the ONU Port Speed Limit Profile window.
Version: B 2-21
Parameter
Requirement Method
Enters up to 20
Double-click to
The name of an ONU port characters in
Profile Name Compulsory enter the profile
rate control profile. numbers, letters or
name.
underlines.
Click the drop-
down list to
US Policing Whether to enable the up Includes enable or
Compulsory select the
Status stream rate control function. disable.
upstream
Policing status.
Optional.
The value range is 0 The parameter is
Double-click the
US Policing CIR The lowest rate of the uplink to 1000000. The unit valid when the
US Policing CIR
(Kbit/s) data stream. is kbit/s. The default uplink Policing
(Kbit/s)
value is null. status is set to
Enable.
The burst traffic appears in Optional.
the uplink data stream and The value range is 0 The parameter is
exceeds the assured rate to to 4294967294. The valid when the Double-click the
US CBS (Byte)
allocate the port's available unit is Byte. The uplink Policing US CBS(Byte).
rated traffic except that of the default value is null. status is set to
assured rate . Enable.
The burst traffic appears in
Optional.
the uplink data stream and
exceeds the assured rate to
to 4294967294. The valid when the Double-click the
US EBS (Byte) allocate the port's available
unit is Byte. The uplink Policing US EBS (Byte).
rated traffic except that of the
default value is null. status is set to
assured rate and the
Enable.
committed burst.
Click the drop-
down list to
DS Policing Whether to enable the down Includes enable or
Status stream rate control function. disable.
downstream
Policing status.
2-22 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
Double-click the
DS Policing CIR The lowest rate of the to 16777215. The unit valid when the
DS Policing CIR
(Kbit/s) downlink data stream. is kbit/s. The default downlink Policing
(Kbit/s)
Enable.
Optional.
Double-click to
The highest rate of the to 16777215. The unit valid when the
DS PIR (kbit/s) enter the DS PIR
downlink data stream. is kbit/s. The default downlink Policing
(kbit/s).
Enable.
2.14.2 Defining an ONU Data Port Attribute Profile
Command function
The ONU data port attribute profile is used to bind itself with an ONU data port and
configure port attributes of the ONU. The port attributes of an ONU include auto-
negotiation property, rate, duplex mode, and enable / disable status of flow control
function.
Access method
Profile Definition→ONU Data Port Attribute Profile in the shortcut menu to
access the ONU Data Port Attribute Profile window.
Version: B 2-23
Parameter
Requirement Method
Enters up to 20
Double-click to
The name of an ONU data characters in
port attribute profile. numbers, letters
name.
or underlines.
After enabling the auto
negotiation, the ONU's data
Click the drop-
ports automatically negotiate Includes enable
Auto Negotiation Compulsory down list to select
with the far end equipment and disable .
auto negotiation.
ports to reach the possible
maximum transmission rate.
The value range
Optional.
is 10M, 100M
The parameter is Click the drop-
Selects the work rate of the and 1000M. The
Speed valid when the auto down list to select
ONU data port. unit is bit/s and
negotiation is set to Speed.
the default value
Disable.
is 100M.
Configures the operating
mode of the ONU data port Optional.
and selects the full duplex The parameter is Click the drop-
Includes full and
Duplex mode of the bidirectional valid when the auto down list to select
half.
transmission or the half negotiation is set to the full duplex.
duplex mode of the Disable.
unidirectional transmission.
Selects whether to enable
the ONU data port's flow Select and clear
Flow Control - Optional
control function and execute check boxes.
the congestion control.
2.14.3 Defining a Bandwidth Profile
Command function
The bandwidth profile is used to configure the bandwidth of the uplink / downlink
traffic of an ONU.
2-24 Version: B
Access method
Profile Definition→Bandwidth Profile in the shortcut menu to access the
Bandwidth Profile window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Enters up to 20 characters
The name of the Double-click to enter
Profile Name in numbers, letters or Compulsory
bandwidth profile. the profile name.
underlines.
Up MIN
Ensures that the ONU The value range is 0 to Double-click the Up
Guaranteed
can obtain the uplink 1000000. The unit is kbit/s. Compulsory MIN Guaranteed
Bandwidth
minimum bandwidth. The default value is 640. Bandwidth (kbit/s).
(kbit/s)
The value range is 256 to

Up MAX Allowed Ensures that the ONU Double-click the Up
1000000. The unit is kbit/s.
Bandwidth can obtain the uplink Compulsory MAX Guaranteed
(kbit/s) maximum bandwidth. Bandwidth (kbit/s).
1000000.
Down MIN
Ensures that the ONU The value range is 0 to Double-click the Down
Guaranteed
can obtain the 1000000. The unit is kbit/s. Compulsory MIN Guaranteed
Bandwidth
minimum bandwidth. The default value is 640. Bandwidth (kbit/s).
(kbit/s)
Down MAX Ensures that the ONU The value range is 256 to
Double-click the Down
Allowed can obtain the 1000000. The unit is kbit/s.
Compulsory MAX Allowed
Bandwidth downlink maximum The default value is
Bandwidth (kbit/s).
(kbit/s) bandwidth. 1000000.
Upstream Fixed The downlink fixed The value range is 0 to Double-click the
Bandwidth bandwith allocated to 1000000. The unit is kbit/s. Compulsory Upstream Fixed
(kbit/s) the ONU. The default value is 0. Bandwidth (kbit/s)
2.14.4 Defining a Service Model Profile
Command function
The service model profile is used to configure the data service type in the batch
configuration of an ONU. The configuration items include: service type, CVLAN
mode, translation enabling status, and QinQ function status.
Version: B 2-25
Access method
Profile Definition→Service Model Profile in the shortcut menu to access the
Service Model Profile window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Enters up to 20
Double-click to
The name of the service model characters in
profile. numbers, letters or
name.
underlines.
Service Type unicast
Service type corresponds to the data service. Includes unicast, Click the drop-
(unicast / multicast and IGMP Up multicast and IGMP Compulsory down list to select
multicast) Protocol corresponds to the Up Protocol. the service type.
IPTV service.
The processing mode of the
CVLAN.
Click the drop-
In Tag mode, the ONU adds one
Includes tag or down list to select
CVLAN mode VLAN tag for the data; Compulsory
transparent. the CVLAN
In Transparent mode, the ONU
mode.
does not process the data, and
transmits them transparently.
Compulsory
Used to enable / disable the The parameter
translation function; when the is
Includes enable or Select and clear
Translation State translation function is enabled, unconfigurable
disable. check boxes.
the CVLAN ID will be translated when the
into the appointed VLAN ID. CVLAN mode
is set to tag.
Used to enable / disable the

QinQ VLAN function; when the
Includes enable or Select and clear
QinQ State QinQ VLAN function is enabled, Compulsory
disable. check boxes.
the double-tagged VLAN will be
added.
2-26 Version: B
2.14.5 Defining a SVLAN Profile
Command function
When the QinQ function is enabled, the SVLAN profile is used to add the SVLAN
tag for the designated service on an ONU.
Access method
Profile Definition→SVLAN Profile in the shortcut menu to access the SVLAN
Profile window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Enters up to 20
Double-click to
The name of the SVLAN characters in
profile. numbers, letters or
name.
underlines.
The value should
be selected in the Click the drop-down
The service name configured VLAN names list to select the
SVLAN Name Compulsory
in the local VLAN tab. configured in service VLAN
VLAN Local name.
Config.
The TPID value. The TPID The value range is

Double-click to
values of the inner and outer 0 to 65534. The
STPID Compulsory enter the TPID
tags both use 0x8100 defined default value is
value.
by the protocol. 33024.
The value range is
1 to 4085. The
default value is
null. Double-click to
SVID The outer VLAN ID value. Compulsory
The value should enter SVID value.
be in the local
VLAN range of the
service.
The value range is Double-click to
The priority or CoS priority of
SCOS 0 to 7. The default Compulsory enter the priority
the packets in the PON.
value is null. value.
Version: B 2-27
2.14.6 Defining a Softswitch Parameter Profile
Command function
The command is used to configure the parameters for interconnection between the
VoIP service on an ONU and the softswitch platform. The parameters to be
configured include resource name, digitmap, fax parameters, and voice call
parameters.
Access method
Profile Definition→Softswithch Parameters Profile in the shortcut menu to
access the Softswithch Parameters Profile window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The name of the softswitch Double-click to
Enters up to 30
Profile Name platform interconnection Compulsory enter the profile
characters.
parameter profile. name.
The fixed part of the RTP
Optional. Double-click to
resource name.
RTPNameFix- The default value When the MGC protocol enter the fixed part
This item is valid only
edPart is RTP/. is the H.248 protocol, of the RTP
when the H.248 protocol is
this parameter is valid. resource name.
used.
Optional.
The start value of the Double-click to
The value range is variable part must be enter the start
The start value of the
RTPNameVar- 0 to 65534. The less than the end value value of the
variable part of the RTP
Begin default value is of this part. When the variable part of the
resource name.
4000. MGC protocol is the H. RTP resource
248 protocol, this name.
parameter is valid.
2-28 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
The end value of the
Double-click to
The value range is variable part must be
The end value of the enter the end value
RTPNameVar- 0 to 65534. The larger than the start
variable part of the RTP of the variable part
End default value is value of this part. When
resource name. of the RTP
9000. the MGC protocol is the
resource name.
H.248 protocol, this
parameter is valid.
Double-click to
Optional.
The step of the variable The value range is enter the step of
RTPNameVar- When the MGC protocol
part of the RTP resource 1 to 65534. The the variable part of
Step is the H.248 protocol,
name. default value is 1. the RTP resource
this parameter is valid.
name.
Includes Fixed / Optional.
Click the drop-
RTPnameFixe- Used to control the length Unfixed. The When the MGC protocol
down list to select
dlength of the RTP source name, default value is is the H.248 protocol,
the value.
Fixed. this parameter is valid.
The value range is Optional.

Double-click to
DigitmapBegin- Means the time to wait for 1 to 254. The unit When the MGC protocol
enter the Digitmap
Timer(s) dialing. is second. The is the H.248 protocol,
start timer value.
default value is 16. this parameter is valid.
The number string has

matched a certain dialing
scheme in the digitmap,
but the system may The value range is Optional.
Double-click to
DigitmapShort- receive numbers with more 1 to 254. The unit When the MGC protocol
enter the Digitmap
Timer(s) digits to match other is second. The is the H.248 protocol,
short timer value.
dialing schemes. So the default value is 4. this parameter is valid.
system should not report
the matching conditions
immediately.
The number string needs The value range is Optional.

Double-click to
DigitmapLong- at least one digit to match 1 to 254. The unit When the MGC protocol
enter the Digitmap
Timer(s) any dialing scheme in the is second. The is the H.248 protocol,
long timer value.
digitmap. default value is 16. this parameter is valid.
Version: B 2-29

Requirement Method
If the number string
matches any dialing Includes Match Optional. Click the drop-
NotifyMatch- scheme in the digitmap, Report/ Report. When the MGC protocol down list to select
EachMap the system will report the The default value is the H.248 protocol, the matching
matching conditions is Report. this parameter is valid. principles.
immediately.
Includes
Used to enable / disable Click the drop-
Disable/Enable .
VBDState the Tx / Rx packet interval Optional down list to select
The default value
adjustment function. Enable or Disable.
is Disable.
The value range is
10, 20, 30, 40, 50 Optional.
Double-click to
VBDTxInterval Adjusts the Tx packet and 60. The unit is The parameter is valid
enter the VBD Tx
(ms) interval. millisecond. The when the VBD is set to
packet interval.
default value is 20 Enable.
milliseconds.
The value range is
10, 20, 30, 40, 50 Optional.
Double-click to
VBDRxInterval Adjusts the Rx packet and 60. The unit is The parameter is valid
enter the VBD Rx
(ms) interval. millisecond. The when the VBD is set to
packet interval.
default value is 10 Enable.
milliseconds.
Users can select
In T.30 transparent mode, Optional. Click the drop-
G711U, G711A, or
VBDVoiceCo- it means the speech The parameter is valid down list to select
No Change. The
der encoding format used by when the VBD is set to the VBD encoding
default value is No
the system. Enable. type.
Change.
Registers the howler tone

timeout processing Includes Register Click the drop-
OffhookWar-
function. After howler tone / Non-register. down list to select
ningToneTime- Optional
timeout occurs, the system The default value Register or Non-
out
will stop playing the howler is Register. register.
tone.
The value range is
90 to 200 and the
unit is millisecond
Double-click to
FlashThreshold The width of the Flash and the default
Optional enter the Flash
(ms) lower pulse signal. value is 90
time length.
millisecond. The
generic width is 90
to 120 ms.
2-30 Version: B

Requirement Method
Includes auto
Whether to register the
negotiation / non
RFC2833 automatic Click the drop-
RFC2833Ne- auto negotiation.
negotiation, and uses Optional down list to select
goState The default value
RFC2833 to encapsulate the value.
is non auto
the DTMF.
negotiation.
The value range is Double-click to

The RFC2833 value in the
DeRFC2833PT 0, 96 to 127. The Optional enter the RFC2833
default load mode.
default value is 97. default PT value.
The RFC2833 redundancy The value range is Double-click to
DeRFC2198PT value in the default load 0, 96 to 127. The Optional enter the default PT
mode. default value is 96. value.
The T.38 event detection
and report mode.
u Normal: Reports
events to the MGC
T. according to event Click the drop-
Includes: Normal
38EventDetect- types, Optional down list to select
/V21 / All .
Mode u V21: Only reports the the value.
V21 events,
u All: Reports all events
to the MGC in V21
mode.
Includes FSK / Click the drop-
Sets the calling number
CallerIDMode DTMF. The default Optional down list to select
display mode.
value is FSK. FSK or DTMF.
The value range is
Polls about the test time 90 to 2500. The Double-click to
OnHookDetect-
length of the on-hook unit is millisecond. Optional enter the minimum
Time(ms)
event. The default value on-hook test time.
is 600.
The value range is
Double-click to
DailToneTime- The time to play the dial 1 to 254. The unit
Optional enter the dial tone
out(s) tone. is second. The
time.
Version: B 2-31

Requirement Method
The time length of the ring
duration. If the actual ring
The value range is
time length exceeds this Double-click to
NoAnswerTi- 1 to 254. The unit
value, the system will Optional enter the non-
meout(s) is second. The
process the call on basis response-time.
that no person responses
to it.
The value range is
The time length of playing Double-click to
BusyToneTime- 1 to 254. The unit
the busy tone under seized Optional enter the busy tone
out(s) is second. The
status. time.
The time length of the The value range is
Double-click to
howler tone from the 1 to 254. The unit
ROHTimeout(s) Optional enter the howler
telephone after the busy is second. The
tone time.
tone. default value is 60.
This item means the time
length of the MG sending
The value range is
the transaction request to Double-click to
RetransmitTi- 1 to 60. The unit is
the MGC. If the set time Optional enter the repeater
meout(s) second. The
elapsed, the system will timer.
stop sending the
transaction request.
Includes
Click the drop-
Performs error correction enable/disable.
ECMode Optional down list to select
of certain errored packets. The default value
Enable or Disable.
is disable.
The IAD CLI language.
Includes Chinese
Users can select Chinese Click the drop-
and English and
CLI Language or English. Now only the Optional down list to select
the Chinese is by
AN5006-05 supports this English or Chinese.
default.
function.
The value range is
Double-click to
NGN Register The time threshold of the 1 to 3600. The unit
enter the NGN
Timer IAD registering to the is second. The Optional
register time
Threshold(s) MGC. default value is
threshold.
600.
2-32 Version: B

Requirement Method
The threshold of
subscribers that cannot
register. During the time
threshold of the IAD Double-click to
The value range is
NGN Register registering to the MGC, if enter the NGN
1 to 4096. The Optional
User Threshold the number of subscribers register subscriber
default value is 1.
that cannot register number threshold.
exceeds the threshold set
by this item, an alarm will
occur.
Click the drop-
Includes Notify
The format of sending the down list to select
Alive format and Service Compulsory
keep-alive command. the keep-alive
Change.
format.
2.14.7 Defining an ONU Voice Port Advanced Configuration

Profile
Command function
The ONU voice port advanced configuration profile is used to configure the
parameters related to the voice and fax functions of an ONU voice port. The
parameters to be configured include fax mode, mute mode, echo suppression, and
input / output gain.
Access method
Profile Definition→ONU Ports Advanced Configure Profile in the shortcut menu
to access the ONU Ports Advanced Configure Profile window.
Version: B 2-33
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The name of the ONU Enters up to 20

Double-click to enter the
Profile Name voice port advanced characters in numbers, Compulsory
profile name.
configuration profile. letters or underlines.
Includes G.711A, G.
Selects G.711A, G.711U,
Voice Code The speech encoding 711U, G.723 or G.729.
Optional G.723 or G.729 from the
Mode rule of the IAD. The default value is G.
drop-down list.
711A.
Includes Transparent/ T.
The encapsulation mode Click the drop-down list
Fax Mode 38. The default value is Optional
of the fax service. to select the Fax mode.
Transparent.
The silence compression

function. Includes Disable/Enable Click the drop-down list
Silence Switch Reduces mute frames in . The default value is Optional to select Disable or
the line and saves Enable. Enable.
bandwidth resources.
Enables or disables the Includes Disable/Enable Click the drop-down list
Echo Cancel echo suppression . The default value is Optional to select Disable or
function. Enable Enable.
The value range is -32 to
Input Gain The input volume value Double-click to enter the
32. The unit is dB. The Optional
(DB) of the microphone. input gain.
default value is 0.
The value range is -32 to
Output Gain The output volume value Double-click to enter the
32. The unit is dB. The Optional
(DB) of the telephone receiver. output gain.
default value is 0.
Selects the transmission Includes Transparent or Click the drop-down list
DTMF Mode mode of the DTMF RFC2833. The default Optional to select the DTMF
signal. value is Transparent. mode.
Includes Voice Path/
Softswitch Control/ Click the drop-down list
Fax Control Selects the fax control
Auto Negotiation. The Optional to select the Fax control
Mode mode.
default value is voice mode.
path.
2-34 Version: B
2.14.8 NGN Voice Port Automatic Activation Switch
Command function
The NGN voice port automatic activation switch command is used to enable /
disable the automatic activation function of a voice port.
Access method
Profile Definition→NGN Voice Port Auto Activation Switch in the shortcut menu.
Then the NGN Voice Port Auto Activation Switch window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Enables / disables the
automatic activation
function of a voice port.
Includes
A voice port is enabled by Click the drop-
enable/disable. The
Activation Switch default. If the automatic Compulsory down list to select
default value is Enable
activation function is Enable or Disable.
.
disabled, all voice ports will
be disabled, and the voice
services will be interrupted.
2.14.9 Defining a Threshold Configuration Profile
Command function
The profile is used to set alarm reporting conditions in a batch manner. When the
object's performance parameters reach the threshold condition of the alarm
reporting, the equipment reports alarms via the network management system.
Access method
Profile Definition→PM Threshold Profile in the shortcut menu to access the PM
Threshold Profile window.
Version: B 2-35
Parameter
Requirement Method
Enters up to 20
The name of the
characters in Double-click to enter
Profile Name performance Compulsory
numbers, letters or the profile name.
threshold profile.
underlines.
The applicable object
hierarchy of the Includes Board, Click the drop-down
Object Class designated Port, ONU, ONU Compulsory list to select the
performance Port and None. object class.
threshold profile.
Compulsory
The applicable object
Selects the object The parameter is valid Click the drop-down
type of the designated
Object Type type according to the when the Object class list to select the
performance
object class. is set to ONU, Port object type.
threshold profile.
and ONU Port.
Selects the alarm Compulsory
Sets alarm items for item of the The parameter is valid Click the drop-down
Alarm Code the alarm reporting corresponding object when the Object class list to select the alarm
threshold. type according to the is set to ONU, Port code.
object class. and ONU Port.
Compulsory
Enables / disables the Includes Enable and The parameter is valid Click the drop-down
AlarmThresholdS-
alarm threshold Disable. The default when the Object class list to select Disable
witch
function. value is disable. is set to ONU, Port or Enable.
and ONU Port.
Compulsory
The parameter is valid
when the Object class
A measurement
AlarmReport- The threshold to is set to ONU, Port Double-click to enter
carried to two decimal
Threshold report an alarm. and ONU Port and the threshold value.
places.
when the alarm
threshold switch is
enabled.
The threshold value
AlarmReportThre-
range to report an - Read-only -
sholdRange
alarm.
2-36 Version: B

Requirement Method
Compulsory
The parameter is valid
when the Object class
A measurement
ClearingAlarm- Clears the threshold is set to ONU, Port Double-click to enter
carried to two decimal
Threshold value of alarms and ONU Port and the threshold value.
places.
when the alarm
threshold switch is
enabled.
ClearingAlarm- Clears the threshold
- Read-only -
ThresholdRange value range of alarms.
Unit Alarm encoding items. - Read-only -
2.14.10 Defining the Performance Threshold Profile Binding
Command function
The command is used to bind a certain object with a performance threshold profile.
Access method
Profile Definition→PM Threshold Profile Bind in the shortcut menu to access the
PM Threshold Profile Banding window.
Version: B 2-37
Parameter
Requirement Method
The name of the
object which the
Selects in the object
Object Name performance - Read-only
tree in the left pane.
threshold profile
binds to.
The type of the
object which the
Selects in the object
Object Type performance - Read-only
threshold profile
binds to.
Selects a profile
Binds or unbinds the Click the drop-down
name that has been
Template Name performance Compulsory list to select the
configured in the PM
threshold profile. profile name.
Threshold Profile.
2.14.11 Defining an Alarm Report Manage Profile
Command function
The profile is used to set alarm reports in a batch manner and bind the object to the
alarm reporting management profile then filters the alarm information and reports
the needed alarms via the network management system.
Access method
Profile Definition→Alarm Report Manage Profile in the shortcut menu to access
the Alarm Report Manage Profile window.
2-38 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
The serial number of
Profile ID the alarm reporting - Read-only -
manage profile.
The name of the

Enters up to 20 Double-click to enter
Template Name alarm reporting Compulsory
characters. the profile name.
manage profile.
Includes cards,
The object type of Click the drop-down
ports and ONUs
Object Type alarms which are Compulsory list to select the
connecting to the
reported. object type.
PON cards.
Includes Not Report Click the drop-down
Whether to report the
or Immediately list to select Not
Alarm Report Switch corresponding Compulsory
Report. The default Report or
alarms.
value is Not Report. Immediately Report.
Alarm Code The alarm name. - Read-only -
Alarm Level The alarm level. - Read-only -

Alarm Type The alarm type. - Read-only -
2.14.12 Defining an Alarm Report Profile Binding
Command function
The command is used to bind objects with alarm report profiles.
Access method
Profile Definition→Alarm Report Manage Profile Bind in the shortcut menu to
access the Alarm Report Template Binding window.
Version: B 2-39
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot name of an
Select in the object
Slot Name object which binds - Read-only
with the profile
The port name of an

Port name object which binds - Read-only
with the profile
The ONU name of an

ONU Name object which binds - Read-only
with the profile
The ONU port name

ONU Port Name of an object which - Read-only
binds with the profile.
Selects a profile
name that has been
Binds or unbinds the Click the drop-down
configured in the
Template Name alarm report manage Compulsory list to select the
Alarm Report
profile. profile name.
Manage Profile.
2.15 Layer 3 Routing Function
2.15.1 RIP
2.15.1.1 Starting the RIP
Command function
The command is used to enable or disable the RIP routing function of the AN5116-
06B.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→L3
Config→L3 Config→Router RIP in the shortcut menu to access the Router RIP
window.
2-40 Version: B
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Includes Start
Enables or disables the Click the drop-down list to
Start/Stop and Stop. Stop is Compulsory
RIP routing function. select Start or Stop.
by default.
2.15.1.2 Advertising the RIP Network
Command function
The command is used to configure the network advertisement IP address and

subnet mask of the RIP protocol.
Access method
Config→L3 Config→RIP Network Advertise in the shortcut menu to access the
RIP Network Advertise window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The IP address of the Double-click to enter the IP

- Compulsory
network advertisement address.
IP Address
Subnet Mask - Compulsory
select the subnet mask.
2.15.1.3 Configuring the RIP Timer
Command function
The command is used to address the RIP process level timers for update, invalid
and flush. Adjust the performance of routing protocols by configuring the RIP timer,
so as to meet the demand for current networks.
Version: B 2-41
Access method
Config→L3 Config→RIP Timer Configure in the shortcut menu to access the RIP
Timer Configure window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The value range is
Double-click to
The RIP protocol's update timer. from 5 to 16777215.
enter the time
Update Timer (s) Activates the RIP touter's routing The unit is second. Compulsory
for the update
table to update. The default value is
timer.
30.
The RIP protocol's invalid timer.
The value range is
Used for ascertaining whether the Double-click to
from 5 to 16777215.
routing is available. The routing enter the time
Timeout Timer(s) The unit is second. Compulsory
configuration is invalid if no updating for the invalid
information is received within the timer.
180.
invalid timer time.
The RIP protocol's flush timer.
Used for ascertaining whether to
delete a routing. If a router does not
receive an update from another The value range is
Double-click to
router within the flush timer or more, from 5 to 16777215.
enter the time
Garbage Timer(s) it marks the routes served by the The unit is second. Compulsory
for deleting the
nonupdating router as being The default value is
timer.
unusable. After the router ascertains 120.
the routing is invalid, the router
removes all routing table entries for
the nonupdating router.
2.15.1.4 Configuring the RIP Interface Version
Command function
The command is used to configure the Rx and Tx protocol version of the RIP
interface.
2-42 Version: B
Access method
Config→L3 Config→RIP Interface Version Configure in the shortcut menu to
access the RIP Interface Version Configure window.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Selects the Super VLAN Click the drop-down

Super VLAN's VLAN
VLAN ID configured in the Vlan Attribute Compulsory list to select the
ID.
Config. VLAN ID.
The corresponding Selects the IP address
IP Address IP address of the configured in the Configure Read-only -
Sub VLAN. VLAN IP.
Includes RIP version 1, RIP
The Rx version Click the drop-down
version 2and hybrid RIP
Rx version protocol of the RIP Compulsory list to select the Rx
version 1 and 2. The RIP
interface. version.
version 2is by default.
Includes RIP version 1, RIP

The Tx version Click the drop-down
version 2and hybrid RIP
Tx version protocol of the RIP Compulsory list to select the Tx
version 1 and 2. The RIP
interface. version.
version 2 is by default.
2.15.1.5 Configuring the RIP Authentication
Command function
The command is used to configure the authentication mode of the RIP protocol. The
RIP protocol supports three authentication modes: non authentication, plain text and
MD5 authentication.
u Non-authentication: Do not authenticate the RIP protocol.
u Plain text authentication: The authentication information and the message are
submitted to the server in clear text without encryption, Therefore, this
authentication method is only considered secure when using an encrypted
connection.
Version: B 2-43
u MD5 authentication: The authentication information is encrypted and

transmitted, so as to ensure the authentication security.
Access method
Config→L3 Config→RIP Auth Configure in the shortcut menu to access the RIP
Auth Configure window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Click the drop-
Select the Super VLAN
Super VLAN's VLAN down list to
VLAN ID configured in the Vlan Compulsory
ID. select the VLAN
Attribute Config.
ID.
The corresponding IP Select the IP address
IP Address address of the Sub configured in the Configure Read-only -
VLAN. VLAN IP.
Click the drop-
Includes: non-
The authentication down list to
authentication, plain text
Auth Mode mode of the RIP Compulsory select the
and MD5 authentication.
protocol. authentication
The plain text is by default.
mode.
Optional.
The parameter is
The name for the unconfigurable Double-click to
Includes key and key chain
Key/Key_chain authentication key when the enter the key
.
chain. authentication chain name.
mode is Non-
authentication.
2.15.1.6 Re-allocating the RIP Router
Command function
The command is used to induct the external router in the RIP domain.
2-44 Version: B
Access method
Config→L3 Config→RIP Router Redistribute in the shortcut menu to access the
RIP Router Redistribute window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Includes:
Route Protocol Inducts the external CONNECT, Click the drop-down list to
Compulsory
Rule Switch router's protocol type. STATIC, OSPF, select the router protocol.
BGP and ISIS .
2.15.1.7 RIP Database Status
Command function
The command is used to query the database status of the RIP protocol.
Access method
Config→L3 Config→RIP Database Status in the shortcut menu to access the RIP
Database Status window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Route Protocol The route protocol type - Read-only -

The IP address of the
Dest Network destination network - Read-only -
segment.
The IP address of the next

Next Hop - Read-only -
hop equipment.
Version: B 2-45

Requirement Method
The overhead value of the 255.
Metric shortest path from the root Select the Distance value Read-only -
node to the destination node. configured in the Distance
Configure.
Super VLAN ID Super VLAN's VLAN ID. - Read-only -
2.15.2 OSPF
2.15.2.1 Enabling the OSPF
Command function
The command is used to enable or disable the OSPF routing function of the
AN5116-06B.
Access method
Config→OSPF→Router OSPF in the shortcut menu to access the Router OSPF
window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Enables or disables the Includes: Stop Click the drop-down list to

Start/Stop Compulsory
OSPF routing function. and Start. select Start or Stop.
2.15.2.2 Advertising the OSPF Network
Command function
The command is used to configure the corresponding relationship between the

uplink VLAN's IP address and the OSPF domain. When the OSPF is enabled, the
uplink port may be added into the OSPF domain.
2-46 Version: B
Access method
Config→OSPF→OSPF Network Advertise in the shortcut menu to access the
OSPF Network Advertise window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

- Compulsory
network advertisement address.
IP Address
Area_ID - Compulsory
OSPF domain address.
2.15.2.3 Configuring the OSPF Router ID
Command function
The command is used to configure the ID number for the OSPF router. The router ID
is a 32bit integer without symbol and is only used for identifying the router.
Access method
Config→OSPF→OSPF Router_ID Configure in the shortcut menu to access the
OSPF Router_ID Configure window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

Double-click to enter the IP
IP Address OSPF router, i.e. the - Optional
address.
OSPF router's ID.
Version: B 2-47
2.15.2.4 Configuring the OSPF domain
Command function
The command is used to configure the domain ID and domain type of the OSPF
domain.
Access method
Config→OSPF→OSPF Area in the shortcut menu to access the OSPF Area
window.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
The domain ID of the
Area ID The Internet IP address. Optional enter the IP
OSPF domain.
address.
Includes STUB, NSSA or Null.
Click the drop-
The type of the OSPF STUB: STUB area.
Area Type Optional down list to select
domain. NSSA: NSSA area.
the domain type.
Null: Normal area.
The ABR whether to
transmit Summary LSA Select and clear
No-Summary - Optional
to the STUB or NSSA check boxes.
area.
Includes: Translate_Never,
Translate_Always and
Translate_Candidate .
Optional.
Translate_Never: In the NSSA
When the
area, the ABR will not transfer
domain
the NSSA-LSA into the LSA in
Whether to transfer the type is
Type5. Click the drop-
NSSA-LSA in the NSSA or
Translator Role Translate_Always: In the down list to select
NSSA area into the Null, the
NSSA area, the ABR will the Translator Role.
LSA in Type 5. parameter
transfer the NSSA-LSA into the
is
LSA in Type5.
configur-
Translate_Candidate: In the
able.
NSSA area, the ABR transfers
the candidate LSA into the LSA
in Type 5 via the NSSA-LSA.
2-48 Version: B
2.15.2.5 Configuring OSPF Basic Parameters
Command function
The command is used to configure the OLT uplink port's OSPF basic parameters.
Access method
Config→OSPF→OSPF Parameter Configure in the shortcut menu to access the
OSPF Parameter Configure window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select the Super VLAN Click the drop-down
VLAN ID Super VLAN's VLAN ID. configured in the Vlan Compulsory list to select the VLAN
Attribute Config. ID.
The corresponding IP Select the IP address

IP Address address of the Sub configured in the Read-only -
VLAN. Configure VLAN IP.
The value range is from

OSPF neighbor failure
1 to 65535. The unit is
time interval.
second. The default
No Hello message of the
value is 40. Double-click to enter
Dead-interval(s) neighbor is received Optional
The failure interface the failure interval.
within the failure time
value should be 4 times
interval, the neighbor is
than the Hello message
invalid.
interval.
The time interval which Double-click to enter
Hello-interval(s) the OSPF transmits the Optional the Hello message
second. The default
Hello message. interval.
value is 10.
Version: B 2-49

Requirement Method
The time interval for
interface retransmitting
the LSA.
If no confirmation The value range is from
Double-click to enter
Retransmit-interval message is received 1 to 65535. The unit is
Optional the retransmitted LSA
(s) from the far end second. The default
interval.
equipment within the time value is 5.
interval for retransmitting
the LSA, the interface will
retransmit the LSA.
The delay time for OSPF Double-click to enter
Transmit-delay(s) interface transmitting the Optional the update message
second. The default
LSA. time.
value is 1.
Includes: Point to
Click the drop-down
The network type of the point, broadcast, non-
Network Type Compulsory list to select the
OSPF interface. broadcast and point to
network type.
multipoint.
The overhead value of The value range is 1 to

Cost transmitting message via 65535. The default Optional
the Cost value.
the designated interface. value is 10.
The MTU value of the DD The value range is 576
MTU message transmitted by to 65535. The default Optional
the MTU value.
the interface value is 1500.
The priority when the Double-click to enter
Priority 255. The default value Optional
interface elects the DR. the priority.
is 1.
2.15.2.6 Configuring the OSPF Authentication
Command function
The command is used to configure the authentication mode of the OSPF protocol.
The OSPF protocol supports three authentication modes: non authentication, plain
text and MD5 authentication.
u Non-authentication: Do not authenticate the OSPF protocol.
2-50 Version: B
u Plain text authentication: The authentication information and the message are
submitted to the server in clear text without encryption, Therefore, this
authentication method is only considered secure when using an encrypted
connection.
u MD5 authentication: The authentication information is encrypted and

transmitted, so as to ensure the authentication security.
Access method
Config→OSPF→OSPF Auth Configure in the shortcut menu to access the OSPF
Auth Configure window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Select the Super

VLAN configured Click the drop-down list to
VLAN ID Super VLAN's VLAN ID. Compulsory
in the Vlan select the VLAN ID.
Attribute Config.
Select the IP
The corresponding IP address
IP Address address of the Sub configured in the Read-only -
VLAN. Configure VLAN
IP.
Includes: non-
authentication,
plain text and Click the drop-down list to
The authentication mode
Auth Mode MD5 Compulsory select the authentication
of the OSPF protocol.
authentication. mode.
The plain text is
by default.
Optional.
The parameter
is
The name of unconfigurable Double-click to enter the
Key/Key_chain -
authentication key chain. when the key chain name.
authentication
mode is Non-
authentication.
Version: B 2-51
2.15.2.7 Re-allocating the OSPF Router
Command function
The command is used to induct the external router in the OSPF domain.
Access method
Config→OSPF→OSPF Router Redistribute in the shortcut menu to access the
OSPF Router Redistribute window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Includes:
Route Protocol Inducts the external CONNECT, Click the drop-down list to
Compulsory
Rule Switch router's protocol type. STATIC, RIP, select the router protocol.
BGP and ISIS.
2.15.2.8 The OSPF Neighbor Status
Command function
The command is used to query the neighbor status of the OSPF protocol.
Access method
Config→OSPF→OSPF Neighbor Status in the shortcut menu to access the OSPF
Neighbor Status window.
Parameter
The neighbor router ID via the virtual
Neighbor - Read-only -
connection
The priority when the interface elects the
Priority - Read-only -
DR.
2-52 Version: B

The neighbor status
u Down: The Down status, the initial
status of the neighbor.
u Attempt: The Attempt status. A further
contact is needed when no
information is received from the
neighbor. The status is only valid for
neighbors in the NBMA network.
u Init: The Init status. The OLT has
received the Hello message from the
neighbor.
u TwoWay: TwoWay status. The OLT
has received the Hello message from
the neighbor and both sides can
communicate.
u ExStart: ExStart status. The OLT and
Neighbor State the neighbor have the master-slave - Read-only -
relationship and DD Sequence
Number negotiation.
u Exchange: Exchange status. Starts
the LSDB synchronous operation.
The interaction message are DD
message, LSR message and LSU
message.
u Loading: Loading status. The LESD
is executing the synchronous
operation. The interaction message
are LSR message and LSU
message.
u Full: Full status. The neighbor's LSDB
is synchronously completed. Both
sides establish the Full neighbor
relationship.
Displays the status of the interface

connecting with the neighbor.
Interface State Includes: DependUpon, Down, - Read-only -
Loopback, Waiting, Point-To-Point,
DROther, Backupand DR.
Router Type The router type - Read-only -

Dead Times (s) The OSPF neighbor failure time. - Read-only -
Version: B 2-53

Address The IP address of the interface. - Read-only -
VLAN ID The VLAN ID of the interface. - Read-only -
2.15.2.9 The OSPF Link Status Database
Command function
The command is used to query the database information of the OSPF link status.
Access method
Config→OSPF→LSDB of OSPF in the shortcut menu to access the LSDB of
OSPF window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The domain ID of the

Area ID - Read-only -
OSPF domain.
The LSDB type
LSDB Type - Read-only -
LS type
The LS identifier in the

Link State ID - Read-only -
LSA header.
Generates the LSA
Advertising Router - Read-only -
router identifier.
The LSA sequence
Sequence - Read-only -
number
Age(s) The LSA aging time - Read-only -
Ascertains the LSA data

Checksum - Read-only -
error.
2-54 Version: B
2.15.3 Configuring the Routing Protocol
2.15.3.1 Configuring the Distance
Command function
The command is used to configure the cost value of the shortest path from the root
node to the destination node of the RIP protocol or OSPF protocol.
Access method
Config→Router Configuer→Distance Configure in the shortcut menu to access
the Distance Configure window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Includes RIP and Click the drop-down list to

Protocol type The route protocol type Compulsory
OSPF. select the protocol type.
The value range

is 0 to 255.
The default value
is 120 when the
The shortest path cost
protocol type is Double-click to enter the
Distance value from the root node Compulsory
RIP. Distance value.
to the destination node.
The default value
is 110 when the
protocol type is
OSPF.
2.15.3.2 Configuring the Key Chain
Command function
The command is used to configure the key chain in the RIP authentication or OSPF
authentication.
Version: B 2-55
Access method
Config→Router Configuer→Key-chain Configure in the shortcut menu to access
the Key-chain Configure window.
Parameter
Item Description Value Range / Requirement Property Configuration Method
The name of the Compul- Double-click to enter the

Key chain Enters up to 20 characters.
key chain sory key chain.
The ID number of Compul- Double-click to enter the

Key ID The value range is 1 to 255.
the key. sory key ID.
Authentication key Compul- Double-click to enter the

Key Enters up to 16 characters.
character sory key.
The value range is from 0

second 0 minute 0 hour on 1st
Accept Lifetime The start time to January, 1993 to 59 seconds 59 Compul- Double-click to enter the
Start receive the key. minutes 23 hours on 31st sory start time of receiving.
December, 2105.
The default value is 0.
Accept Lifetime The end time to January, 1993 to 59 seconds 59 Compul- Double-click to enter the
end receive the key. minutes 23 hours on 31st sory end time of receiving.
December, 2105.
Send Lifetime The start time to January, 1993 to 59 seconds 59 Compul- Double-click to enter the
Start transmit the key. minutes 23 hours on 31st sory start time of transmitting.
December, 2105.
Send Lifetime The end time to January, 1993 to 59 seconds 59 Compul- Double-click to enter the
end transmit the key. minutes 23 hours on 31st sory end time of transmitting.
December, 2105.
2-56 Version: B
2.15.3.3 Static Routing in the Network Layer
Command function
The command is used to configure the static routing in the network layer. After the
static routing is created, intercommunication among three layers of the network
equipment can be achieved.
Access method
Config→Router Configuer→Network Static Route in the shortcut menu to
access the Network Static Route window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

- Compulsory
The destination destination network. address.
network address Click the drop-down list to
Double-click to enter the IP
Next Hop next hop equipment or - Compulsory
address.
the interface.
The value range
Metric The path cost value is 0 to 255. The Compulsory
weight.
default value is 0.
2.15.3.4 Displaying the Route Table
Command function
The command is used to check the current routing protocol's route information.
Access method
Config→Router Configuer→Show Route Table in the shortcut menu to access
the Show Route Table window.
Version: B 2-57
Parameter
The IP address of the destination network
- Read-only -
Dest Network segment.
Subnet Mask - Read-only -

The shortest path cost value from the root
Distance - Read-only -
node to the destination node.
Metric The path cost value - Read-only -
The IP address of the next hop
Next Hop - Read-only -
equipment or the interface.
The route status When more routes for

the same destination address exist, the
route in the best path is in the Active
Route Status status. The route which can be reached - Read-only -
but is not the best route is in the Standby
status. The route which is unreachable is
in the Suspend status.
Route Protocol The protocol type of the route - Read-only -
VLAN ID Used for identifying the unique VLAN - Read-only -
2.15.4 DHCP Global Function
2.15.4.1 DHCP Global Switch
Command function
The command is used to configure the global enable switch of the DHCP protocol.
Access method
Config→DHCP Global→DHCP Global Switch in the shortcut menu to access the
DHCP Global Switch window.
2-58 Version: B
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
DHCP Global Includes Enable Click the drop-down list to

The DHCP global switch Compulsory
Switch or disable. select Enable or Disable.
The DHCP serve applies
The value range
Ping function to check
Ping Function is from 0 to 3. The Double-click to enter the
the Ping times that the Compulsory
(Times) unit is times. The times of Ping function.
DHCP client network
default value is 2.
connects.
The value range
is 500 to 5000.
The time interval for The unit is
Ping Interval (ms) Compulsory time interval of Ping
using the Ping command. millisecond. The
function.
default value is
500.
2.15.4.2 Configuring the DHCP Interface Mode
Command function
The command is used to configure the DHCP operating mode for users in the Super
VLAN.
Access method
Config→DHCP Global→Set DHCP Interface Mode in the shortcut menu to
access the Set DHCP Interface Mode window.
Version: B 2-59
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select the Super VLAN Click the drop-down
Super VLAN ID Super VLAN's VLAN ID. configured in the Vlan Compulsory list to select the
Attribute Config. Super VLAN ID.
The operating mode of

Includes the Server mode
the DHCP interface
and Relay mode.
Server mode: The DHCP
Server mode: The
server allocates the legal
operating mode for the Click the drop-down
IP address for the DHCP
DHCP Interface DHCP server. list to select the
client side. Compulsory
Mode Relay mode: The operating DHCP interface
Relay mode: The DHCP
mode for the DHCP mode.
Relay equipment
repeater.
executes the layer 2/3
The Server mode is by
forwarding for the DHCP
default.
request.
2.15.5 DHCP RELAY
2.15.5.1 Configuring the Server Address of the Interface
Command function
The command is used to configure the IP address for the DHCP server and provide
the DHCP services for users in the Super VLAN.
Note:
The command is valid when the DHCP interface mode is in the Relay
mode.
Access method
Config→DHCP RELAY→Set Port's Dhcp Server in the shortcut menu to access
the Set Port's Dhcp Server window.
2-60 Version: B
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Select the Super

VLAN configured Click the drop-down list to
Super VLAN ID Super VLAN's VLAN ID. Compulsory
in the Vlan select the Super VLAN ID.
Attribute Config.

Server IP Address - Compulsory
DHCP server address.
2.15.6 DHCP SERVER
2.15.6.1 Configuring the IP Address Pool
Command function
The command is used to configure the address pool for the DHCP server and
allocate the IP address source in the address pool for the DHCP client side.
Note:
The command is valid when the DHCP interface mode is in the Server
mode.
Access method
Config→DHCP SERVER→Set IP Pool in the shortcut menu to access the Set IP
Pool window.
Version: B 2-61
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The value range

The ID of the address Double-click to enter the
Pool ID is 0 to 16. The Compulsory
pool address pool ID.
default value is 1.
The start value of the IP
address which can be The common
allocated to the DHCP Internet IP Compulsory
start IP address.
client side in the address address
Begin IP pool.
Consistent with
the mask Click the drop-down list to
Subnet Mask Compulsory
configured in the select the subnet mask.
end IP address.
The end value of the IP
address which can be The common
allocated to the DHCP Internet IP Compulsory
end IP address.
client side in the address address
End IP pool.
Consistent with
the mask Click the drop-down list to
Subnet Mask Compulsory
configured in the select the subnet mask.
start IP address.
The default gateway Double Click to enter the
Gateway address of the DHCP - Compulsory IP address of the default
server. gateway.
Enters the time

The time span which the
span format: 001
DHCP server allocates to Double-click to enter the
Lease(s) 01:01:01. Range: Compulsory
the IP address at the lease.
000 00:00:00 to
DHCP client end.
365 23:59:59.
2.15.6.2 Configuring the DNS Server Address List
Command function
The command is used to configure related parameters for the DNS domain name
server and provide address and domain name resolution for the DHCP client side.
2-62 Version: B
Note:
mode.
Access method
Config→DHCP SERVER→Set DNS Server Address List in the shortcut menu to
access the Set DNS Server Address List window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Selects the
The ID of the address configured Click the drop-down list to
Pool ID Compulsory
pool address pool ID select the address pool ID.
from the Pool ID.
The IP address of the The common
DNS Server Double-click to enter the
DNS domain name Internet IP Compulsory
Address DNS server address.
server address
Adds or deletes a DNS
Includes Set or
server address. Click the drop-down list to
Operation Type Delet, and the Compulsory
u Set: Add select Set or Delet.
default is Set.
u Delet: Delete
2.15.6.3 Configuring the Forbidden IP Address List
Command function
The command is used to configure the forbidden IP address list for the DHCP client
side.
Note:
mode.
Version: B 2-63
Access method
Config→DHCP SERVER→Set Forbidden IP Address List in the shortcut menu to
access the Set Forbidden IP Address List window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Selects the
The ID of the address configured Click the drop-down list to
Pool ID Compulsory
pool address pool ID select the address pool ID.
from the Pool ID.
The common
Forbidden IP The forbidden IP address Double-click to enter the
Internet IP Compulsory
Address for the DHCP client side. forbidden IP address.
address
Adds or deletes a
Includes Set or
forbidden IP address. Click the drop-down list to
Operation Type Delet, and the Compulsory
u Set: Add select Set or Delet.
default is Set.
u Delet: Delete
2.15.6.4 Configuring the Client Binding List
Command function
The command is used to allocate the fixed IP address for the DHCP client side.
Note:
mode.
Access method
Config→DHCP SERVER→Config Client Binding List in the shortcut menu to
access the Config Client Binding List window.
2-64 Version: B
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The IP address for the Double-click to enter the IP

IP Address - Compulsory
DHCP client side address.
The DHCP's MAC Double-click to enter the
Mac Address - Compulsory
address MAC address.
2.15.6.5 The DHCP Client Table Status
Command function
The command is used to check the status information for the DHCP client side.
Note:
mode.
Access method
Config→DHCP SERVER→DHCP Client Table Status in the shortcut menu to
access the DHCP Client Table Status window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The IP address for the

IP Address - Read-only -
DHCP client side
The DHCP's MAC
Mac Address - Read-only -
address
The value range
The time limit for the
is 1 to
Hired Time(s) DHCP client side hiring Read-only -
4294967294. The
the IP address
unit is second.
Version: B 2-65
Value Range /
Requirement
The value range

The lease time that
is 1 to
Residual Time(s) remains on the DHCP Read-only -
4294967294. The
Client side
unit is second.
Includes:
Dynamic or
static.
Whether the IP address
Dynamic: The
Type is the static address or Read-only -
dynamic IP
dynamic address.
address type.
static: The static
IP address type.
2.15.7 The Layer 3 ACL Configuration
2.15.7.1 Creating the Layer 3 ACL
Command function
The command is used to create a layer 3 ACL rule and designate matching rules.
Access method
Config→Three-layer ACL Configure→Create L3 ACL in the shortcut menu to
access the Create L3 ACL window.
2-66 Version: B
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The maximum length should Compul- Double-click to enter the

ACL Name The ACL Name
not exceed 20 characters. sory ACL name.
Includes Auto and Config.
u Auto: The automatic
The sequence
sequencing for the IP Click the drop-down list
order for the IP Compul-
Match-order matching rules. to select Auto or
configuring rules in sory
u Config: The manual Config.
the ACL.
sequencing for the IP
matching rules.
2.15.7.2 Configuring the Layer 3 ACL
Command function
The command is used to configure the Layer 3 ACL rules. Analyze and process the
data message according to the Layer 3 ACL rules.
Access method
Config→Three-layer ACL Configure→Configure L3 ACL in the shortcut menu to
access the Configure L3 ACL window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Double-click the
Selects from the configured
drop-down list to
ACL Name The ACL Name control list in the Create L3 Compulsory
select the ACL
ACL.
name.
The automatic
Index generation sequence - Read-only -
number.
Version: B 2-67

Requirement Method
u Adds or deletes an
IP matching rule
when the IP
matching rules is not Includes: Set and delet. Click the drop-down
Operation Type null. u Set: Add Compulsory list to select Set or
u Adds or deletes the u delet: Delete delet.
ACL when the IP
matching rules is
null.
data message in the ACL - Compulsory
the IP address.
rules.
IP/Subnet Address
Click the drop-down
Subnet Mask - Compulsory list to select the
subnet mask.
Includes Permit and Deny.
u Permit: Allows the
data packet according
The handling way used with requirements to Click the drop-down
Permit/Deny by the ACL rules for the pass through Compulsory list to select Permit
data message. u Deny: Discard the or Deny.
data packet which
accords with
requirements.
Includes Normal and

Exact-match.
u Normal: The data
message accords with
the rule when the
subnet mask of the
data message and that
Double-click the
The matching accuracy of the IP matching
drop-down list to
Type used in the ACL rules for rules are in the same Compulsory
select Normal or
the data message. network segment
Exact-match.
u Exact-match: The
data message accords
with the rule when the
subnet mask of the
data message and that
of the IP matching
rules are identical.
2-68 Version: B
2.15.7.3 The ACL Information
Command function
The command is used to query the lay 3 ACL's rule information.
Access method
Config→Three-layer ACL Configure→ACL Information in the shortcut menu to
access the ACL Information window.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Double-click the
Selects from the configured
drop-down list to
ACL Name The ACL Name control list in the Creat L3 Compulsory
select the ACL
ACL.
name.
The IP address of
the data message - Read-only -
IP/Subnet Address
in the ACL rules.
Subnet Mask - Read-only -
Version: B 2-69
Configuration
Method
Includes Permit and Deny.
u Permit: Allows the data
The handling way packet according with
used by the ACL requirements to pass
Permit/Deny Read-only -
rules for the data through
message. u Deny: Discard the data
packet which accords with
requirements.
Includes Normal and Exact-

match.
u Normal: The data
message accords with the
rule when the subnet mask
of the data message and
The matching
that of the IPmatching
accuracy used in
Type rules are in the same Read-only -
the ACL rules for
network segment
the data message.
u Exact-match: The data
message accords with the
rule when the subnet mask
of the data message and
that of the IP matching
rules are identical.
2.15.8 Configuring the Multicast Routing
2.15.8.1 Enabling the Multicast Routing
Command function
The command is used to enable the multicast routing function.
Access method
Config→Multicast Route Configue→Multicast Route Enable in the shortcut
menu to access the Multicast Route Enable window.
2-70 Version: B
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The switch of the Includes: Stop Click the drop-down list to

Start/Stop Compulsory
multicast routing. and Start. select Start or Stop.
2.15.8.2 The Static Multicast Routing
Command function
The command is used to configure the static routing for the current multicast service
and includes source IP address and the RPF address and the Super VLAN
interface number.
Access method
Config→Multicast Route Configue→Static Multicast Route in the shortcut menu
to access the Static Multicast Route window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The index number of the

Index - Read-only -
static multicast routing.
The multicast source IP Double-click to enter the

Source IP Address - Compulsory
address. source IP address.
The multicast source's
RPF Address corresponding RPF - Compulsory
RPF address.
routing IP address.
Selects the Super

The Super VLAN's VLAN VLAN configured
SuperVLAN ID Compulsory select the Super VLAN
ID. in the Vlan
interface number.
Attribute Config.
Version: B 2-71
2.15.8.3 The Multicast Routing Table
Command function
The command is used to query the multicast routing table for the current multicast
service.
Access method
Config→Multicast Route Configue→Multicast Route Table in the shortcut menu
to access the Multicast Route Table window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The common
The multicast group's IP Double-click to enter the
Group Address Internet IP Compulsory
address. group address.
address
The multicast source IP
Source IP Address - Read-only -
address.
The multicast source's
RPF Address corresponding RPF - Read-only -
routing IP address.
The In interface ID of the

In Interface ID - Read-only -
multicast routing.
The In interface's slot

In Interface Slot - Read-only -
number
The In interface's Super
Super VLAN ID - Read-only -
VLAN ID.
Whether the routing table
Flag - Read-only -
takes effect.
The updated time length
Update Time - Read-only -
of the routing table.
The multicast routing

Protocol - Read-only -
protocol type
The out interface ID of

Out Interface ID - Read-only -
the multicast routing.
2-72 Version: B
Value Range /
Requirement
The out interface's slot

Out Interface Slot - Read-only -
number
The out interface's Super
Super VLAN ID - Read-only -
VLAN ID.
2.16 Alarm Reverse

Command function
The command is used to filter the unreasonable alarms and filter them in the
ANM2000.
Access method
Alarm Reverse in the shortcut menu to access the Alarm Reverse window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The logical domain, system and
Object Name module where the alarm reserve - Read-only -
object is located in.
Alarm Name The name of the alarm to be filtered. - Read-only -

The alarm reverse status
u Reverse: The object's current
Includes reverse
Status alarm status is not reporting. Read-only -
and not reverse.
u Not Reverse: The object's
current alarm status is reporting.
Version: B 2-73
3 Shortcut Menu Commands of the
HSWA Card
The Real-time Performance
The ONU Authentication
Configuring VLAN
Configuring Voice Service
Time Management
Configuring Multicast Service
Reliability Configuration
Relevant Service Configuration
Configuring QoS
Basic Ethernet Configuration
Security Configuration
Alarm Management
System Maintainance
System Control
Status Review
Version: B 3-1
3.1 The Real-time Performance
3.1.1 The CUP / Memory Utilization Ratio
Command function
The command is used to query the CPU/memory utilization ratio of a card, so as to

know about the equipment operating status.
Note:
Before querying the CPU / memory utilization ratio of a card or ONU,

users need to enable the CPU / memory utilization ratio collection
function in the Performance Group tab of this card or ONU.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Realtime
Performance→CUP/Memory Proportion from the shortcut menu to access the
RealTime Performance Collection window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The real time sampling curve of Click the Start
Realtime Curve the CPU / memory utilization - Read-only Collect button in
ratio of the card. the toolbar.
It includes the
Click the Start
following items:
Collect button in
The real time sampling value of object, time,
Performance the toolbar, and
the CPU / memory utilization performance Read-only
Data click Performance
ratio of the card. type,
Data in the tab
performance
that appears.
value, and unit.
3-2 Version: B
3 Shortcut Menu Commands of the HSWA Card
3.2 The ONU Authentication
3.2.1 The Authentication Mode of a PON Port
Command function
The command is used to configure the authentication mode of each PON port. Nine
authentication modes exist.
u The EPON authentication mode: physical identifier authentication, logical

identifier authentication (with the password), physical identifier / logical identifier
mixed authentication (with the password), logical identifier authentication
(without the password), and physical identifier / logical identifier mixed
authentication (without the password) and the non-authentication.
u The GPON authentication mode: physical identifier + password authentication,

password authentication, physical identifier / physical password mixed
authentication, logical identifier authentication (with password), physical
identifier/logical identifier mixed authentication (with password), logical identifier
authentication (without password), physical identifier/logical identifier mixed
authentication (without password) and non-authentication.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select ONU Authentication→
PON Authentication Mode from the shortcut menu to access the PON
Authentication Mode window.
Version: B 3-3
Parameter
The number of the slot that The value range is 1 to 8 or

Slot No. Read-only -
installs the card. 11 to 18.
The PON number where
PON NO. The value range is 1 to 8. Read-only -
the ONU is located.
Includes: physical identifier
authentication, logical
identifier authentication
(with the password),
physical identifier / logical
identifier mixed
authentication (with the
password), logical identifier
authentication (without the
Click the drop-down list
The ONU authentication password), physical
Auth Mode Compulsory to select the
mode in the PON port. identifier / logical identifier
authentication mode.
mixed authentication
(without the password),
physical identifier +
password authentication,
password authentication,
physical identifier/physical
password mixed
authentication and non-
authentication.
3.2.2 ONU Authentication Mode
Command function
The command is used to configure the authentication mode for a single ONU and
authenticate according to the ONU's physical address, logical SN or GPON
password. The ONU which is authenticated can be authorized.
Access method
ONU Authentication Mode from the shortcut menu to access the ONU
3-4 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
Click the drop-
The number of the slot containing the
The value range is 1 to 8 or Compul- down list to
Slot No. interface card that the ONU is
11 to 18. sory select the slot
connected with.
number.
Click the drop-
The PON number where the ONU is Compul- down list to
PON NO. The value range is 1 to 8.
located. sory select the PON
port number.
For the EC4B card and

GC4B card, the value range Double-click to
is from 1 to 64. Compul- enter the ONU
ONU No. The authorization number of the ONU.
For the EC8B, GC8B and sory authentication
XG2B card, the value range number.
is from 1 to 128.
The authentication modes include:
u The physical address
u The logical SN authentication
mode: Open the ONU MAC
automatic replacement function in
the logical SN authentication
mode.
u The logical SN authentication
mode: Close the ONU MAC Click the drop-
automatic replacement function in down list to
Authentica- Compul-
the logical SN authentication - select the
tion mode sory
mode. authentication
u The GPON password mode.
authentication mode: Open the
ONU MAC automatic replacement
function in the GPON password
u The GPON password
authentication mode: Close the
ONU MAC automatic replacement
function in the GPON password
Version: B 3-5
3.2.3 Replacing the ONU Logical Identifier
Command function
The command is used when the ONU has faults and is ONU logical identifier
authentication mode. The logical identifier to be replaced the ONU meets the
requirement.
Access method
ONU LOID Replace from the shortcut menu to access the ONU LOID Replace
window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Click the drop-down
containing the interface card The value range is 1 to 8 or
Slot No. Compulsory list to select the slot
that the ONU is connected 11 to 18.
number.
with.
Click the drop-down
The PON number where the
PON NO. The value range is 1 to 8. Compulsory list to select the
ONU is located.
PON port number.
Double-click to
The authorization number of
ONU No. The value range is 1 to 128. Compulsory enter the ONU
the ONU.
number.
Old SN: The ONU primary logical Double-click the
Enters up to 24 characters. Compulsory
LOID identifier. Old SN: LOID.
Old SN: Double-click the
LOGIC- The ONU primary logical Old SN:
PASS- password. LOGICPASS-
WORD WORD.
New SN: The ONU new logical Double-click the
LOID identifier. New SN: LOID.
New SN: Double-click the
LOGIC- The ONU new logical New SN:
PASS- password. LOGICPASS-
WORD WORD.
3-6 Version: B
3.2.4 Setting Physical Identifier Whitelist of an ONU
Command function
The ONU logical identifier whitelist setting command is used to set the physical
identifier authentication whitelist of an ONU. The ONUs in the whitelist will be
authorized. The ONU logical identifier whitelist supports the following authentication
modes.
u The EPON ONU authentication mode: Physical identifier authentication,

physical identifier/logical identifier (with password) mixed authentication,
physical identifier/logical identifier (without password) mixed authentication.
u The GPON ONU authentication mode: Physical identifier + physical password

authentication, physical identifier/logical password mixed authentication,
physical identifier/logical identifier (without password) mixed authentication.
Access method
ONU Physic_IDaddress whitelist from the shortcut menu to access the Physical
Address White List Setting window.
Version: B 3-7
Parameter
Item Description Value Range / Property Configuration
Requirement Method
Configures the MAC

address: The value range
is from 0 to 9, a to f.
The ONU's physical address
Configures as physical
identifier.
SN: The first four address
Physical The physical identifier can Double-click to enter
are the character string Compulsory
Address be configured as the ONU's the physical identifier.
by default. The value
MAC address or physical
range is from a to f. The
SN identifier.
value range of the last
eight address is 0 to 9
and a to f.
Optional.
The parameter is
valid when the
EPON ONU
authentication
mode is the
physical
address/logical
identifier mixed
authentication
ONU's authentication Double-click to enter
Password - and the GPON
password. the key.
ONU
authentication
mode is physical
identifier +
password
authentication or
the physical
identifier/physical
password mixed
authentication.
Click the drop-down
containing the interface card The value range is 1 to 8
that the ONU is connected or 11 to 18.
number.
with.
Click the drop-down
PON NO. The value range is 1 to 8. Compulsory list to select the PON
ONU is located.
port number.
3-8 Version: B

Requirement Method
Click the drop-down

ONU Type The ONU type. - Compulsory list to select the ONU
type.
The authorization number of The value range is 1 to Double-click to enter

ONU No. Compulsory
the ONU. 128. the ONU number.
Implemen- The ONU authentication
- Read-only -
ted Status status.
3.2.5 Setting Password Whitelist of an ONU
Command function
The ONU password whitelist setting command is used to set the password
authentication whitelist of an ONU. When the authentication mode of an ONU is
logical password authentication, the ONUs in the password whitelist will be
authorized.
Access method
ONU Password Whitelist from the shortcut menu to access the Password White
List Setting window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Optional.
The parameter is
valid when the
Double-click to
Password The logical password. - authentication
enter the key.
mode is logical
password
authentication.
Click the drop-
containing the interface The value range is 1 to 8 or
Slot No. Compulsory down list to select
card that the ONU is 11 to 18.
the slot number.
connected with.
Version: B 3-9

Requirement Method
Click the drop-
The PON port number down list to select
where the ONU is located. the PON port
number.
Click the drop-
ONU Type The ONU type. - Compulsory down list to select
the ONU type.
Double-click to
The authorization number enter the ONU
of the ONU. authentication
number.
Implemented The ONU authentication
- Read-only -
Status status.
3.2.6 Setting Logical Identifier Whitelist of an ONU
Command function
The ONU logical identifier whitelist setting command is used to set the logical
identifier authentication whitelist of an ONU. When the authentication mode of an
ONU is logical identifier authentication or mixed authentication, the ONUs in the
logical identifier whitelist will be authorized.
Access method
ONU SN:LOIDLogic SN Whitelist from the shortcut menu to access the Logical
SN White List Setting window.
3-10 Version: B
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
enter the
Logical SN The ONU logical identifier. - Compulsory
physical
identifier.
Optional.
The parameter is
valid when the
Double-click to
Password The ONU logical password. - authentication
enter the key.
mode is logical
identifier
authentication.
The number of the slot Click the drop-
containing the interface card The value range is 1 to 8 or down list to
Slot No. Compulsory
that the ONU is connected 11 to 18. select the slot
with. number.
Click the drop-
The PON number where the down list to
ONU is located. select the PON
port number.
Click the drop-

down list to
ONU Type The ONU type. - Compulsory
select the ONU
type.
Double-click to
The authorization number of enter the ONU
the ONU. authentication
number.
Implemen- The ONU authentication
- Read-only -
ted Status status.
Version: B 3-11
3.3 Configuring VLAN
3.3.1 VLAN at the Central Office End
3.3.1.1 The Service VLAN's Central Office End Data
Command function
The command is used to configure the uplink port service VLAN ID range and set
limit on the service VLAN via the uplink port.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select VLAN Config→
Local VLAN→Local End Service VLAN from the shortcut menu to access the
Local End Service VLAN window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Enters up to 30 characters Double-click to
Service The uplink port service VLAN
in numbers, letters or Compulsory enter the service
Name name.
underlines. name.
Double-click to
Starting The starting ID number of the 4085. The starting VLAN ID
Compulsory enter the starting
VLAN ID uplink port service VLAN name. should not be larger than
VLAN ID.
the end VLAN ID.
Double-click to
The end ID number of the uplink 4085. The starting VLAN ID
VLAN ID End Compulsory enter the end
port service VLAN name. should not be larger than
VLAN ID.
the end VLAN ID.
Click the drop-
down list to select
Sets the uplink port or the Includes: The uplink
the uplink interface
Interface No. TRUNK group of the uplink interface number or the Compulsory
number or the
service VLAN. TRUNK group number.
TRUNK group
number.
3-12 Version: B

Requirement Method
Sets the TAG processing mode
of the uplink service VLAN.
u TAG refers to add the VLAN
tag. When the TAG mode is
selected, the uplink data Includes: TAG and Untag.
packet will not be In the same uplink port, only
processed and will be one service VLAN should
uploaded in the primary be set as UNTAG mode
Click the drop-
mode. and the value of the starting
TAG/UNTAG Compulsory down list to select
u Untag refers to UNTAG (Do VLAN ID must be the same
TAG or Untag.
not add the VLAN tag). with the value of the end
When the Untag mode is VLAN ID, otherwise, the
selected, the uplink data TAG mode should be
packet will be automatically selected.
stripped when passing
through the port and
uploaded in the UNTAG
mode.
Includes: Data, IPTV, NGN, Click the drop-
The uplink port service VLAN
Service Type VoIP, VOD, CNCview or Compulsory down list to select
type.
System. the service type.
Click the drop-

Slot Bind The mode for the slot adding the Includes Auto Bind and down list to select
Compulsory
Type service VLAN. Manually Bind. the slot adding
mode.
3.3.1.2 Configuring the Inner VLAN at the Central Office End
Command function
Configure the inner VLAN parameters at the central office end when stacked VLANs
at the central office end are used, so as to set limit to and manage the uplink port
services.
Access method
Local VLAN→Local End Service Inner VLAN from the shortcut menu to access
the Local End Service Inner VLAN window.
Version: B 3-13
Parameter
Requirement Method
Click the drop-
The service name
Service The name for the AN5116-06B down list to
configured in the local Compulsory
Name uplink port service VLAN. select the
VLAN tab.
service name.
The value range is from 1 to Double-click
Starting
The starting ID for the AN5116-06B 4085 and the starting VLAN to enter the
inner VLAN Compulsory
uplink port service inner VLAN. ID should not be larger then starting VLAN
ID
the end VLAN ID. ID.
Double-click
VLAN ID The end ID for the AN5116-06B 4085 and the starting VLAN
Compulsory to enter the
End uplink port service inner VLAN. ID should not be less then
end VLAN ID.
the end VLAN ID.
3.3.1.3 Configuring VLAN Properties
Command function
The command is used to configure different VLAN ID properties.
Note:
If the local VLAN has been configured, the configured VLAN ID and
service type will be displayed in the VLAN Attribute Config GUI directly.
Access method
Local VLAN→VLAN Attribute Config from the shortcut menu to access the VLAN
Attribute Config window.
3-14 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
The value range Double-click to enter
VLAN ID The VLAN ID Compulsory
is 1 to 4085. the VLAN ID.
The VLAN type is divided into two types
according to the quantity of service virtual
interfaces. Click the drop-down
Includes: SIN or
Vlan Type u The SIN VLAN only has one service Compulsory list to select the
MUL.
virtual interface. VLAN type.
u The NUL VLAN has multiple service
virtual interfaces.
Includes: Data,
IPTV, NGN, Click the drop-down
Service
The service type. VoIP, VOD, Compulsory list to select the
Type
CNCview or service type.
System.
Includes Click the drop-down

The VLAN role is divided into General VLAN
VLAN Role General VLAN Compulsory list to select the
and Super VLAN.
or Super VLAN. VLAN role.
Includes Click the drop-down

MVLAN The multicast attribute of the identifying
MVLAN and Compulsory list to select the
FLAG VLAN.
Non MVLAN. VLAN flag.
MVLAN PRI The priority of multicast message. - Read-only -
3.3.1.4 Adding a Slot Port to a VLAN
Command function
The command is used to add the slot port to the Uplink Sub VLAN.
Note:
When Slot Bind Mode in the Local VLAN config GUI is set to Manual,
the configuration of adding the slot port to the VLAN is valid.
Version: B 3-15
Access method
Local VLAN→Add Slot Port to VLAN from the shortcut menu to access the Add
Slot Port to VLAN window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number where the PON Click the drop-down
Slot No. interface card at the central office Compulsory list to select the slot
to 8 or 11 to 18.
end is located. number.
The port number where the PON Click the drop-down
Port No. interface card at the central office - Compulsory list to select the port
end is located. number.
The configured VLAN
Starting VLAN The VLAN ID at the central office ID at the central office Double-click to enter
Compulsory
ID end of the PON interface card. end is equal to the the starting VLAN ID.
end VLAN ID.
The configured VLAN
The VLAN ID at the central office ID at the central office Double-click to enter
VLAN ID End Compulsory
end of the PON interface card. end is equal to the the end VLAN ID.
end VLAN ID.
Click the drop-down
The TAG processing mode is TAG
TAG/UNTAG TAG Compulsory list to select TAG or
of the slot port VLAN.
UNTAG.
3.3.1.5 Configuring the VLAN IP
Command function
The command is used to configure the IP address of the Super VLAN.
Note:
Before configuring the IP address of the Super VLAN, bind the Super
VLAN with the Sub VLAN in the Bind Service VLAN to Super VLAN tab.
3-16 Version: B
Access method
Local VLAN→Configure VLAN IP from the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Bind the Sub VLAN with the

Super VLAN in the Bind Compul- Double-click to enter
VLAN ID Super VLAN's VLAN ID.
Service VLAN to Super sory the VLAN ID.
VLAN.
the IP address, and
Primary IP The primary IP address of the Compul-
- click the drop-down list
Address Super VLAN. sory
to select the subnet
mask.
The standby IP address should
the IP address, and
Secondary be configured when one Super
- Optional click the drop-down list
IP Address VLAN supports multiple IP
to select the subnet
network segments.
mask.
3.3.1.6 Binding the Service VLAN to the Super VLAN
Command function
The command is used to configure the binding relationship between the Super
VLAN and the Sub VLAN. One Super VLAN can be bound with one or more Sub
VLANs.
Note:
After configuring the IP address of the Super VLAN, delete the IP

configuration of the Super VLAN in the Configure VLAN IP tab and the
Sub VLAN which is bound with Super VLAN can be changed.
Version: B 3-17
Access method
Local VLAN→Bind Service VLAN to Super VLAN from the shortcut menu to
access the Bind Service VLAN to Super VLAN window.
Parameter
Item Description Value Range / Requirement Property Configuration
Method
Selects the Super VLAN Click the drop-down
SuperVLAN
Super VLAN's VLAN ID. configured in the Vlan Compulsory list to select the
ID
Attribute Config. SuperVLAN ID.
Bind The value should be selected Click the drop-down

Service The Super VLAN's VLAN ID. in the Sub VLAN configured in Compulsory list to select the
VLAN ID Local End Service VLAN tab. VLAN ID.
3.3.2 Configuring the CVLAN before the HG Translation
Command function
The command is used to configure multiple service VLAN ID values for the home
gateway. When the data message uploads to the ONU, the ONU translates the
service VLAN ID.
Note:
The command is only used for the Beijing resource management system.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select VLAN Config→HG
CVLAN before Translationfrom the shortcut menu to access the HG CVLAN
before Translation window.
3-18 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
The service type of the
Service Type - Read-only -
home gateway.
Configures multiple Double-click to

HG Service VLAN ID service VLAN ID for the Compulsory enter the VLAN
to 4085.
home gateway. ID value.
3.3.3 The GPON OLT VLAN Operation Table
Command function
The command is used to convert users' VLAN ID of the OLT uplink data message
and add the outter VLAN ID, so as to realize the data service's QinQ function.
Note:
The command is only valid for the AN5116–06B GPON equipment.
Access method
GPON OLT VLAN Operation Table from the shortcut menu to access the GPON
OLT VLAN Operation Table window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The sequence number of
Domain ID the GPON OLT VLAN - Read-only -
operation table.
The value range is

from 1 to 16
characters with letters, Double-click to
The name of the GPON
Domain Name numbers and Compulsory enter the table
OLT VLAN operation table
underline. Creates up name.
to 4096 operation
tables.
Version: B 3-19

Requirement Method
Compulsory
The VLAN identifier is
Double-click to
The ID value of inner The value range is 1 consistent with outer
VLAN ID enter the VLAN
VLAN before translation. to 4085. VLAN configured in the
ID value.
ONU port service
configuration window.
Optional.
Double-click to
The priority value of inner The value range is 0 The value is null when
Priority enter the priority
VLAN before translation. to 7. the inner VLAN is not
value.
translated.
Optional.
Double-click to
Outer VLAN The value range is 0 The value is null when
The priority of the SVLAN. enter the priority
Cos to 7. the outer VLAN is not
value.
added.
Optional.
Double-click to
Adds the SVLAN ID The value range is 1 The value is null when
Outer VLAN Vid enter the VLAN
value. to 4085. the outer VLAN is not
ID value.
added.
Optional.
Double-click to
The priority value of inner The value range is 0 The value is null when
inner VLAN Cos enter the priority
VLAN after translation. to 7. the inner VLAN is not
value.
translated.
Optional.
The value should be
Double-click to
The ID value of inner The value range is 1 consistent with the
inner VLAN Vid enter the VLAN
VLAN after translation. to 4085. VLAN identifier value or
ID value.
null when the inner
VLAN is not translated.
3.3.4 Configuring a QinQ Profile
Command function
For a FTTB ONU, the command is used to configure the QinQ profile. The QinQ
profile is used to provide filtering conditions for the uplink service flow that needs
configuration of outer data service VLAN on the ONU.
The QinQ profile configuration is used to filter the uplink service flow on the ONU
port of a FTTB ONU, but it is invalid for a FTTH ONU.
3-20 Version: B
In a QinQ profile, users can configure up to eight rule domain types at the same time.
Access method
QinQ Profile from the shortcut menu to access the QinQ Profile window.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
The sequence
Serial No. number of the - Read-only -
QinQ profile
QinQ Profile The value range is from 1 to 16 Double-click to

Profile Name Name Creates up characters with letters, numbers Compulsory enter the profile
to 1024 profiles. and underline. name.
Includes:
u Base on SMAC.
u Based On DMAC.
u Based On SIP.
u Based On DIP.
u Based On VLAN ID. Click the drop-
The rule The rule type of
u Based On Ethernet. down list to select
type the QinQ profile.
u Based On IP Protocol Type. the rule type.
u Based On Ethernet Priority.
u Based On IP TOS/DSCP
Rule Type Compulsory
(IPv4).
u Based On L4 SPORT.
u Based On L4 DPORT.
According to the
appointed value
of Rule Type, Click the drop-
=, !=, <=, >=, Exist Match, Not
Operator users can select down list to select
Exist Match and Always Match.
one of the the value.
following seven
operators:
Version: B 3-21
Configuration
Method
According to the
appointed value
of Rule Type, Double-click to
Rule Value users can set the - enter the value of
corresponding the rule domain.
rule domain
value.
3.3.5 Configuring an OLT QinQ Domain
Command function
The command is used to process the layer 1 to layer 4 VLAN tags of the uplink
service flow to the OLT. The processing operations include transparent transmission,
tagging, translation, etc.
In an OLT QinQ domain, users can configure up to eight (EPON) / four (GPON)
uplink / downlink rule clauses at the same time.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select VLAN
ConfigQinQOLT QinQ Domain from the shortcut menu to access the OLT QinQ
Domain window.
Parameter
Configura-
tion Method
The automatic
Serial No. generation sequence - Read-only -
number.
The OLT QinQ domain
The value range is from 1 to 16 Double-click
name. Creates up to
Domain Name characters with letters, Compulsory to enter the
1024 OLT QinQ
numbers and underline. domain name.
domains.
3-22 Version: B
Configura-
tion Method
Compulsory
It is Click the drop-
The type of the uplink Includes Single and Share. recommen- down list to
Service Type
service to the OLT. The default value is single. ded to use select the
the default service type.
value.
Includes DA, SA, Ethtype,
Click the drop-
Binds the uplink data VLAN1 to VLAN 4, TOS, TTL,
down list to
Bind Type with the port according Protocol Type, SIP, DIP,
select the bind
to the data type. L4SrcPort, L4DstPort, COS1
type.
to COS4.
According to the
appointed value of Click the drop-
Never Match, =, !=,<=, >=,
Up Bind Type, users can down list to
Operator Exist And Match, Match If Not Compulsory
Clause select one of the select the
Exist and Always Match.
following eight value.
operators:
According to the
appointed value of Double-click
Bind Data bind type, users can - to enter the
set the corresponding bind value.
bind value.
Includes DA, SA, Ethtype,
Binds the downlink Click the drop-
VLAN1 to VLAN 4, TOS, TTL,
data with the port down list to
Bind Type Protocol Type, SIP, DIP,
according to the data select the bind
L4SrcPort, L4DstPort, COS1
type. type.
to COS4
According to the
appointed value of Click the drop-
Never Match, =, !=,<=, >=,
Down Bind Type, users can down list to
Operator Exist And Match, Match If Not Compulsory
Clause select one of the select the
Exist and Always Match
following eight value.
operators:
According to the
appointed value of Double-click
Bind Data Bind Type, users can - to enter the
set the corresponding bind value.
bind value.
Version: B 3-23
Configura-
tion Method
The value range is 0 to 4085.
When Action is set to
Translation, this parameter
refers to the pre-translation
VLAN ID value.
Transparent, this parameter
has the following meanings: Optional.
The VLAN ID value u 0 indicates that the VLAN When Action
that has been of this layer does not exist is set to Add, Double-click
Old_CVLAN Low transmitted (for layer 1 of a subscriber, this to enter the
transparently in uplink its VLAN ID cannot be set parameter is VLAN value.
direction. to 0). unconfigur-
u A certain value between 1 able.
and 4085 indicates that the
corresponding VLAN ID is
transmitted transparently.
u Null indicates that the
VLAN ID is transmitted
transparently fully, without
any processing.
The value range is 0 to 7. 7 is

the highest priority while 0 is
the lowest priority.
Optional.
Translation, this parameter
The VLAN priority When Action
refers to the pre-translation
value that has been is set to Add, Double-click
VLAN priority value.
Old_CVLANCosLow transmitted this to enter the
transparently in uplink parameter is priority value.
Transparent, this parameter
direction. unconfigur-
refers to the priority value of the
able.
original customer VLAN that
has been transmitted
transparently in uplink
direction.
3-24 Version: B
Configura-
tion Method
Corresponds to the
value of layer N of the
customer VLAN. If
layer N of the customer
VLAN has parameters, Click the drop-
Action should be set to Includes Transparent, down list to
Action Compulsory
Transparent or Translation and Add. select the
Translate. If layer N of action.
the customer VLAN
has no parameters,
Action should be set to
Transparent or Add.
Compulsory
It is Double-click
The TPID of the VLAN The value range is 1 to 65534. recommen- to enter the
TPID
tag. The default value is 33024. ded to use TPID of the
the default VLAN.
value.
The value range is 0 to 7. 7 is
the highest priority while 0 is Optional.
the lowest priority. When Action
When Action is set to is set to
Translation, this parameter Transparent, Double-click
The priority of the
COS refers to the post-translation this to enter the
newly-added VLAN.
VLAN priority value. parameter is priority value.
When Action is set to Add, this unconfigur-
parameter refers to the priority able.
value of the newly-added
VLAN.
The value range is 1 to 4085. Optional.
When Action is set to When Action
Translation, this parameter is set to
refers to the post-translation Transparent, Double-click
The ID value of the
New VID VLAN ID value. this to enter the
newly-added VLAN.
When Action is set to Add, this parameter is VLAN value.
parameter refers to the ID unconfigur-
value of the newly-added able.
VLAN.
Version: B 3-25
3.3.6 Binding an EPON QinQ Profile
Command function
The command is used to check the binding relationship between the ONU and the
OLT QinQ domain.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select VLAN Config→OLT
QinQ Domain from the shortcut menu to access the EPON QinQ Domain Attach
tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Double-click to
Compul-
Domain Name The OLT QinQ domain name. - enter the
sory
domain name.
Click the drop-
Binds or unbinds the OLT QinQ Includes: attach or Compul- down list to
Action
domain. detach. sory select attach or
detach.
Click the drop-
The number of the slot that The value range is 1 to Compul- down list to
Slot No.
installs the PON interface card. 8 or 11 to 18. sory select the slot
number.
Double-click to
The PON port number where the The value range is 1 to Compul-
PON NO. enter the PON
ONU is located. 8. sory
port number.
The authorization number of the Double-click to

The value range is 1 to Compul-
ONU No. ONU which binds with the OLT enter the ONU
128. sory
QinQ domain. number.
3.3.7 Managing the VLAN
Command function
The command is used to check or modify related configurations, such as

management VLAN and IP management of the equipment uplink port.
3-26 Version: B
Note:
Configure the management VLAN first when in the in-band mode.
Access method
Manage VLAN from the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Name The VLAN Name - Read-only -
VLAN ID The uplink port VLAN ID management. - Read-only -

The IP address of the in-band network
Double-click
management interface.
IP Address - Optional to enter the IP
Sets via the command line or modifies in the
address.
network management system.
The subnet mask of the in-band network Click the

management interface. drop-down list
Mask - Optional
Sets via the command line or modifies in the to select the
network management system. mask.
The gateway address of the in-band network Double-click
management interface. to enter the
Gateway - Optional
Sets via the command line or modifies in the gateway
network management system. address.
The corresponding MAC address of the in-
Mac Address - Read-only -
band network management interface.
The corresponding uplink port number of the

Portlist - Read-only -
VLAN management.
Tag The TAG attribute of VLAN management - Read-only -
The type of VLAN management is single-

VLAN type tagged VLAN management and double- - Read-only -
tagged VLAN management.
This item displays inner VLAN ID

management if the VLAN type is double-
Inner VLAN ID tagged VLAN management. This item - Read-only -
displays null if the VLAN type is single-tagged
VLAN management.
Version: B 3-27
3.4 Configuring Voice Service
3.4.1 Configuring the NGN Uplink Interface
Command function
The command is used to configure the ONU voice service and related parameters in
the SoftSwitch communication.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select Voice Config→NGN
Interface from the shortcut menu to access the NGN Interface window.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Used to identify the The value should be selected Click the drop-
Signalling Service name of the NGN in the VLAN names down list to select
Compulsory
Name voice service VLAN of configured in service VLAN the signalling
a user at the OLT side. data of the local VLAN. service name.
The protocol type of Click the drop-
Includes MGCP, H.248 and
Protocol Type the softswitch Compulsory down list to select
SIP.
platform. the protocol type.
The IP address or
domain name address
Double-click to
of the soft switch
MGC1 IP enter the MGC1
platform 1.
Address/Standby The value range is the IP IP
When the protocol Compulsory
SIP Register Server address or the domain name. Address/Standby
type is SIP, the IP
Address SIP Register
address is the standby
Server Address.
SIP register server
address.
3-28 Version: B
Configuration
Method
65535.
The protocol port
u When the protocol type
number of the
is H.248, the default port Double-click to
softswitch platform 1.
MGC1 Port/Standby is 2944. enter the MGC1
When the protocol
SIP Register Server u When the protocol type Compulsory port/standby SIP
type is SIP, the port
Port is MGCP, the default register server
number is the standby
port is 2727. port.
SIP register server
port number.
is SIP, the default port is
5060.
The IP address or
domain name address
Double-click to
of the soft switch
MGC2 IP enter the MGC2
platform 2.
Address/Standby The value range is the IP IP
When the protocol Compulsory
SIP Proxy Server address or the domain name. address/standby
type is SIP, the port
Address SIP proxy server
number is the standby
address.
SIP proxy server port
number.
65535.
The protocol port
number of the
is H.248, the default port
softswitch platform 2. Double-click to
MGC2 Port/Standby is 2944.
When the protocol enter the MGC2
SIP Proxy Server u When the protocol type Compulsory
type is SIP, the port port/standby SIP
Port is MGCP, the default
number is the standby proxy server port.
port is 2727.
SIP proxy server port
number.
is SIP, the default port is
5060.
Compulsory
The
The IP address or
parameter is Double-click to
domain name address The value range is the IP
MGC3 Address unconfigur- enter the MGC3
of the soft switch address or the domain name.
able when the address.
platform 3.
protocol type
is SIP.
Version: B 3-29
Configuration
Method
Compulsory
65535.
The
The protocol port parameter is Double-click to
MGC3 Port number of the unconfigur- enter the MGC3
is 2944.
softswitch platform 3. able when the port.
protocol type
is MGCP, the default
is SIP.
port is 2727.
Includes: Disable, Enable

The Keep-alive
Initiative and Enable
function is to detect
Passive. The default setting
whether the
is Disable.
communication
u Disable: Closes the
between the MG and
keep-alive function.
the MGC is normal.
u Enable Initiative: The
After enabling the Click the drop-
MG transmits the keep-
function, the down list to select
Keep-alive alive command Compulsory
corresponding alarm the keep-alive
automatically to the
information display in mode.
MGC.
the network
u Enable Passivee: The
management system
MGC transmits the
when the
keep-alive command to
communication
the MG. The MG detects
between the MG and
whether to receive the
the MGC interrupts.
command.
Double-click to
master DNS server
enter the IP
should be configured if The common Internet IP
Master DNS Server Optional address of the
the MGC address is in address
master DNS
the domain name
server.
mode.
slave DNS server Double-click to
should be configured if The common Internet IP enter the IP
Slave DNS Server Optional
the MGC address is in address address of the
the domain name slave DNS server.
mode.
3-30 Version: B
Configuration
Method
The DHCP switch
When the DHCP is
enabled, all ONUs
which use the uplink Click the drop-
Includes enable/disable.
DHCP port obtain the public Compulsory down list to select
The default value is Disable.
network IP address in Enable or Disable.
the DHCP mode. The
configured static IP
address is invalid.
Optional.
The Double-click to
parameter is enter the IP
SIP Registrar Server The address of the The value range is the IP unconfigur- address or domain
Address SIP register server. address or the domain name. able when the name address of
protocol type the SIP register
is H.248 or server.
MGCP.
Optional.
The
SIP Register Server The port number of the unconfigur- enter the SIP
65535. The default value is
Port SIP register server. able when the register server
5060.
protocol type port number.
is H.248 or
MGCP.
Optional.
The
SIP Proxy Server The address of the The value range is the IP unconfigur- enter the SIP
Address SIP proxy server. address or the domain name. able when the proxy server
protocol type address.
is H.248 or
MGCP.
Version: B 3-31
Configuration
Method
Optional.
The
SIP Proxy Server The port number of the unconfigur- enter the SIP
Port SIP proxy server. able when the proxy server port
5060.
protocol type number.
is H.248 or
MGCP.
Optional.
The
The refresh time of the The value range is 120 to
unconfigur- enter the SIP
SIP Expires(S) SIP protocol 86400. The unit is second.
able when the protocol time-out
registering The default value is 3600.
protocol type duration.
is H.248 or
MGCP.
3.4.2 Configuring the NGN Uplink PPPoE
Command function
The command is used to configure the ONU to dynamically obtain the IAD IP in the
PPPoE mode. This item need not to be configured when the static IP is used or
when users obtain dynamically the IP in the DHCP mode.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select Voice Config→PPPoE
With NGN Uplinked from the shortcut menu to access the PPPoE With NGN
Uplinked window.
3-32 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
containing the Double-click to
The value range is 1 to 8
Slot No. interface card that the Compulsory enter the slot
or 11 to 18.
ONU is connected number.
with.
The PON number Double-click to
PON NO. where the ONU is The value range is 1 to 8. Compulsory enter the PON
located. port number.
Double-click to
The authorization The value range is 1 to
ONU No. Compulsory enter the ONU
number of the ONU. 128.
number.
The PPPoE enable
switch. Open the ONU
Click the drop-
(IAD)'s PPPoE dailing Includes enable/disable.
PPPoE down list to
function to obtain the The default value is Compulsory
Enable select Enable or
IAD IP address, so as Disable.
Disable.
to communicate with
the MGC.
PPPoE User The name of the Enters up to 16 The parameter is enter the
Name PPPoE subscriber. characters. unconfigurable when PPPoE user
disabling the PPPoE. name.
PPPoE User The PPPoE user Enters up to 16 The parameter is enter the
Password password. characters. unconfigurable when PPPoE
disabling the PPPoE. password.
3.4.3 Configuring the NGN Uplink User Data
Command function
The command is used to configure the local media's gateway parameters of the
ONU voice services.
Version: B 3-33
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select Voice Config→User
Data With NGN Uplinked from the shortcut menu to access the User Data With
NGN Uplinked window.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Click the drop-
Used to identify the name of The value should be
Signalling down list to
the NGN voice service selected in the VLAN names
Service Compulsory select the
VLAN of a user at the OLT configured in Local End
Name signalling service
side. Service VLAN.
name.
The system inner logical
number.
99999999. It is Double-click to
This item is used in the
recommanded to configure enter the
User index system inner configuration Compulsory
this parameter into the telephone
index and is not the
telephone number defined by number.
the softswitch.
by the real softeswitch.
The static public network IP

address of the ONU.
When the DHCP or PPPoE
The public is enabled, the ONU will use Double-click to
network IP the dynamically configured enter the ONU
- Compulsory
address of IP address to overwrite the public network IP
the ONU. configured the public address.
network IP address, but this
parameter must be
configured.
Click the drop-

The public
The public network IP mask down list to
network IP
of the ONU. The default - Compulsory select the public
mask of the
mask is 255.255.0.0. network IP mask
ONU.
of the ONU.
Double-click to
The public IP
The public IP gateway of the enter the ONU
gateway of - Compulsory
ONU. public network IP
the ONU.
gateway.
3-34 Version: B
Configuration
Method
The domain name of the
End Point gateway. If the SIP Double-click to
Domain authentication user name enter the
Name/SIP exceeds 16 characters and - Optional endPoint domain
User Name the MGC protocol type is name/SIP user
Suffix SIP, users should fill the name suffix.
suffix of the user name.
is 2944.
u If the protocol type is Double-click to
ONU Protocol The ONU protocol port
MGCP, the default value Compulsory enter the ONU
Port NO. number.
is 2427. protocol port.
u If the protocol type is
MGCP, the default value
is 5060.
If the H.248/MGCP protocol
is used, the default value of Double-click to
EndPoint
this parameter is the TID enter the
User
NAME. If the SIP protocol is - Compulsory endPoint user
Name/SIP
used, the default value of name/SIP
telphone No.
this parameter is the user telphone number.
telephone number.
Optional.
The user name The parameter is
Double-click to
- enter the SIP
Name terminal and the SIP register when the
user name.
server. protocol type is
H.248 or MGCP.
Optional.
Double-click to
The parameter is
The password authenticated enter the SIP
SIP User unconfigurable
by the SIP terminal and the - protocol
Password when the
SIP register server. authenticated
protocol type is
password.
H.248 or MGCP.
Version: B 3-35
3.4.4 Configuring the NGN Uplink DHCP
Command function
The command is used to configure the ONU to obtain the voice service IP via the
DHCP mode with the Option 60 identifier.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select Voice Config→DHCP
With NGN Uplinked from the shortcut menu to access the DHCP With NGN
Uplinked window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The automatic generation
Serial No. - Read-only -
sequence number.

containing the interface card The value range is 1 to 8 or Compul- Double-click to enter
Slot No.
that the ONU is connected 11 to 18. sory the slot number.
with.
The PON number where the Compul-
PON NO. The value range is 1 to 8. the PON port
ONU is located. sory
number.
The authorization number of Compul- Double-click to enter
ONU No. The value range is 1 to 128.
the ONU. sory the ONU number.
The DHCP global switch
When the DHCP is enabled, Includes enable/disable. Click the drop-down
Compul-
DHCP Enable the IP obtained dynamically The default value is list to select Enable
sory
overwrites the ONU public Disable. or Disable.
network IP.
Enables / disables the DHCP
Option60 function.
DHCP Includes enable/disable. Click the drop-down
When the DHCP Option60
Option60 The default value is Optional list to select Enable
function is enabled, the system
Enable Disable. or Disable.
will transmit DHCP packets
with Option60.
DHCP
The suffix of the DHCP Enters up to 32 character Double-click to enter
Option60 Optional
Option60 identifier. strings. a string.
Value
3-36 Version: B
3.4.5 Configuring the NGN Heartbeat Parameters
Command function
The command is used to configure the heartbeat interval and heartbeat time-out
controlled by the media gateway of the ONU voice service.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select Voice Config→Keep
Alive from the shortcut menu to access the Keep Alive window.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Click the drop-
Used to identify the name of The value should be selected
Signalling Compul- down list to select
the NGN voice service VLAN in the VLAN names configured
Service Name sory the signalling
of a user at the OLT side. in Local End Service VLAN.
service name.
The value range is 1 to 43200. Double-click to
The period of transmitting Compul-
Alive Interval (s) The unit is second. The default enter the
the heartbeat message. sory
value is 30. heartbeat interval.
The maximum time-out that
the IAD transmits the
heartbeat to the MGC. If the
value exceeds the Alive The value range is from 1 to Double-click to
Compul-
Alive Times Times, the IAD loses 120. The unit is times. The enter the
sory
communication with the default value is 3. heartbeat times.
MGC and transmits the
registration to the standby
MGC.
3.4.6 Configuring the NGN Registration Parameters
Command function
The command is used to configure the related parameters transmitting the

registration packet to the NGN platform.
Version: B 3-37
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select Voice Config→NGN
Register Configuration from the shortcut menu to access the NGN Register
Parameter
Requirement Method
Click the drop-down

The name of created
Service Name - Compulsory list to select the
NGN voice service.
service name.
The time when the Double-click to enter
NGN Register 7200. The unit is
equipment registers to Compulsory the NGN registration
Timeout second. The default
the NGN platform. time.
value is 30.
The number that the
The value range is 0 to Double-click to enter
NGN Register equipment transmits
120. The unit is second. Compulsory the NGN registration
Packets registration packets to
The default value is 0. packets.
the NGN platform.
The interval that the The value range is 1 to

NGN Register equipment transmits 3600. The unit is
Compulsory the NGN registration
Interval(s) registration packets to second. The default
interval.
the NGN platform. value is 30.
3.4.7 Binding the IAD Softswitch Intercommunication

Profile
Command function
The command is used to deliver the parameter profiles configured by the softswitch
intercommunication profile command to the ONU
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select Voice Config→IAD
Softswitch Profile Binding from the shortcut menu to access the IAD Softswitch
Profile Binding window.
3-38 Version: B
Parameter
Configura-
tion Method
The number of the slot Double-click
The value range is 1 to 8 or 11
Slot No. containing the interface card that Compulsory to enter the
to 18.
the ONU is connected with. slot number.
Double-click
The PON number where the to enter the
ONU is located. PON port
number.
Double-click
The authorization number of the
ONU No. The value range is 1 to 128. Compulsory to enter the
ONU.
ONU number.
Click the drop-
The name of the softswitch Selects a profile name that has
down list to
Profile Name platform interconnection been configured in the IAD Compulsory
select the
parameter profile. Softswitch Profile ID.
profile name.
3.4.8 Configuring the IAD MD5
Command function
When the gateway control protocol is the H.248 protocol, the IAD MD5 configuration
command is used to configure the parameters related to the MD5 authentication.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select Voice Config→IAD
MD5 Configuration from the shortcut menu to access the IAD MD5 Configuration
window.
Version: B 3-39
Parameter
Requirement Method
sequence number.
Select its value from the

The domain name address of Double-click to
endpoint domain names
EndPoint Domain the gateway, used in Compul- enter the
configured in the User
Name communication between the sory endpoint
Data With NGN
IAD and the gateway. domain name.
Uplinked window.
Click the drop-

Enables or disables the MD5 Includes enable/disable.
Compul- down list to
MD5 State authentication function of the The default value is
sory select the MD5
IAD. Disable.
status.
The number identifier of the Double-click to
The maximum length of Compul-
MGID MG, including the vendor and enter the MGID
its value is 32 characters. sory
equipment information. value.
The maximum length of Compul- Double-click to

KEY The MD5 public key.
its value is 32 characters. sory enter the key.
The maximum length of Double-click to

its value is 16 characters. enter the base
The base number g of Compul-
Base g The characters that can number g of
logarithm exchange. sory
be used include 0 to 9, a logarithm
to f, A to F. exchange.
The maximum length of

Double-click to
its value is 256
enter the prime
The prime number p of characters. The Compul-
Prime p number p of
logarithm exchange. characters that can be sory
logarithm
used include 0 to 9, a to
exchange.
f, A to F..
3.4.9 Configuring Digitmap
Command function
When the SIP protocol is used, the digitmap configuration command is used to
configure the digitmap.When a subscriber dials, the gateway matches the dialed
digits against the numbering scheme in the digitmap and reports to the MGC when a
match is found.
3-40 Version: B
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select Voice Config→
DigitMap from the shortcut menu to access the DigitMap window.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
The SIP protocol
The maximum length of its value
digitmap, used to
is 1024 characters. The Double-click to
match the numbering
DigitMap characters that can be used Compulsory enter the SIP
scheme when dialing
include 0 to 9, A to F, X; S, L, ., protocol digitmap.
is performed by a
︱, －, bracket/ parenthesis.
subscriber.
3.4.10 Configuring the PPPoE Authentication Mode
Command function
The command is used to configure the ONU to dynamically obtain the IAD IP in the
PPPoE mode. This item need not to be configured when the static IP is used or
when users obtain dynamically the IP in the DHCP mode.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select Voice Config→PPPoE
Authentication Mode from the shortcut menu to access the PPPoE
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the slot containing the Double-click to
Slot No. interface card that the ONU is enter the slot
8 or 11 to 18. sory
connected with. number.
Double-click to
The PON number where the ONU is The value range is 1 to Compul-
PON No. enter the PON port
located. 8. sory
number.
Version: B 3-41

Requirement Method
Double-click to
ONU No. The authorization number of the ONU. enter the ONU
128. sory
number.
The authentication mode for the
PPPoE subscribers.
u AUTO: Automatically selects the
Click the drop-
Includes AUTO, CHAP down list to select
u CHAP: Checks the subscriber's Compul-
PPPoE Mode and PAP. The default the PPPoE
identity periodically via the Three- sory
mode is AUTO. authentication
way Handshake.
mode.
u PAP: Password Authentication
Protocol. Authenticates the user
name and password.
3.4.11 Activating a NGN Voice Port Automatically
Command function
The NGN voice port automatic activaction switch command is used to enable /
disable the automatic activation function of a voice port.
Access method
Right-click the designated system in the Object Tree pane, and select Voice
Config→NGN Voice Port Auto Activation Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the
NGN Voice Port Auto Activation Switch window will appear.
Parameter
Enables / disables the automatic
activation function of a voice port.
Includes Click the drop-
A voice port is enabled by default. If
enable/disable. The down list to
Activation Switch the automatic activation function is Compulsory
default value is select Enable
disabled, all voice ports will be
Enable. or Disable.
disabled, and the voice services will
be interrupted.
3-42 Version: B
3.4.12 Configuring a Private Network Segment
Command function
When the private network addresses used for internal voice communication of an
ONU or the PUBA card conflict with the addresses in the planned data, users can
execute the private network segment configuration command to modify the IP
addresses of the private network used for internal voice communication.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select Voice Config→Private
Subnet Configuration from the shortcut menu to access the Private Subnet
Parameter
Requirement Method
Double-click to
The ONU and the PUBA
The default IP address is enter the voice
Voice Private IP card voice private network Optional
10.27.255.255. private network
IP address to be modified.
IP address.
Click the drop-
The ONU and the PUBA
The default mask is 255. down list to
Voice Private Mask card voice private network Optional
255.0.0. select the voice
mask to be modified.
private mask.
3.4.13 Configuring the OLT Voice Management Mode
Command function
The command is used to configure the OLT management mode of the voice service.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane. Select Voice Config→OLT
VoIP Manage Mode from the shortcut menu to access the OLT VoIP Manage Mode
window.
Version: B 3-43
Parameter
Requirement Method
The OLT's management mode of the
voice service.
u PUBA: The OLT has the inner
communication with the ONU via Click the drop-
the PUBA card and configures down list to
Includes PUBA
Voice Private IP the voice service of the ONU. Compulsory select the voice
and OLT CARD.
u OLT CARD: The OLT has the management
inner communication with the mode.
ONU via the wire card and
configures the voice service of
the ONU.
3.5 Time Management
3.5.1 Selecting the Synchronization Reference Source
Command function
The command is used to configure the synchronization reference source of the

AN5116-06B.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select Time Config→
System Clock Source from the shortcut menu to access the System Clock
Source window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The corresponding slot of the
TDM card or the clock card Click the drop-down
The value range is 1 to 8
Slot No. of the equipment Compulsory list to select the slot
or 11 to 18.
synchronization reference number.
source.
3-44 Version: B
3.5.2 Configuring Clock Modes
Command function
The command is used to configure the mode of the interface card to obtain the clock.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select Time Config→
Clock Mode from the shortcut menu to access the Clock Mode window.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Click the drop-
The corresponding slot down list to
Slot No. The value range is 1 to 8 or 11 to 18. Compulsory
of the interface card. select the slot
number.
Includes: Internal and system
clock.
u Internal: The clock provided by
Click the drop-
The mode of the the interface card's internal
down list to
Clock Mode interface card to obtain oscillator. Compulsory
select the clock
clock. u system clock: The clock
mode.
provided by the system
synchronization reference
source.
3.5.3 Configuring Time Management
3.5.3.1 Configuring Timing Mode
Command function
The command is used to configure the timing mode of the AN5116-06B.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select Time Config→Time
Management from the shortcut menu to access the Time Method window.
Version: B 3-45
Parameter
The timing method used by the
equipment.
The SNMP timing mode uses the
Time Method - Read-only -
SNMP server time and is the EMS
time. The NTP timing mode uses
the NTP server time.
Click the
The migration hours value of the GMT+8 Beijing drop-down list
Time zone hour system time zone value and the Chongqing Compulsory to select the
GMT (Greenwich Mean Time). HongKong by default system time
zone hour.
Double-click
The migration minute value of the The value range is 0
to enter the
Time zone min system time zone value and the to 59. The default Compulsory
system zone
GMT (Greenwich Mean Time). value is 0.
minute value.
3.5.3.2 Configuring the SNMP Time System
Command function
The command is used to configure the IP address of the SNMP timing server and
automatic timing interval of the system.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select Time Config→Time
Management from the shortcut menu to access the Time Method window and click
the Snmp System Time Config tab.
3-46 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
The time interval for the system
EMS Syn. to synchronize itself with the Double-click to enter
to 86400. The unit is Compulsory
Interval (S) network management server the EMS Syn Interval.
second.
automatically.
AEMS Server The IP address of the SNMP the network
- Compulsory
Addr. timing server. management server
address.
3.6 Configuring Multicast Service
3.6.1 Selecting Multicast Version
Command function
The multicast version selection command is used to configure the version of the
IGMP protocol used by the equipment. The IGMP protocol has three versions:
IGMPv1 / v2 / v3; the IGMPv1 is defined by RFC1112, the IGMPv2 is defined by
RFC2236, and the IGMPv3 is defined by RFC3376.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select IGMP Config→
IGMP Task from the shortcut menu to access the IGMP Task window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The version of the Its value includes IGMP Click the drop-down list
Igmp version IGMP protocol used by version 1/version 2 and Compulsory to select the multicast
the equipment. IGMP version 3. protocol version.
Version: B 3-47
3.6.2 The Multicast Profile and Port
3.6.2.1 Configuring a Multicast Profile
Command function
The multicast profile command is used to create a multicast profile and add
multicast programs in the created profile.A multicast profile is used to configure the
related parameters of a group of multicast programs.One multicast profile can be
applied on multiple ONU ports at the same time.
Main purposes of a multicast profile are described as follows:
u In controllable mode, when setting the authorization of a subscriber watching

multicast programs, users need to bind the multicast profile.
u In uncontrollable mode, when setting the group parameters of a certain

multicast group is needed, users should operate as follows: First create a
multicast profile, then add the designated multicast group in this multicast
profile, and finally configure the group parameters.
Access method
IGMP Profile and Port from the shortcut menu to access the IGMP Profile and
Port window.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
sequence number.
Composed of letters,
Double-click to
Profile The name of the multicast numbers, or underlines, and
Compulsory enter the profile
Name profile. its maximum length is 20
name.
characters.
3-48 Version: B
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
enter the IP
The IP address of the multicast
Auth group - Compulsory address of the
programs.
multicast
programs.
The authorization of a
subscriber watching the
designated multicast program.
u Normal: The subscriber
Click the drop-
can watch this multicast Includes Normal and
Authority Compulsory down list to select
program with no restriction. Preview.
the authority.
u Preview: The subscriber
only can watch this
multicast program in the
appointed intervals.
3.6.2.2 Configuring Group Parameters
Command function
The command is used to configure the parameters of a multicast group. The

parameters to be configured include: VLAN ID of downlink multicast program stream,
VLAN ID of uplink multicast protocol message, multicast program stream bandwidth,
preview parameters, etc.
Access method
IGMP Profile and Port from the shortcut menu to access the Group Parameters
window and click the Group Parameters tab.
Version: B 3-49
Parameter
Requirement Method
Read-only
The destination IP Users need to
Auth group address of the multicast - configure this -
program stream. parameter in the
Igmp Profile window.
The value range is 0 to 16 Optional.

and the unit is time. Its When the
Preview The times for a Double-click to
default value is the value authorization of the
Counts subscriber to preview enter the preview
configured in the Default multicast program is
(Times) the multicast program. times.
Preview Parameter Preview, this
window. parameter is valid.
The value range is 0 to Optional.

254 and the unit is minute. When the
The duration for a Double-click to
Preview Time Its default value is the authorization of the
subscriber to preview enter the preview
(Min) value configured in the multicast program is
the multicast program. duration.
Default Preview Preview, this
Parameter window. parameter is valid.

The interval for a 254 and the unit is minute. When the
Double-click to
Preview subscriber to preview Its default value is the authorization of the
enter the preview
Interval (Min) the multicast program value configured in the multicast program is
interval.
twice. Default Preview Preview, this

Preview The reset period of Double-click to
Its default value is the authorization of the
Reset subscriber preview enter the preview
value configured in the multicast program is
Interval (h) authority. reset time.

The total duration for a Double-click to
Preview Total Its default value is the authorization of the
subscriber to preview enter the preview
Time (min) value configured in the multicast program is
the multicast program. total duration.
It is not
Group The bandwidth of the
The value range is 0 to recommended that
Bandwidth multicast program Reserved
30000. The unit is kbit/s. users configure this
(Kbit/s) stream.
parameter.
3-50 Version: B

Requirement Method
The VLAN ID of the 4085, and 4088. Its default Double-click to
Group VLAN downlink multicast value is the value Compulsory enter the group
program stream. configured in the VLAN ID.
Multicast VLAN window.
The wait time from the
moment a subscriber Optional.
gives the multicast When the
Double-click to
Leave Delay router a leaving The value range is 0 to uncontrollable
enter the Leave
(s) protocol message to the 300. The unit is second. multicast mode is
Delay.
moment when the used, this parameter
leaving command is valid.
becomes valid.
The VLAN ID of the The value range is 0 to Double-click to
Signalling
uplink multicast 4095. The default value is Compulsory enter signaling
VLAN
protocol message. 0. VLAN.
3.6.2.3 Configuring Port Parameters
Command function
The command is used to configure the multicast-related parameters of an ONU port.

The parameters to be configured include: controllability of the port, name of the
profile bound to the port, maximum online group number on the port, etc.
Access method
IGMP Profile and Port from the shortcut menu to access the Group Parameters
window and click the Port Parameters tab.
Version: B 3-51
Parameter
Requirement Method
sequence number.

Click the drop-down
containing the interface card The value range is 1 to 8
Slot No. Compulsory list to select the
that the ONU is connected or 11 to 18.
value.
with.
Double-click to
PON No. The value range is 1 to 8. Compulsory enter the PON port
ONU is located.
number.
Double-click to
The authorization number of The value range is 1 to
ONU No. Compulsory enter the ONU
the ONU. 64.
number.
Double-click to
The FE port number of the The value range is 1 to
ONU Port No. Compulsory enter the ONU
ONU. 24.
number.
Sets controllability of the ONU
port (controllable or
Click the drop-down
uncontrollable). Includes Controlled and
list to select
Control Switch This parameter should be set UnControlled. The Compulsory
controlled or
to Controlled only when the UnControlledby default.
uncontrolled.
controllable multicast mode is
used.
Optional.
When the
uncontrolla-
The name of the multicast Selects a profile name Click the drop-down
ble multicast
Profile Name profile to be bound with the that has been configured list to select the
mode is
ONU port. in the Igmp Profile. profile name.
used, this
parameter is
valid.
3-52 Version: B

Requirement Method
The mode of a subscriber
under an ONU port leaving a
multicast group.
u FAST-LEAVE: In this
mode, after a certain
subscriber sends the
leave message, the
system will stop
forwarding the multicast
data stream to this
subscriber terminal
immediately.
u NON FAST-LEAVE: In Includes NON FAST-
Click the drop-down
this mode, after a certain LEAVEand FAST-
Leave Mode Compulsory list to select the
subscriber sends the LEAVE. FAST-LEAVE is
mode.
leave message, the ONU set by default.
will transmit the specific
group query message to
the port receiving this
leave message; if the join
message of this
subscriber terminal is not
received in the query
response time, the
system will stop
forwarding the multicast
data stream to this
subscriber terminal
Double-click to
enter maximum
The maximum number of The value range is 0 to
number of multicast
Max Online multicast programs that can 254. The unit is counted
Compulsory programs that can
Groups (Group) be online on the ONU port at by number. The default
be online on the
the same time. value is 32.
ONU port at the
same time.
Version: B 3-53

Requirement Method
The value range is 0 to It is not

The bandwidth used for
Port Bandwidth 100000. The unit is recommended that
multicast service at the ONU Reserved
(Kbit/s) kbit/s. The default value users configure this
port.
is 0. parameter.
The VLAN ID of the uplink The value range is 0 to Double-click to

Signal vlan multicast protocol message 4085. The default value Compulsory enter signaling
passing the ONU port. is 0. VLAN.
3.6.2.4 Configuring Multicast Protocol Parameters
Command function
The command is used to configure the IGMP protocol parameters. The parameters
to be configured include: robustness index, parameters related to common query,
parameters related to specific query, etc.
Access method
IGMP Profile and Port from the shortcut menu to access the IGMP Profile window
and click the IGMP Protocol Parameters tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The robustness parameter of Compulsory
the IGMP protocol stack in It is
Double-click to
Robustness relation to the network packet The value range is 2 to 16. recommen-
enter the
variable loss.Refers to the times of The default value is 2. ded to use
robustness index.
sending the multicast downlink the default
query message. value.
Double-click to
Compulsory
enter the maximum
It is
Query The maximum interval of a The value range is 1 to interval of a
recommen-
response subscriber responding to a 255. The unit is second. subscriber
ded to use
interval (s) common query command. The default value is 10. responding to a
the default
common query
value.
command.
3-54 Version: B

Requirement Method
Compulsory Double-click to
It is enter the interval of
Last member The interval of the equipment The value range is 1 to
recommen- the equipment
query interval issuing a specific group query 255. The unit is second.
ded to use issuing a specific
(s) command. The default value is 1.
the default group query
value. command.
It is enter the times of
The times of the equipment
Last member The value range is 1 to 16. recommen- the equipment
issuing a specific group query
query count The default value is 2. ded to use issuing a specific
command.
the default group query
value. command.
It is enter the interval of
The interval of the equipment The value range is 11 to
Query Interval recommen- the equipment
transmitting a common query 255. The unit is second.
(s) ded to use transmitting a
command. The default value is 125.
the default common query
value. command.
The aging time of a multicast Compulsory
member. If a multicast member It is Double-click to
Group The value range is 0 to
does not respond during the recommen- enter the aging time
Membership 65535. The unit is second.
set aging time, this multicast ded to use of a multicast
Interval (s) The default value is 260.
member will be deleted from the default member.
the multicast group. value.
3.6.3 Multicast Cascade
3.6.3.1 Configuring a Multicast Cascade Port
Command function
The command is used to configure multicast cascade ports. When the AN5116-06B
cascades multicast services of other equipment sets, users need to configure the
AN5116-06B uplink port connected with multicast services of another equipment set
as a cascade port.
Version: B 3-55
Access method
IGMP Cascase Ports from the shortcut menu to access the IGMP Cascase Ports
window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the uplink port Click the drop-down
Cascade Ports
connected with the cascaded - Compulsory list to select the
No.
equipment. value.
3.6.3.2 Viewing the Uplink Port Information
Command function
The command is used to check the online multicast program information of the
cascade uplink port.
Access method
IGMP Cascade Port from the shortcut menu to access the IGMP Cascade Port
window and click the Online Uplink Ports Info tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The automatic generation sequence
number.
Uplink Port No. The Uplink port number. - Read-only -
The uplink port type
u Uplink port: An uplink port without
Type multicast cascade. - Read-only -
u Cascade port: An uplink port with
multicast cascade.
The IP address of the online multicast
Group Address - Read-only -
program on the cascade port.
3-56 Version: B
3.6.3.3 Configuring the Uplink Port's Maximum Multicast

Bandwidth
Command function
The command is used to configure an uplink port’s maximum bandwidth used for
the multicast service.
Access method
IGMP Cascase Ports from the shortcut menu to access the Max Uplink IGMP
Bandwidth tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The value range is
Uplink The uplink port’s maximum the uplink port’s
0 to 7000000. The
Bandwidth bandwidth used for the multicast Compulsory maximum bandwidth
unit is kbit/s. The
(Kbit/s) service. used for the multicast
default value is 0.
service.
3.6.4 Configuring Multicast Mode
Command function
The command is used to configure the multicast mode of the AN5116-06B.
Access method
IGMP Mode from the shortcut menu to access the IGMP Mode window.
Version: B 3-57
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Includes Proxy Mode, Snooping Mode,
Proxy-snooping Mode, Controlled
Mode, and Disable.
u Proxy Mode: The multicast proxy
equipment intercepts multicast
protocol messages sent by
subscribers and the router, and
maintains its own multicast forwarding
table, so as to act as the proxy
between the multicast router and the
host.In this mode, both the core switch
card and the PON interface card use
the IGMP proxy protocol.
u Snooping Mode: The multicast
snooping equipment snoops multicast
protocol messages between the router
and the host, and maintains a
multicast address table, so as to set
up corresponding relationships
The multicast between the multicast group and ports. Click the drop-
IGMP Mode mode used by the The multicast snooping equipment Compulsory down list to select
AN5116-06B. snoops and forwards IGMP messages the mode.
in fully transparent mode.n this mode,
both the core switch card and the
PON interface card use the IGMP
snooping protocol.
u Proxy-snooping Mode: The
integration of the proxy mode and the
snooping mode. In this mode, the core
switch card uses the IGMP proxy
protocol, and the PON interface card
uses the IGMP snooping protocol.
u Controlled Mode: The IGMP proxy
protocol is used, and the system adds
management and control functions on
the authorization of a subscriber
watching the multicast programs.
u Disable: The core switch card
broadcasts the multicast messages,
and the PON interface card uses the
IGMP snooping protocol.
3-58 Version: B
3.6.5 Configuring a Multicast VLAN
Command function
The command is used to configure the default multicast service VLAN for the
AN5116-06B.If users do not set multicast service VLANs in the Group Parameters
window for the multicast programs, all the multicast programs will belong to the
default multicast service VLAN.
One multicast program can only belong to one multicast VLAN, and one multicast
VLAN can include one multicast program or one multicast program group (a
multicast program group refers to the set of multicast programs managed under a
unified authorization).
Access method
Multicast VLAN from the shortcut menu to access the Multicast VLAN window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The VLAN ID of the default
multicast service VLAN. The
multicast VLAN is used to identify
the video multicast data stream; The value range is 0, 4085 Double-click to
Compul-
VLAN users can configure one or multiple to 4088. The default value is enter the multicast
sory
VLANs dedicated for the multicast 4088. VLAN ID.
service, so as to isolate the
multicast service from other
services.
3.6.6 Configuring Dynamic Multicast VLAN Mode
Command function
The command is used to enable or disable the dynamic multicast VLAN function.
Version: B 3-59
Access method
Dynamic IGMP VLAN Mode from the shortcut menu to access the Dynamic IGMP
VLAN Mode window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Includes
enable/disable. Click the drop-down list
Enable/Disa- The dynamic multicast VLAN
The default Compulsory to select Enable or
ble switch
value is Disable.
Disable.
3.6.7 Configuring a Multicast Proxy IP Address
Command function
The command is used to configure the multicast proxy IP address of the AN5116-
06B, and the multicast proxy IP address acts as the source IP address of the
multicast protocol message sent by the AN5116-06B.
Access method
IGMP Proxy IP from the shortcut menu to access the IGMP Proxy IP window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Optional.
The multicast proxy IP
When IGMP Mode is set to
address of the AN5116- Double-click to
Proxy Mode, Proxy-
06B is the source IP The default value enter the
IGMP Proxy’s IP snooping Mode, or
address of the multicast is 10.25.14.57. multicast proxy
Controlled Mode, users
protocol message sent by IP address.
need to configure this
the AN5116-06B.
parameter.
3-60 Version: B
3.6.8 Configuring the SSM IP Address Range
Command function
The command is used to set the multicast IP address range of enabling a specific
source multicast mode.
Access method
IGMP SSM IP Address Range from the shortcut menu.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The multicast IP address range the IP address, and
SSM-Mapping
of enabling a specific source - Compulsory click the drop-down
IP Address
multicast mode. list to select the
subnet mask.
3.6.9 Configuring the Multicast SSM-Mapping Source IP

Address
Command function
The command is used to set the multicast source IP address mapping in the
IGMPv1 or IGMPv2 report message when the IGMP SSM Mapping function is
enabled.
Access method
IGMP SSM-Mapping Source IP Address from the shortcut menu to access the
IGMP SSM-Mapping Source IP Address window.
Version: B 3-61
Parameter
Requirement Method
The multicast source IP address Double-click to enter
SSM-Mapping
mapping in the IGMPv1 or - Compulsory the SSM-Mapping IP
IP Address
IGMPv2 report message. address.
3.6.10 Configuring Pre-join Groups
Command function
The command is used to configure the pre-join multicast programs. Set the
multicast programs with highest viewing frequency as the pre-join multicast
programs. The multicast programs stream will be linked to the equipment uplink port.
When users need to view the multicast program, users can view it quickly.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select IGMP Config→Pre-
join Groups from the shortcut menu to access the Pre-join Groups window.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Double-click to inpu the IP

The IP address of the prejoin The default value is
Prejoin Group Compulsory address of the pre-join
multicast programs. 224.0.1.0.
group.
3.6.11 Configuring Default Preview Parameters
Command function
The command is used to configure the default multicast preview parameters. The
parameters to be configured include: preview times, preview duration, preview
interval, etc. If users do not set preview parameters in the Group Parameters
window for a certain multicast program, the subscribers can only preview this
multicast program according to the default preview parameters.
3-62 Version: B
Access method
Default Preview Parameters from the shortcut menu to access the Default
Preview Parameters window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Optional.
This parameter is valid
Preview The times for a The value range is from 1 Double-click to
only in controllable mode
Counts subscriber to preview the to 16. The unit is times. enter the
when the authorization of
(Times) multicast program. The default value is 4. preview times.
the multicast program is
set to Preview.
Optional.
The duration for a The value range is 1 to This parameter is valid Double-click to
Preview Time subscriber to preview the 254. The unit is minute. only in controllable mode enter the
(Min) multicast program each The default value is 10 when the authorization of preview
time. minutes. the multicast program is duration.
set to Preview.
Optional.
The value range is 1 to This parameter is valid Double-click to
The interval for a
Preview 254. The unit is minute. only in controllable mode enter the
subscriber to preview the
Interval (Min) The default value is 30 when the authorization of preview
multicast program twice.
minutes. the multicast program is interval.
set to Preview.
Optional.
This parameter is valid Double-click to
Preview The reset period of The value range is 1 to
only in controllable mode enter the
Reset subscriber preview 254. The unit is hour. The
when the authorization of preview reset
Interval (h) authority. default value is 24 hours.
the multicast program is time.
set to Preview.
Optional.
The value range is 1 to This parameter is valid Double-click to
The total duration for a
Preview Total 254. The unit is minute. only in controllable mode enter the
subscriber to preview the
Time (min) The default value is 254 when the authorization of preview total
multicast program.
minutes. the multicast program is duration.
set to Preview.
Version: B 3-63
3.6.12 Log Management
3.6.12.1 Configuring Log Time
Command function
The command is used to configure the time parameters of the multicast log.The
multicast log is used to record joining or leaving a multicast group of subscribers.
When the multicast log automatic report function is enabled, users need to configure
the multicast log time parameters.
When the multicast mode is set to Controlled Mode, the multicast log function is
valid.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select IGMP Config→Log
Management from the shortcut menu to access the Log Parameters window.
Parameter
Configura-
tion Method
The value range is 0 to 60 and
After a subscriber joins the
the unit is second. The default
multicast group, if his / her
value is 0. This indicates that no Double-click
watching time is less than the
matter a subscriber joins the to enter the
Ignore Time (s) log ignore time set by this Compulsory
multicast group for a long or log ignore
parameter, the record on his /
short time, the record on his / time.
her joining / leaving will not be
her joining / leaving will always
kept in the multicast log.
be kept in the multicast log.
After a subscriber joins the

multicast group, if his / her
watching duration exceeds the Double-click
automatic log generation interval The value range is 1 to 60. The to enter the
Generate
set by this parameter, the unit is minute. The default value Compulsory automatic log
interval (min)
system will automatically is 60 minutes. generation
generate a multicast record on interval.
his / her online in the multicast
log.
3-64 Version: B
3.6.12.2 Configuring Multicast Log Automatic Report
Command function
The command is used to enable / disable the multicast log automatic report function
and configure the parameters related to this function. When the multicast log
automatic report function is enabled, the multicast log can be reported to the FTP
server automatically.
valid.
Note:
Before enabling the multicast log automatic report function, users need to
run the WFTPD.exe program successfully as follows: Type the user
name, password, and the path saving the multicast log file correctly, and
keep the WFTPD.exe program in the running status.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select IGMP Config→Log
Management from the shortcut menu to access the Log Parameters window and
click to select the IGMP Log Auto Upload.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Enables or disables
Click the drop-down
the multicast log Includes Enable and
Enable Compulsory list to select Enable
automatic report disable.
or disable.
function.
Optional.
The interval of the The value range is 1 to
When the multicast log
automatically 1440. The unit is Double-click to enter
Interval (min) automatic report function
uploaded multicast minute. The default the interval.
is enabled, this
log. value is 0.
parameter is valid.
Version: B 3-65

Requirement Method
Optional.
When the multicast log Double-click to enter
FTP server to which
Host IP DHCP automatic report function the IP address of the
the multicast log is
is enabled, this server.
reported.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The user name to log When the multicast log
Enters up to 20 Click to enter the
UserName in the multicast log automatic report function
characters. user name.
report FTP server. is enabled, this
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The password to log When the multicast log
Enters up to 20 Double-click to enter
Password in the multicast log automatic report function
characters. the password.
report FTP server. is enabled, this
parameter is valid.
3.6.13 Configure ONU Parameters
Command function
The comamnd is used to configure the multicast-related parameters of an ONU. The

parameters to be configured include robustness parameter, times of issuing a
specific group query command, multicast mode, etc.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select IGMP Config→ONU
Configuration from the shortcut menu to access the ONU Configuration window.
3-66 Version: B
Parameter
Configuration
Method
containing the PON Click the drop-
The value range is 1 to 8 or 11 to
Slot No. interface card that the Compulsory down list to select
18.
ONU is connected the slot number.
with.
The number of the
Double-click to
PON port that is
PON No. The value range is 1 to 8. Compulsory enter the PON port
connected with the
number.
ONU.
The Double-click to
authorization The authorization enter the ONU
The value range is 1 to 64. Compulsory
number of the number of the ONU. authentication
ONU. number.
Includes NON FAST-LEAVE and
FAST-LEAVE. FAST-LEAVE is set
by default.
u FAST-LEAVE: In this mode,
after a certain subscriber
sends the leave message, the
system will stop forwarding the
multicast data stream to this
subscriber terminal
immediately.
u NON FAST-LEAVE: In this It is not
The leaving multicast
mode, after a certain recommended that
Leave Mode group mode of an Reserved
subscriber sends the leave users configure this
ONU.
message, the ONU will parameter.
transmit the specific group
query message to the port
receiving this leave message;
if the join message of this
subscriber terminal is not
received in the query response
time, the system will stop
forwarding the multicast data
stream to this subscriber
terminal
Version: B 3-67
Configuration
Method
The robustness
parameter of the
IGMP protocol stack in Double-click to
Robustness relation to the network The value range is 0 to 12. The enter the
Compulsory
Count packet loss. Refers to default value is 2. robustness
the times of sending parameter.
the multicast downlink
query message.
Double-click to
The times of the ONU
enter the times of
Last Member issuing a specific The value range is 0 to 12. The
Compulsory the ONU issuing a
Query Count group query default value is 2.
specific group
command.
query command.
and includes the Snooping Mode, Click the drop-

The multicast mode of
IGMP Mode Proxy Mode, and Controlled Compulsory down list to select
the ONU,
Mode. the multicast mode.
3.6.14 Multicast Log FTP Report
Command function
The command is used to report the multicast log to the FTP server manually.
valid.
Note:
Before enabling the multicast log automatic report function, users need to
run the WFTPD.exe program successfully as follows: Type the user
name, password, and the path saving the multicast log file correctly, and
keep the WFTPD.exe program in the running status.
Access method
IGMP Log Upload from the shortcut menu to access the IGMP Log Upload window.
3-68 Version: B
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

FTP server to which the
Host IP - Compulsory the IP address of the
multicast log is
server.
reported.
The user name to log in

The maximum length is 20 Click to enter the user
UserName the multicast log report Compulsory
characters. name.
FTP server.
The password to log in
The maximum length is 20 Double-click to enter
Password the multicast log report Compulsory
characters. the password.
FTP server.
The maximum length is 20
The name of the Double-click to enter
File Name characters (including the Compulsory
multicast log file. the file name.
file name suffix).
3.6.15 Forcing Subscribers to Leave
Command function
The command is used to force subscribers under a certain ONU port to leave the
multicast program that they are watching.
When the multicast mode is set to Controlled Mode, the forcing-subscriber-to-leave

function is valid.
Access method
Force Leave from the shortcut menu to access the Force Leave window.
Version: B 3-69
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Click the drop-down
containing the PON The value range is 1 to 8 or
interface card that the 11 to 18.
number.
ONU is connected with.
The number of the PON
PON No. port that is connected with The value range is 1 to 8. Compulsory
the PON port number.
the ONU.
The authorization number the ONU
of the ONU. authentication
number.
The FE port number of the
ONU Port No. The value range is 1 to 24. Compulsory the ONU port
ONU.
number.
Group The IP address of the
DHCP Compulsory the IP address of the
Address multicast programs.
multicast programs.
3.6.16 Refreshing Multicast Configuration Information
Command function
The refreshing multicast configuration information command is used to re-issue

multicast configuration information to the equipment.
Note:
Executing this command does not influence subscribers watching

multicast programs.
Access method
Flush IGMP Configuration from the shortcut menu to access the Flush IGMP
3-70 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
Refreshes multicast
Flush - Read-only -
configuration information.
3.6.17 Clearing Logs
Command function
The clearing log command is used to clear the multicast log information saved in the
Flash of the HSWA card.If the multicast log has been reported to and backed up in
the FTP server, to free up a significant amount of storage memory occupied by
multicast logs on the HSWA card, users can execute the clearing log command.
Access method
Clear IGMP Record from the shortcut menu to access the Clear IGMP Record
window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Clear Clears the multicast log. - Read-only -
Version: B 3-71
3.7 Reliability Configuration
3.7.1 The PON Port Protection Group
3.7.1.1 Setting a PON Port Protection Group
Command function
The PON port protection group setting command is used to set the active/standby
PON ports as a PON port protection group. After this command is executed, the
system can perform the switching of the active/standby PON ports according to the
status of a PON port, so as to ensure security of the downlink line.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Reliability Config→
PON Protection Group Config→PON Protection Group Config in the shortcut
menu. Then the PON Protection Group Config window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the PON The value range is Double-click to enter
Group No. Compulsory
port protection group. 1 to 64. the group number.
The slot number of the line

Selects according
interface card containing
Slot No. to the PON port Read-only -
the PON port joining the
number.
protection group.
The number of the port Click to enter the

joining the PON port PON No.
protection group. configuration GUI,
PON No. - Compulsory
The PON ports joining the and select the port
same protection group joining the PON port
must have the same type. protection group.
3-72 Version: B
3.7.1.2 Configuring PON Port Protection Group Mode
Command function
The PON port protection group mode configuration command is used to configure
the protection mode of the PON port protection group. In addition, this command
can implement the auto-returning-to-active-link function after the service of the
active port resumes.
Access method
PON Protection Group Config→PON Port Protection Group Mode in the
shortcut menu. Then the PON Port Protection Group Mode window will appear.
Version: B 3-73
Parameter
Requirement Method
Selects the group
Click the drop-down
The number of the PON port number configured in
Group No. Compulsory list to select the
protection group. the PON Protection
group number.
Group Config.
The protection mode of the

PON port protection group.
u Type B: Provides
redundancy protection
for the OLT PON port
and the optical fiber
between the splitter and
the OLT.
u Type C: Provides 1+1
for OLT PON ports, Click the drop-down
ONU optical modules, Includes Type B, Type list to select the
Item Compulsory
optical fibers between C and Type D. protection group
the splitter and OLT, mode.
splitters, and distribution
optical fibers.
u Type D: Provides 1+1
for OLT PON ports,
ONU PON ports, optical
fibers between the
splitter and OLT, splitters,
and distribution optical
fibers.
The protected service will Optional.
Click the drop-down
return to the former working Includes Enable and When Item is set to
Auto Resume list to select Enable
link automatically after the disable. Type B, this
or disable.
set auto return interval. parameter is valid.
Optional.
When Item is set to
The value range is 0 to Double-click to
Auto Resume The auto return wait time of Type B, and Auto
3600. The unit is enter the time
Interval the protected service. Resume is set to
second. interval.
Enable, this
parameter is valid.
3-74 Version: B
3.7.1.3 Configuring a Hand-in-Hand PON Port Protection Group
Command function
The hand-in-hand PON port protection group configuration command is used to

configure ONUs spanning OLTs as a hand-in-hand PON port protection group, so as
to protect the services on these ONUs.
A one hand-in-hand PON port protection group must have the same OLT type, the
same line interface card type, and the same ONU type.
Access method
PON Protection Group Config→Hand-in-Hand PON Protection Group
Configure in the shortcut menu. Then the Hand-in-Hand PON Protection Group
Configure window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the hand-in- Double-click to
Group No. hand PON port protection Compulsory enter the group
128.
group. number.
The value must not be the Double-click to
The IP address of the local
OLT IP same as the IP address of Compulsory enter the IP
OLT.
the opposite OLT. address.
interface card containing Selects according to the
Local Slot No. Read-only -
the local PON port joining local PON port number.
the protection group.
Click to access
the detailed
The number of the local port The value range depends
Local PON Port configuration
joining the PON port on the type of the line Compulsory
No. GUI of the
protection group. interface card.
Local PON
Port No..
Double-click to
Peer IP of Hand-in- The IP address of the The common Internet IP
Compulsory enter the IP
hand OLT opposite OLT. address.
address.
Version: B 3-75

Requirement Method
Double-click to
interface card containing The value range is 1 to 8
Peer Slot No. Compulsory enter the slot
the opposite PON port or 11 to 18.
number.
joining the protection group.
The number of the opposite The value range depends Double-click to

Peer Port No. port joining the PON port on the type of the line Compulsory enter the PON
protection group. interface card. port number.
3.7.2 Configuring Uplink Card Protection
Command function
The uplink card protection configuration command is used to set the protection
mode of an uplink card.The protection includes load equalization protection, active /
standby protection, or disabling the protection function.After the uplink card
protection is set, the ports of the uplink cards in slots 19 and 20 are protected
correspondingly, and each pair of uplink ports can form one protection group.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select Reliability Config→
UplinkCard Protect from the shortcut menu to access the UplinkCard Protect
window.
3-76 Version: B
Parameter
Configura-
tion Method
The value includes Load Equalization,
Active/Standby, and Disable.
u Active/Standby: For the two ports forming a
protection group, the system only allows
traffics to pass through the active port, and it Click the
The
prohibits traffics to pass through the standby drop-down list
protection
Protect Mode port. Compulsory to select the
mode of the
u Load Equalization: Traffics pass through the protection
uplink card.
two ports forming a protection group at the group mode.
same time.
u Disable: The protection mode of an uplink
card is disabled.
The default value is Disable.
3.7.3 Configuring Dual Uplink Protection
Command function
The dual uplink protection configuration command is used to configure the dual
route uplink protection for the equipment.In this mode, when a certain up link in the
protection group is faulty, the uplink service will be switched to the other link; the
service is not interrupted, and service protection is implemented.
Note:
The active and standby ports forming dual uplink protection must have
the same properties.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane and select Reliability Config→
Dual Uplink Protection from the shortcut menu to access the Dual Uplink
Protection window.
Version: B 3-77
Parameter
Requirement Method
The processing mode after the
active up link resumes normal.
u Auto Resume indicates that
Its value includes
the service will be switched to
Auto Resume and
the pre-fault active link after Click the drop-down
Non-auto
Master Port work the active link resumes list to select the
Resume. Compulsory
mode normal. master port work
u Non-auto Resume indicates mode.
Non-auto
that the service will be not
Resume.
switched to the pre-fault
active link after the active link
resumes normal.
The number of the protection Up to six protection
Group No. group. Its value is assigned by the groups can be Read-only -
system automatically. generated.
All uplink ports.

A protection group must have one The format is slot
active port (MasterPort) and one number: port type Click the drop-down
MasterPort standby port (SlavePort). XFP means a Compulsory list to select the
Masterport refers to the uplink 10Gb optical port, master port.
port in active mode. and SFP means a
Gb optical port.
Other uplink ports

with the properties
the same as those
A protection group must have one
of the active port.
active port (MasterPort) and one Click the drop-down
The format is slot
SlavePort standby port (SlavePort). Compulsory list to select the
number: port type
SlavePort refers to the uplink port slave port.
XFP means a
in standby mode.
10Gb optical port,
and SFP means a
Gb optical port.
3-78 Version: B
3.8 Relevant Service Configuration
3.8.1 Configuring a GPON Service Bandwidth Profile
Command function
This command is used to configure a bandwidth assignment profile. The bandwidth

assignment profile is used to manually assign bandwidth for uplink services on
various ONUs, and the parameters to be configured include fixed bandwidth,
guaranteed bandwidth, and maximum bandwidth.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Service Config
Relevance→GPON Service Bandwidth Config Profile in the shortcut menu. Then
the GPON Service Bandwidth Config Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Users can create up to 256
profiles. The value range: 1 to
Double-click to
Profile The name of the bandwidth 32 characters, and a profile Compul-
enter the profile
Name assignment profile. name can only consist of sory
name.
letters, digital numbers, and
underlines.
The service types include: Click the drop-
Service The type of the service needing IPTV, DATA, VOIP, TDM , Compul- down list to
Type bandwidth assignment. Integrated service and COM sory select the
service service type.
The fixed bandwidth assigned to

the designated uplink service on The value range is 16 to Double-click to
Fixed
the ONU. Even if the designated 128000, with the unit being Compul- enter the value
Bandwidth
uplink service does not use the kbyte/s. The default value is sory of the fixed
(Kbyte/s)
fixed bandwidth resource, other 16. bandwidth.
services cannot occupy it either.
Version: B 3-79
Configuration
Method
The minimum bandwidth needed
to provision the designated uplink
Double-click to
Assured service on the ONU. If the The value range is 0; 32 to
Compul- enter the
Bandwidth designated uplink service does 128000, with the unit being
sory assured
(Kbyte/s) not occupy the guaranteed kbyte/s. The default value is 0.
bandwidth.
bandwidth resource, other
services can use it.
The maximum bandwidth
assigned to the designated uplink
service on the ONU. The The value range is 64 to Double-click to
Maximum
summation of the Fixed 128000, with the unit being Compul- enter the
Bandwidth
Bandwidth value and the kbyte/s. The default value is sory maximum
(Kbyte/s)
Assured Bandwidth value 64. bandwidth.
cannot exceed the value of
Maximum Bandwidth.
3.8.2 Service Profile Configuration
3.8.2.1 Configuring a Data Service Profile
Command function
This command is used to configure a common data service profile.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree, select Service Config Relevance→
Service Profile Config.
3-80 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
The value range: 1
to 32 characters,
and a profile name Double-click to
Profile Name Profile Name can only consist of Compulsory enter the profile
letters, digital name.
numbers, and
underlines.
designated port of the ONU. The options includes Click the drop-down
Enable/Disable The data service of this port Enable and Compulsory list to select Enable
can be configured only when Disable. or Disable.
this item is set to Enable.
Enables / disables the auto
negotiation function.
u If the auto negotiation
function is enabled, the
designated port will The options includes Click the drop-down
Auto Negotiation automatically match the Enable and Compulsory list to select Enable
rate and duplex mode of Disable. or Disable.
the opposite port.
u Configure the rate and
duplex mode of the port if
the function is disabled.
Optional.
When the
Its value includes: auto
Click the drop-down
Selects the operating rate of 10 Mbit/s, 100 negotiation
Speed (bit/s) list to select 10M,
the designated port. Mbit/s, and 1000 function is
100M or 1000M.
Mbit/s. disabled, this
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When the
Users can select the auto Click the drop-down
full duplex mode or negotiation list to select full
Duplex Mode Duplex mode of the data port.
the half duplex function is duplex mode or the
mode. disabled, this half duplex mode.
parameter is
valid.
Version: B 3-81

Requirement Method
Enables / disables the flow The options includes Click the drop-down
Flow Control control function of the Enable and Compulsory list to select Enable
designated port. Disable. or Disable.
Enables / disables the rate The options includes Click the drop-down
Enable/Disable Port
control function of the Enable and Compulsory list to select Enable
Rate Limit
designated port. Disable. or Disable.
Optional.
When the Double-click to
rate control enter the maximum
The maximum transmission The value range is 0
Upstream Port Rate function of a transmission rate of
rate of the uplink service on the to 1000, with the unit
Limit port is the uplink service
designated port. being kbit/s.
enabled, this on the designated
parameter is port.
valid.
Optional.
When the Double-click to
rate control enter the maximum
The maximum transmission The value range is 0
Downstream Port function of a transmission rate of
rate of the downlink service on to 1000, with the unit
Rate Limit port is the downlink
the designated port. being kbit/s.
enabled, this service on the
parameter is designated port.
valid.
The serial number of the data Up to 6 items can be
Service Number Read-only -
service. added.
Click the drop-down
Its value includes
Tag Mode The tag mode of the data port. Compulsory list to select the
Tag and Untag.
TAG mode.
Optional.
When Tag
The Ethernet priority of the Double-click to
The value range is 0 Mode is set
COS data service. 0 is the lowest enter the Ethernet
to 7. to Tag, this
priority and 7 is the highest. priority.
parameter is
invalid.
Optional.
When Tag
Double-click to
The VLAN ID of the data The value range is 1 Mode is set
VLAN ID enter the VLAN ID
service. to 4085. to Tag, this
value.
parameter is
invalid.
3-82 Version: B

Requirement Method
Enables / disables the The options includes Click the drop-down
Down Encrypt State encryption function of the Enable and Compulsory list to select Enable
downlink service. Disable. or Disable.
The options includes
The VLAN mode of the data TAG, Translate and
service. Transparent.
u When this item is set to u When Tag
TAG, the ONU will add a Mode is set to
VLAN TAG to data. Tag, this
u When this item is set to parameter can
Click the drop-down
Transparent, the ONU will be set to
CVLAN Mode Compulsory list to select the
transparently transmit the Translate or
CVLAN mode.
data without processing it. Transparent.
u When this item is set to u When Tag
Translate, the AN5116- Mode is set to
06B will translate the Untag, this
original VLAN TAG to a parameter can
new VLAN TAG. be set to TAG
or Transparent.
Double-click to
CVLAN ID Inner CVLAN ID Optional enter the CVLAN ID
to 4085. or null
value.
The inner CVLAN processing
Double-click to
priority of the data service. 0 is The value range is 0
COS of PON Compulsory enter the COS of
the lowest priority and 7 is the to 7.
PON.
highest.

Enable and
Disable.
When the TAG
Click the drop-down
Enables / disables the QinQ mode is set to
QINQ State Compulsory list to select the
function. Untag and the
QinQ state.
CVLAN mode is set
to Transparent, the
QinQ should not be
set to Enable.
Version: B 3-83

Requirement Method
Optional.
Select from the pre- This
set VLAN names in parameter Double-click to
The service name configured
Service Name the Configure will be valid enter the service
in the local VLAN tab.
Local Data of after the VLAN name.
Service VLAN. QinQ is
enabled.
Optional.
This
parameter Double-click to
SVLAN ID Service VLAN ID will be valid enter the SVLAN ID
to 4085.
after the value.
QinQ is
enabled.
Optional.
This
parameter
The outer CVLAN processing The value range is 0 Double-click to
COS of PON will be valid
priority of the data service. to 7. enter the COS.
after the
QinQ is
enabled.
3.8.2.2 Configuring a Multicast Service Profile
Command function
This command is used to configure a common multicast service profile.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, select Service Config
Relevance→Service Profile Config in the shortcut menu, and click the IGMP
Service Profile tab.
3-84 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
Up to 32
characters.
Double-click to
Composed of
Profile Name Profile Name Compulsory enter the profile
letters, digital
name.
numbers, and
underlines.
The tag mode of the downlink
multicast data stream to the ONU
port.
u Untag indicates that the
Click the drop-
downlink multicast data stream Its value
IGMP Data VLAN down list to
passing through the ONU port includes Tagand Compulsory
Mode select the VLAN
is untagged. Untag.
mode.
u Tag indicates that the downlink
multicast data stream passing
through the ONU port is
tagged.
The VLAN ID of the downlink

multicast data stream. The VLAN
The value range Double-click to
IGMP Data VLAN tag used by the ONU to receive the Compulsory
is 1 to 4085. enter the COS.
appointed downlink multicast data
stream.
The priority of the multicast data
IGMP Data VLAN The value range Double-click to
VLAN. 0 is the lowest and 7 is the Compulsory
COS is 0 to 7. enter the COS.
highest.
Version: B 3-85

Requirement Method
The VLAN mode of the uplink and
downlink multicast protocol
message.
u TRANSPARENT indicates that
the multicast protocol
message is transmitted
transparently.
Its value Click the drop-
u TAG indicates that a VLAN tag
includes down list to
is added in the multicast
IGMP Protocol VLAN TRANSPAR- select the VLAN
protocol message. Compulsory
Mode ENT, TAG, mode of the
u RETAG indicates that the
RETAG, and multicast
system replaces the VLAN tag
REMOVE. protocol.
of the multicast protocol
message with a new VLAN
tag.
u REMOVE indicates that the
system strips the VLAN tag of
the multicast protocol
message.
Optional.
If IGMP
Protocol VLAN Double-click to
Mode is set to enter the VLAN
IGMP Up Protocol The VLAN ID of the uplink multicast The value range
TRANSPAR- of uplink
VLAN protocol message. is 1 to 4085.
ENT or multicast
REMOVE , this protocol.
parameter is
invalid.
Optional.
If IGMP
Protocol VLAN Double-click to
The VLAN processing priority of
Mode is set to enter the VLAN
IGMP Up Protocol the uplink multicast protocol The value range
TRANSPAR- COS of uplink
VLAN COS message. 0 is the lowest and 7 is is 0 to 7.
ENT or multicast
the highest.
REMOVE, this protocol.
parameter is
invalid.
3-86 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
If IGMP
Double-click to
Protocol VLAN
enter the VLAN
IGMP Down Protocol The VLAN ID of the downlink The value range Mode is set to
of downlink
VLAN multicast protocol message. is 1 to 4085. RETAG or
multicast
REMOVE, this
protocol.
parameter is
invalid.
Optional.
If IGMP Double-click to
The VLAN processing priority of Protocol VLAN enter VLAN
IGMP Down Protocol the downlink multicast protocol The value range Mode is set to COS of
VLAN COS message. 0 is the lowest and 7 is is 0 to 7. RETAG or downlink
the highest. REMOVE, this multicast
parameter is protocol.
invalid.
3.8.2.3 Configuring a Multicast Service Profile
Command function
This command is used to configure a common voice service profile.
Access method
Relevance→Service Profile Config in the shortcut menu, and click the Voice
Service Profile tab.
Version: B 3-87
Parameter
Requirement Method
The value range: 1 to
32 characters, and a
profile name can
Profile Name Profile Name only consist of Compulsory
the profile name.
letters, digital
numbers, and
underlines.
This item should be
CVLAN ID
within the value
In the single-tagged Double-click to enter
range of the local
Signal VLAN ID and QinQ modes, Compulsory the signal VLAN ID
VLAN configured in
you should enter the value.
the Local Service
layer 1 VLAN value.
VLAN Data window.
The value of this
Click the drop-down
The voice encoding parameter includes
Voice Code Mode Compulsory list to select the voice
rule. G.711U, G.711A, G.
code.
723, and G.729.
The transmission Its value includes Click the drop-down
Fax Mode mode of the fax Transparent and Compulsory list to select the fax
service. T38. mode.
Enables / disables
the silence
suppression
function. Click the drop-down
Its value includes
Silence Switch Its purpose is to Compulsory list to select the
Enable and Disable.
reduce number of silence switch.
mute frames in the
line and save the
bandwidth.
Enables / disables
the echo
suppression Click the drop-down
Its value includes
Echo Cancel function. Compulsory list to select the echo
Enable and Disable.
Its purpose is to cancel .
cancel echo in the
call process.
The value range is Double-click to enter

The input signal
Input Gain -32 to 32, with the Compulsory the value of the input
power.
unit being dB. gain.
3-88 Version: B

Requirement Method
The output signal
Output Gain -32 to 32, with the Compulsory the value of the
power.
unit being dB. output gain.
Its value includes Click the drop-down

DTMF transmission
DTMF Mode Transparent and Compulsory list to select the
mode.
RFC2833. DTMF mode.
Optional.
When the SVLAN
The SVLAN ID of the The value range is 1 Double-click to enter
SVLAN ID function is disabled,
voice service. to 4085. the SVLAN ID value.
this parameter is
invalid.
Enables / disables
the QinQ function. Click the drop-down
SVLAN State Enable the QinQ to Compulsory list to select the
Enable and Disable.
configure the SVLAN SVLAN state.
and the priority.
Optional.
The priority of the
When the SVLAN Double-click to enter
SVLAN. 0 is the The value range is 0
COS 1 function is disabled, the priority of the
lowest priority and 7 to 7.
this parameter is outer VLAN.
is the highest.
invalid.
The priority of the
CVLAN. 0 is the The value range is 0
COS 2 Compulsory the priority of the
lowest priority and 7 to 7.
inner VLAN.
is the highest.
3.8.2.4 Configuring a Service Profile
Command function
This command is used to configure a common service profile. The common service
profile is used to bind the bandwidth assignment profile to a certain ONU and bind
the corresponding service profile to the designated port of this ONU.
Version: B 3-89
Note:
Before configuring a service profile, users need to complete configuration

of the bandwidth assignment profile and the data / voice / multicast
service profile.
Access method
Relevance→Service Profile Config in the shortcut menu, and click the Service
Profile tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Up to 32 charactoers. Double-click to
Profile Name Profile Name Composed of letters, digital Compulsory enter the profile
numbers, and underlines. name.
Selects the type of the ONU Click the drop-

ONU Type that the service profile is to be - Compulsory down list to select
bound with. the ONU type.
ONU Select the configured

Click to enter the
Subprofile bandwidth assignment profile - Compulsory
configuration GUI.
Config name.
Click the drop-
The port type depends on down list to select
Port Type ONU port type. Compulsory
the value of ONU Type. the ONU port
type.
The number of the port that the Double-click to

The value range depends
Port No. corresponding service profile is Compulsory enter the port
on the value of ONU Type.
to be bound with. number.
Port Select the configured
Click to enter the
Subprofile corresponding service profile - Compulsory
configuration GUI.
Config name.
3-90 Version: B
3.8.2.5 Service Profile Configuration
Command function
This command is used to bind a service profile with the designated ONU, so as to
apply the bandwidth assignment and service configuration in this service profile to
the ONU.
Note:
Before binding a service profile, users need to complete configuration of

the service profile.
Access method
Relevance→Service Profile Config in the shortcut menu, and click the Service
Profile Binding tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Click the drop-
Profile ID The name of the service profile. - Compulsory down list to select
the profile ID.
Select whether to bind the

Click the drop-
service profile. Refresh the Its value includes Refresh,
Bind/Unbind Compulsory down list to select
bound ONU after modifying one Bind, and Unbind.
Bind or Unbind.
or multiple sub-profile.

Confirm this item according
Slot No. containing the interface card Read-only -
to the ONU number.
connected with the ONU.
The number of the used PON Confirm this item according
PON No. Read-only -
port on the ONU. to the ONU number.
Click to enter the
ONU No. ONU that the service profile is - Compulsory
configuration GUI.
to be bound with.
Version: B 3-91
3.8.3 Aging Time
Command function
This command is used to configure or query the aging time of the MAC address
table of the system. The network management system starts timing after a certain
MAC address joins the dynamic MAC address table. If during the aging time, the
ports do not receive frames whose source address is the given MAC address, this
address will be deleted from the address table.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Aging
Time (s) in the shortcut menu. Then the Aging Time (s) window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Update the time

interval for
300, with the unit being Double-click to enter the
Aging Time maintaining the Compulsory
second. The default value aging time.
MAC address in the
is 80 seconds.
FDB table.
3.8.4 Configuring ONU Address Aging Time
Command function
This command is used to configure or query the aging time of the MAC address
table of a certain ONU. The ONU starts timing after a certain MAC address joins the
address table. If during the aging time, various ports do not receive frames whose
source address is the given MAC address, this address will be deleted from the
dynamic MAC address table.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→ONU MAC
Aging Time in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU MAC Aging Time window will
appear.
3-92 Version: B
Parameter
The slot number of the

service interface card The value range is 1 to 8 and
Slot No. Compulsory to select the slot
connected with the 11 to 18.
number.
ONU.
The number of the Click the drop-down list
PON No. PON port to which the The value range is 1 to 8. Compulsory to select the PON port
ONU belongs. number.
ONU authorization Double-click to enter the

number. ONU port number.
Update the time The value range is 0 to 300,

interval for maintaining with the unit being second. Double-click to enter the
Aging Time Compulsory
the MAC address in The default value is 80 aging time.
the FDB table. seconds.
3.8.5 Upgrading ONUs Automatically
Command function
This command is used to configure the automatic upgrade function of all ONUs
under a specified PON interface card. When the ONU automatic upgrade function is
enabled, each ONU under this slot will compare its own file to the upgrade file; if
upgrade is needed, the ONU will download the upgrade file to perform the upgrade
operation. Users can also perform the auto-upgrade pre-configuration of all ONUs
under a certain slot. After a certain ONU is electrified, it will perform the upgrade
operation automatically. After the automatic upgrade succeeds, the upgraded ONU
will be restarted.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→ONU Auto
Upgrade in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Auto Upgrade window will appear.
Version: B 3-93
Parameter
Requirement Method
Slot No. interface card connected with - Read-only -
the ONU to be upgraded.
The enable / disable switch of

the ONU automatic upgrade
function.
u When this parameter is
set to Enable, an ONU
under this slot will
upgrade automatically The options Click the drop-
Enable / Disable via obtaining the upgrade includes Enable Compulsory down list to select
file from the appointed and Disable. Enable or Disable.
FTP server.
set to Disable, the
system supports manual
upgrade of ONUs under
this slot.
Optional.
The IP address of the FTP
This parameter is Double-click to
FTP Server IP server. It is used to provide General Internet IP
valid only when enter the FTP
address the upgrade file for users to address
Enable / Disable is server IP address
download.
set to Disable.
Optional.
Double-click to
This parameter is
The user name to access the Users can enter up enter the user
FTP Username valid only when
FTP server. to 16 characters. name to access the
Enable / Disable is
FTP server.
set to Disable.
3-94 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
Double-click to
This parameter is
The password to access the Users can enter up enter the password
FTP Password valid only when
FTP server. to 16 characters. to access the FTP
Enable / Disable is
server.
set to Disable.
The name of the upgrade file.
Users can select multiple
upgrade files, but the total file
The name of the
size should not exceed 3M.
upgrade file on the
Presently the equipment Optional.
FTP server should Click to enter the
supports combination This parameter is
be the same as the File Name
File Name upgrade of the ONU software, valid only when
upgrade file name configuration
meaning that the ONU Enable / Disable is
displayed in the window.
firmware and the CPU set to Disable.
ONU Auto
software are upgraded
Upgrade window.
together. (the IAD software
cannot support combination
upgrade now).
3.8.6 Replacing an ONU
Command function
When a certain ONU is faulty, users can replace the faulty ONU with an ONU of the
same type. The ONU replacement command is used to enable the new ONU to take
charge of all services on the old ONU.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→ONU
Replace in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Replace window will appear.
Version: B 3-95
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

service interface card The value range is 1 to Click the drop-down list
Slot No. Compulsory
connected with the ONU to 8, or 11 to 18. to select the slot number.
be replaced.
The PON port number Click the drop-down list

PON Port No. corresponding to the ONU The value range: 1 to 8. Compulsory to select the PON port
to be replaced. number.
of the ONU to be replaced.
The value range: 1 to Double-click to enter the
Onu No. The new ONU will use the Compulsory
64. ONU port number.
authorization number of
the replaced ONU.

The physical identifier of The maximum length is
OldPhyicsID Compulsory original physical
the ONU to be replaced. 12 characters.
identifier.
The physical identifier of The maximum length is Double-click to enter the
NewPhyicsID Compulsory
the new ONU. 12 characters. new physical identifier.
3.8.7 Configuring EPON ONU Replacement Aging Interval
Command function
After a certain ONU is deauthorized, the MAC address of this ONU will be written
into the unauthorized MAC address table. Users can perform the EPON ONU
replacement aging interval configuration command to set the EPON ONU
replacement aging interval; during the set aging interval, this ONU cannot be
authorized automatically.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Aging
time of ONU Replace in the shortcut menu. Then the Aging time of ONU Replace
window will appear.
3-96 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
The interval from an
ONU being
2147483647, with the unit Double-click to enter
Aging Time deauthorized to it being Compulsory
being second. The default the aging time.
authorized
value is 600 seconds.
automatically again.
3.9 Configuring QoS
3.9.1 Configuring a QoS Profile
Command function
This command is used to configure flow rules such as VLAN ID, port, Ethernet
protocol type, priority queuing, and DSCP value. Based on these flow rules, the
system can control the data stream, so as to provide network services with different
QoS levels.
When configuring the IP flow classification parameters in a QoS profile, users can
perform the combined configuration. The allowed IP flow classification parameter
groups are described as follows; in the same group, the parameters can be
combined as required.
u SIP, DIP, Protocol Type, TCP/UDP SPORT, TCP/UDP DPORT;
u SMAC, DMAC, Ethernet Type, Priority Domain, VID;
u SMAC, SIP, Ethernet Type, Priority Domain, VID;
u DMAC, DIP, Ethernet Type, Priority Domain, VID.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→
QoSProfiles in the shortcut menu. Then the QoSProfiles window will appear.
Version: B 3-97
Parameter
Requirement Method
The name of the QoS Double-click to
Profile The value range: 1 to
profile. Users can create Compulsory enter the profile
Name 20 characters.
up to 1024 profiles. name.
Optional.
The VLAN ID value, used When the VLAN-ID-based Double-click to
VLAN ID to classify and filter the flow rule is configured to enter the VLAN ID
to 4095.
data service flow. filter the service flow, this value.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The VLAN ID value, used When the VLAN-ID-based Double-click to
This item is 0.0.0.0
Src IP to classify and filter the flow rule is configured to enter the source IP
by default.
data service flow. filter the service flow, this address.
parameter is valid.
This item is 255.255.

255.255 by default. Optional.
Click the drop-
The source IP address Users should When the VLAN-ID-based
Src IP down list to select
mask, used to classify and configure the source flow rule is configured to
MASK the source IP
filter the data service flow. IP mask if the source filter the service flow, this
mask.
IP address is set in parameter is valid.
the profile.
Optional.
The destination IP Double-click to
When the VLAN-ID-based
address, used to classify This item is 0.0.0.0 enter the
Dst IP flow rule is configured to
and filter the data service by default. destination IP
filter the service flow, this
flow. address.
parameter is valid.
This item is 255.255.

255.255 by default.
Optional.
Users should Click the drop-
The destination IP address When the IP-based flow
Dst IP configure the down list to select
mask, used to classify and rule is configured to filter
Mask destination IP mask if the destination IP
filter the data service flow. the service flow, this
the destination IP mask.
parameter is valid.
address is set in the
profile.
Optional.
The source MAC address, When the MAC-based flow Double-click to
Src MAC used to classify and filter rule is configured to filter enter the source
00-00-00-00-00-00.
the data service flow. the service flow, this MAC address.
parameter is valid.
3-98 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
The destination MAC Double-click to
When the MAC-based flow
address, used to classify The default value is enter the
Dst MAC rule is configured to filter
and filter the data service 00-00-00-00-00-00. destination MAC
the service flow, this
flow. address.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The priority of the data
The value range is 0 When the priority-based Click the drop-
service flow, used to
Priority to 7 or null. This item flow rule is configured to down list to select
classify and filter the data
is null by default. filter the service flow, this the priority domain.
service flow.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The value corresponding
When the Ethernet-type- Double-click to
to the Ethernet type of the
Ethernet The value range is 0 based flow rule is enter the value
data service flow, used to
Type to 65534. configured to filter the corresponding to
service flow, this parameter the Ethernet type.
service flow.
is valid.
The value corresponding Optional.
to the network layer When the protocol-type
Double-click to
Protocol protocol type of the data The value range is 1 -based flow rule is
enter the protocol
Type service flow, used to to 255. configured to filter the
type.
classify and filter the data service flow, this parameter
service flow. is valid.
The source port number
Optional.
corresponding to the
UDP-source-port-number-
transport layer TCP / UDP Double-click to
TCP/UDP The value range is 0 based flow rule is
protocol type of the data enter the port
Src Port to 65534. configured to filter the
service flow,used to number.
service flow, this parameter
is valid.
service flow.
The destination port
Optional.
number corresponding to
UDP-source-port-number-
the transport layer TCP / Double-click to
TCP/UDP The value range is 0 based flow rule is
UDP protocol type of the enter the port
Dst Port to 65534. configured to filter the
data service flow,, used to number.
service flow, this parameter
is valid.
service flow
Version: B 3-99

Requirement Method
If the IP protocol is used,
this parameter refers to
the first six bits in the TOS Optional.
domain at the head of an When the DSCP-based Double-click to
DscpPara- The value range is 0
IP message. It is used to flow rule is configured to enter the dscp
meter to 63 or null.
classify and filter the data filter the service flow, this value.
service flow. parameter is valid.
dscp: differential services
code point.
Click the drop-

Processes the data Its value includes
down list to select
CMD service flow meeting the Forward, Discard, Compulsory
the source
filtering conditions. and Null.
command code.
to 160000 in the step
Controls the transmission Optional.
of 64 kbit/s. For Double-click to
rate of the data service This parameter is valid
Rate Limit example, when the enter the rate
flow meeting the filtering only when CMD is
value is 1, it indicates value.
conditions. Forward.
that the rate
threshold is 64 kbit/s.
Re-configures the priority
Optional. Click the drop-
of the data service flow The value range is 0
Queue Users can configure this down list to select
meeting the filtering to 7 or null.
parameter as required. the queue priority.
conditions.
Re-configures the DSCP
value of the data service The value range is 0
DSCP Users can configure this enter the DSCP
flow meeting the filtering to 63 or null.
parameter as required. value.
conditions.
Select or clear the
Optional. check box to
Flow Mirror Enables / disables the flow The options includes
Users can configure this enable / disable the
Enable mirroring function. Enable and Disable.
parameter as required. flow mirroring
function.
3-100 Version: B

Requirement Method
When the target port of
flow mirroring is Optional. Click the drop-
The value range
Flow Mirror configured, the data When the flow mirroring down list to select
includes all uplink
DstPorts stream through the source function is enabled, this the target port of
ports.
port can be mirrored to the parameter is valid. flow mirroring.
target port.
When the re-direction port

is configured, the data
stream will not pass The value range
When the flow mirroring down list to select
New Port through the source port, includes all uplink
function is disabled, this the re-direction
but will be forwarded ports.
parameter is invalid. port.
directly via the re-direction
port.
3.9.2 Binding / Unbinding a QoS Profile with a Slot
Command function
The command is used to bind the card with the QoS profile. After the designated
QoS profile is bound with a line interface card, the uplink data stream through this
line interface card will be processed according to the rule of this QoS profile.
Note:
Before binding / unbinding a QoS profile with a slot, users need to

complete configuration of the QoS profile.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, select Config→QoSProfiles in
the shortcut menu to enter the QoSProfiles, and click the Slot Attach/Detach QoS
tab.
Version: B 3-101
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of
the service card The value range is 1 Double-click to enter
Slot No. Compulsory
joining the binding / to 8 and 11 to 18. the slot number.
unbinding operation.
Performs the binding Click the drop-down

Its value includes
Bind/Unbind / unbinding Compulsory list to select Bind
Bind and Unbind.
operation. and Unbind.
The name of the
QoS profile that
Profile Name - Read-only -
needs to be bound /
unbind.
Select or clear the
Selects whether the
check box to enable /
Bind or Unbind profile is to be bound - Compulsory
disable the flow
or unbound
mirroring function.
3.9.3 Binding / Unbinding a QoS Profile with an Uplink Port
Command function
The command is used to bind the uplink interface with the QoS profile. After the
designated QoS profile is bound with an uplink port, the downlink data stream
through this uplink port will be processed according to this QoS profile.
Note:
Before binding / unbinding a QoS profile with an uplink port, users need
to complete configuration of the QoS profile.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, select Config→QoSProfiles in
the shortcut menu to enter the QoSProfiles, and click the Port Attach/Detach QoS
tab.
3-102 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the
Click the drop-down
uplink port joining the
Uplink No. - Compulsory list to select the
binding / unbinding
uplink port number.
operation.
Performs the binding Click the drop-down

Its value includes
Bind/Unbind / unbinding Compulsory list to select Bind
Bind and Unbind.
operation. and Unbind.
The name of the
QoS profile that
needs to be bound /
unbind.
Selects whether the Select or clear the
profile is to be bound check box to enable /
Bind or Unbind - Compulsory
or unbound with the disable the flow
uplink port. mirroring function.
3.9.4 Priority Mode
Command function
This command is used to configure or query the priority mode of data forwarding of
the switch chip in the core switch card. The switch chip in the core switch card maps
the uplink and downlink services into different priority queues according to the IEEE
802.1D user priority labels, and performs scheduling of the uplink and downlink
services. Each port supports eight priority queues.
u Strict priority ensures that higher-priority services are always processed prior to
lower-priority services.
u Weight priority is a weight round robin queue scheduling mechanism. In this

mode, the system first processes higher-priority services, but when the system
processes higher-priority services, lower-priority services are not blocked
completely, and they are processed by a certain proportion at the same time.
u Mixed priority includes strict priority and weight priority.
Version: B 3-103
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Priority
Mode in the shortcut menu. Then the Priority Mode window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Its value includes:
The priority mode of data Strict Priority,
Click the drop-
forwarding of the switch Weight Priority,
Model Compulsory down list to select
chip in the core switch and Mixed Priority.
the mode.
card. The default value is
Weight Priority.
Each port supports eight

priority queues. According
to the configured mapping
relationships and priority of
a message, the system
Queue Priority - Read-only -
makes each message
enter the corresponding
queue and receive
processing of
corresponding QoS level.
3-104 Version: B

Requirement Method
When Mode is set
to Mixed Priority,
the priority queues
0 to 5 can use the Compulsory
Click the drop-
Queue The queue scheduling strict priority When Mode is set to
down list to select
Schedule algorithm corresponds to algorithm or the Strict Priority or Weight
the queue
Method the priority mode. weight priority Priority, this parameter is
schedule method.
algorithm; the invalid.
priority queues 6
and 7 are the strict
priority.
Compulsory
When Mode is set to
The service processing
Strict Priority , this
bandwidth assignment
parameter is invalid.
proportion. The higher the The value range is Double-click to
Weight When Mode is set to
weight value of a service 1 to 15. enter the weight.
Mixed Priority, the weight
is, the more bandwidth it
corresponding to the last
occupies for processing.
two rows of this parameter
is invalid.
3.9.5 Configuring Flow Classification Rule
Command function
This command is used to configure flow rules (based on source / destination MAC
address, based on source / destination IP address, etc.), so as to filter the uplink
service flow entering an ONU port.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Priority
Mode in the shortcut menu. Then the Priority Mode window will appear.
Version: B 3-105
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Users can create up to 253

The name of the flow Double-click to enter the
Rule Name rules and enter up to 20 Compulsory
classification rule. rule name.
characters.
Its value includes service
Select the object of the Click the drop-down list
Rule Type flow rule and chip flow Compulsory
flow classification rule. to select the rule type.
switch rule.
Its value includes: Based
On SMAC, Based On
DMAC, Based On SIP,
Based On DIP, Based On
Ru- VLAN ID, Based On
The rule domain type
le Ethernet, Based On IP Click the drop-down list
of the flow
Ty- Protocol Type, Based On to select the rule type.
pe Ethernet Priority, Based
On IP TOS/DSCP (IPv4),
Rule Based On L4 SPORT,
do- Based On L4 DPORT, and
Compulsory
main Based On TTL.
type users can select one of the
Op- following seven operators: =,
According to the Click the drop-down list
era- !=, <=,>= , Exist Match, Not
appointed Rule Type, to select the operator.
tor Exist Match, and Always
Match.
According to the
Ru-
appointed value of
le Double-click to enter the
Rule Type, users can -
Va- rule domain value.
set the corresponding
lue
rule domain value.
3.9.6 Configuring Flow Policy
Command function
This command is used to apply the defined flow classification rule to the flow policy.
Its purpose is described as follows: Bind the ONU port and perform access control
and flow control of the uplink service flow entering an ONU port, so as to guarantee
the QoS.
3-106 Version: B
Note:
Before configuring the Flow Policy, users need to complete configuration

of the flow classification rule.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Flow
Policy in the shortcut menu. Then the Flow Policy window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Auto-generated serial
Policy ID - Read-only -
number
Users can create up
The name of the flow to 128 policies and
Policy Name Compulsory the name of the flow
policy. enter up to 20
policy.
characters.
The name of the flow Click the drop-down
Rule ID classification rule to be - Compulsory list to select the Rule
bound with. ID.
The processing priority to 12. 12 means the
Precedence of the designated flow highest priority, and 1 Compulsory
the priority value.
policy. means the lowest
priority.
Optional.
This parameter
cannot be set to Click the drop-down
Enables / disables the The options includes
ACL Enable Enable together with list to select the ACL
access control function. Enable and Disable.
RateLimit, Queue Enable.
Enable, and CoS
Remark.
Version: B 3-107

Requirement Method
Its values include:
Allow (in this mode,
only the flow
matching the rule can
Optional.
be forwarded, and
Filters and forwards the This parameter Click the drop-down
other flows are
Forward service flow entering the cannot be set to list to select the
discarded) or Forbid
ONU port. Enable with ACL Forward.
(in this mode, the flow
Enable.
matching the rule is
discarded, and other
flows can be
forwarded).
Optional.
This parameter
flow rate control
function, so as to The options includes
RateLimit Enable together with list to select the rate
perform rate control of Enable and Disable.
ACL Enable, Queue control.
the service flow entering
Enable, and CoS
the ONU port.
Remark.
Optional.
to 100000, with the
The minimum When RateLimit is set Double-click to enter
CIR (kbps) unit being kbit/s. The
transmission rate. to Enable, this the rate value.
default value is
parameter is valid.
0kbit/s.
The value range is Optional.
The size of the burst not less than 0. The When RateLimit is set
CBS (Byte) the size of the burst
traffic. unit is byte. The to Enable, this
traffic.
default value is 0. parameter is valid.
The value range is 0 the size of the excess
to 4294967294, with burst traffic.
The size of the excess
EBS (Byte) the unit being byte. Reserved It is not
burst traffic.
The default value is recommended that
0Byte. users configure this
parameter.
3-108 Version: B

Requirement Method
the rate value.
to 4294967294, with
The maximum cell rate It is not
PIR (kbit/s) the unit being kbit/s. Reserved
value. recommended that
users configure this
0kbit/s.
parameter.

Optional.
queue mapping
This parameter
function. When the
queue mapping function The options includes
Queue Enable Enable with ACL list to select the
is enabled, the service Enable and Disable.
Enable and Queue Enable.
flow is mapped into the
RateLimit also
priority queue according
enabled.
to its priority.

to 7. 7 means the
The queue that the Optional. Double-click to enter
queue with the
service flow is mapped When Queue Enable the queue that the
Queue Mapped highest priority, and 0
into according to its is set to Enable, this service flow is
means the queue with
priority. parameter is valid. mapped into.
Optional.
This parameter
re-tagging function. The options includes
COS Remark Enable with ACL list to select the COS
Modify the priority of a Enable and Disable.
Enable and Remark.
service flow.
RateLimit also
enabled.
to 7. 7 means the
Optional.
queue with the
Modifies the CoS priority When COS Remark Double-click to enter
CoS highest priority, and 0
tag. is set to Enable, this the priority value.
means the queue with
parameter is valid.
Version: B 3-109
3.9.7 Enabling / Disabling RSTP
Command function
This command is used to enable / disable the RSTP function of an uplink card.
The RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) is a layer 2 management protocol. It

implements path redundancy and path optimization via certain algorithms, and also
prunes a loop network into a loop-free tree network. This helps to avoid proliferation
and infinite loop of packets in the loop network. The RSTP features fast
convergence in the event of network topology changes.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→RSTP
Switch in the shortcut menu to enter the RSTP Switch window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Click the drop-down
Enables / disables The options includes
RSTP Switch Compulsory list to select the
the RSTP function. Enable and Disable.
RSTP switch.
3.9.8 Configuring an Ethernet Switch Queue Scheduling

Algorithm Profile
Command function
This command is used to configure the priority mode of data forwarding of the
switch chip in the ONU. The switch chip in the ONU arranges the uplink and
downlink services in different priority queues according to the flow features, and
performs scheduling of the uplink and downlink services according to the priority
algorithm.
u Strict priority ensures that higher-priority services are always processed prior to
lower-priority services.
3-110 Version: B
u Weight priority is a weight round robin queue scheduling mechanism. In this

mode, the system first processes higher-priority services, but when the system
processes higher-priority services, lower-priority services are not blocked
completely, and they are processed by a certain proportion at the same time.
u Mixed priority includes strict priority and weight priority.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Queue
Schedule Profile to enter the Queue Schedule Profile window.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
The value range: 1 to 20
The name of the Ethernet characters, and a profile name Double-click to
Profile Name switch queue scheduling can only consist of letters, Compulsory enter the profile
algorithm profile. digital numbers, and name.
underlines.
Its value includes:
Click the drop-
The priority mode of data Strict Priority, Weight
down list to
Mode forwarding of the switch chip in Priority, and Mixed Priority. Compulsory
select the
the ONU. The default value is Weight
mode.
Priority.
An EPON FTTB ONU port only

supports four priority queues,
and a port of another ONU type
supports eight priority queues.
According to the configured
Optional.
mapping relationships and
When the Click the drop-
priority of a message, the
Queue Mode is set to down list to
system makes each message -
Priority Strict Priority, select the
enter the corresponding queue
this parameter queue priority.
and receive processing of
is invalid.
corresponding QoS level.
Priority 7 means the queue with
the highest priority, and priority
0 means the queue with the
lowest priority.
Version: B 3-111
Configuration
Method
When the down list to
Queue The queue scheduling algorithm
Its value includes Strict Mode is set to select the
Schedule corresponds to the priority
Priority and Weight Priority. Strict Priority, queue
Method mode.
this parameter schedule
is invalid. method.
Compulsory
When the
The service processing
Queue
Schedule Double-click to
proportion. The higher the
Weight The value range is 1 to 55. Method is set enter the
weight value of a service is, the
to Weight weight.
more bandwidth it occupies for
Priority, this
processing.
parameter is
valid.
3.9.9 Managing a DBA Profile
3.9.9.1 Configuring a DBA Configuration Profile
Command function
This command is used as follows: Filters the uplink service flow entering the ONU
port, and performs dynamic bandwidth assignment via binding the SLA
configuration profile, so as to increase the uplink bandwidth utilization ratio of the
system and guarantee fairness and QoS of the service.
Note:
Before configuring a DBA configuration profile, users need to complete

configuration of the flow classification rule and the SLA configuration
profile.
3-112 Version: B
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config DBA Profile
ManageDBA Configuration Profile in the shortcut menu. Then the DBA
Configuration Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Users can create up to
1022 profiles with 1 to
20 characters, and a Double-click to
DBA Profile name The DBA profile name. profile name can only Compulsory enter the profile
consist of letters, digital name.
numbers, and
underlines.
Double-click to
Auto-generated serial The value range is 1 to
Service SN Compulsory enter the service
number 7.
serial number.
Select from the flow Click the drop-
Flow The name of the flow classification rule profile down list to select
Classification classification rule to be names configured in the Compulsory the flow
Rule Profile bound with. Flow Classification classification rule
Rule window. profile.
Select from the SLA

Click the drop-
configuration profile
The name of the SLA down list to select
LLID SLA Profile names configured in the Compulsory
profile to be bound with. the LLID SLA
SLA Config Profile
profile.
window.
3.9.9.2 Configuring a SLA Configuration Profile
Command function
This command is used to configure bandwidth for the uplink / downlink service flow
of the ONU according to the SLAs of different subscribers.
Version: B 3-113
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→DBA
Profile Manage→SLA Configuration Profile in the shortcut menu. Then the SLA
Configuration Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Users can create up to 1020 Double-click to
LLID SLA Compul-
SLA Profile name profiles and enter up to 20 enter the profile
Profile name sory
characters. name.
The minimum guaranteed
bandwidth that the ONU can
obtain, used to transmit the
uplink service flow of the ONU.
Double-click to
When the uplink service flow of The value range is 0, 256 to
Compul- enter the
Up CIR (kbit/s) an ONU does not reach the 10000000. The unit is kbit/s.
sory bandwidth
minimum guaranteed The default value is 640kbit/s.
value.
bandwidth, the system can
assign the remaining bandwidth
for uplink services of other
ONUs via the DBA mechanism.
The maximum bandwidth that The value range is 256 to Double-click to
the ONU can obtain, used to 10000000. The unit is kbit/s. Compul- enter the
Up PIR (kbit/s)
transmit the uplink service flow The default value is sory bandwidth
of the ONU. 1000000kbit/s. value.
The fixed bandwidth distributed
to the ONU, used to transmit the
uplink service flow of the ONU.
Double-click to
When an ONU does not The value range is 0 to
Compul- enter the
Up FIR (kbit/s) transmit uplink service flow, this 10000000. The unit is kbit/s.
sory bandwidth
ONU still can obtain the fixed The default value is 0kbit/s.
value.
bandwidth, and this fixed
bandwidth cannot be used by
other ONUs.
3-114 Version: B
Configuration
Method
Optional.
Performs the minimum When
bandwidth level scheduling of The value range is 0 to 7. 0 Mode is set Double-click to
Up min the LLID of the ONU. means the highest level, and to enter the
Scheduler level The system will first assign 7 means the lowest level This Common, scheduling
bandwidth for the uplink service item is 1 by default. this level value.
with a high level. parameter
is invalid.
Optional.
Performs the maximum When
Up max the LLID of the ONU. means the highest level, and to enter the
is invalid.
Optional.
Performs the polling level When
scheduling of the LLID of the The value range is 0 to 7. 0 Mode is set Double-click to
ONU. means the highest level, and to enter the
Up Polling level
The system will first assign 7 means the lowest level This Common, scheduling
is invalid.
The minimum guaranteed
bandwidth that the ONU can
obtain, used to transmit the
downlink service flow of the
ONU. Double-click to
When the downlink service flow enter the
Dn CIR (kbit/s) 10000000. The unit is kbit/s. Optional
of an ONU does not reach the bandwidth
The default value is 640kbit/s.
minimum guaranteed value.
bandwidth, the system can
assign the remaining bandwidth
for uplink services of other
ONUs via the DBA mechanism.
The maximum bandwidth that The value range is 256 to Double-click to
the ONU can obtain, used to 10000000. The unit is kbit/s. enter the
Dn PIR (kbit/s) Optional
transmit the downlink service The default value is bandwidth
flow of the ONU. 1000000kbit/s. value.
Version: B 3-115
Configuration
Method
Optional.
Performs the minimum When
Dn min the LLID of the ONU. means the highest level, and to enter the
is invalid.
Optional.
Performs the maximum When
Dn max the LLID of the ONU. means the highest level, and to enter the
is invalid.
If users need to adjust the
parameters accurately, they Click the drop-
should select Advanced. down list to
Its value includes Common Compul-
Mode If users only configure Up CIR select
and Advanced. sory
(kbit/s), Up PIR (kbit/s), and Up Common or
FIR (kbit/s) and use the default Advanced.
values of other parameters, they
can select Common.
3.9.9.3 Refreshing a DBA Profile
Command function
This command is used to refresh configuration of a DBA profile. Its function is

described as follows: After a DBA profile is bound with the designated ONU, if its
configuration is modified, users can perform the DBA profile refreshing command to
apply the modified DBA profile configuration to the ONU.
3-116 Version: B
Note:
Before refreshing a DBA profile, users need to complete configuration of

the DBA configuration profile.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→DBA
Profile Manage→DBA Profile refresh in the shortcut menu. Then the DBA Profile
refresh window will appear.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
This value should use the
Click the drop-down
DBA Profile The name of the DBA DBA profile name configured
Compulsory list to select the DBA
name profile to be refreshed. in the DBA Configuration
profile name.
Profile window.
3.10 Basic Ethernet Configuration
3.10.1 Configuring a Static Route
Command function
This command is used to configure the parameters of the static route from the
equipment to the destination network. The parameters to be configured include
destination network IP address, gateway and mask.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Static
Routing in the shortcut menu. Then the Static Routing window will appear.
Version: B 3-117
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Its value
The slot number of the Click the drop-down list to
Slot No. includes 9 and Read-only
HSWA card. select the slot 9.
10.
Route The IP address of the General Internet
Compulsory destination network IP
Destination destination network. IP address
address.
The gateway of the
General Internet Double-click to enter the
Gateway destination network IP Compulsory
IP address gateway.
address.
The mask of the destination Click the drop-down list to
Subnet - Compulsory
network IP address. select the mask.
3.10.2 Configuring Signaling Tracing
Command function
This command is used to enable or disable the signaling tracing function and define
the features of the packets to be traced. The feature parameters include IP, L4 Src
Port No. and L4 Dst Port No.. When the signaling tracing function is enabled, the
equipment will send the packets with the set features to the network management
server, and users can trace and analyze these packets.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Signal
Trace in the shortcut menu. Then the Signal Trace window will appear.
3-118 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
The destination IP address
of the packet.
Double-click to
The packet whose
enter the destination
IP Address destination IP address is - Compulsory
IP address of the
the value set here will be
packet.
sent to the network
management server.
The L4 source port number

of the packet.
Double-click to
The packet whose source
The value range is 1 to enter the L4 source
L4 Src Port No. port number is the value Compulsory
65534. port number of the
set here will be sent to the
packet.
network management
server.
The L4 destination port
number of the packet. Double-click to
The packet whose enter the L4
L4 Dst Port No. destination port number is Compulsory destination port
65534.
the value set here will be number of the
sent to the network packet.
management server.
Click the drop-down

Enables / disables the The options includes
Enable Status Compulsory list to select Enable
signaling trace function. Enable and Disable.
or Disable.
3.10.3 DHCP
3.10.3.1 Enabling DHCP Snooping Function
Command function
This command is used to enable the DHCP snooping function of the AN5116-06B.
After this function is enabled, the equipment snoops the DHCP messages, and
extracts / records the IP address and MAC address information from the received
DHCP Request or DHCP Ack messages.
Version: B 3-119
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→DHCP→
DHCP Snooping Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the DHCP Snooping Switch
window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Enables / disables the Its value includes Enable Click the drop-down list
Switch DHCP snooping and Disable. Disable by Compulsory to select Enable or
function. default. Disable.
3.10.3.2 Configuring a DHCP Snooping Trusted Port
Command function
This command is used to set a certain uplink port as the trusted port. A trusted port
can receive and forward DHCP Offer messages normally; a non-trusted port will
discard the received DHCP Offer messages. Via this operation, the system can filter
information from an illegal DHCP server, so as to ensure that the client end obtains
the IP address from the legal DHCP server.
Access method
DHCP Snooping Trusted Ports in the shortcut menu. Then the DHCP Snooping
Trusted Ports window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Optional.
Click the drop-
Includes: 19:XFP, 19: When the DHCP
Uplink Port Selects a trusted uplink port as down list to select
SFP1 to 19:SFP4, 20: snooping function
No. follows: the uplink port
SFP1 to 20: SFP6. is enabled, this
number.
parameter is valid.
3-120 Version: B
3.10.3.3 Managing Line Identifier
Command function
The AN5116-06B uses this command to select one of the following modes to add its
own access node identifier, cabinet number, and subrack number in the DHCP
Request message: DHCP Option82, Option18, or PPPoE+.
Access method
Line Identifier Management in the shortcut menu. Then the Line Identifier
Management window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
After this parameter is set to
Enable, as the DHCP relay
agent, the AN5116-06B will add
the Option82 option in the
When the DHCP
received DHCP Request Click the drop-
Option82 mode is
message, and report its own down list to
Option82 Switch used, set this Optional
address information and the select the
parameter to
DHCP client end address Option82.
Enable.
information to the DHCP server.
To enable this function, users
should use DHCPv4 to obtain
the IPv4 address.
Enable, as the DHCP relay
agent, the AN5116-06B will add
the Option18 option in the
When the DHCP
received DHCP Request Click the drop-
Option18 mode is
message, and report its own down list to
Option18 Switch used, set this Optional
address information and the select the
parameter to
DHCP client end address Option18.
Enable.
information to the DHCP server.
should use DHCPv6 to obtain
the IPv6 address.
Version: B 3-121

Requirement Method
Enable, the AN5116-06B will add
its own address information in
the received PPPoE PADI and Click the drop-
When the PPPoE
PPPoE PADR messages, and down list to
+ mode is used,
PPPoE+ Switch report this information and the Optional select the
set this parameter
DHCP client end address PPPoE+
to Enable.
information to the DHCP server. switch.
must use PPPoE to obtain the IP
address.
The value range: Optional.
1 to 50 characters, When Option82
Double-click to
and the value can Switch, Option18
AccessNodeI- enter the
The identifier of the AN5116-06B. only consist of Switch, and PPPoE +
dentifier identifier of the
letters, digital Switch are all set to
AN5116-06B
numbers, and Disable, this
underlines. parameter is invalid.
Optional.
When Option82
Double-click to
Switch, Option18
The value range is enter the
ANI-rack The number of the cabinet. Switch, and PPPoE+
0 to 15. number of the
Switch are all set to
cabinet.
Disable, this
Optional.
When Option82
Double-click to
Switch, Option18
The value range is enter the
ANI-frame The number of the subrack. Switch, and PPPoE+
0 to 31. number of the
Switch are all set to
subrack.
Disable, this
3.10.3.4 DHCP SNOOPING Trust Server
Command function
This command is used to configure the uplink trust server of the DHCP Snooping,
receiving and transmitting the DHCP Offer messages.
3-122 Version: B
Access method
DHCP Snooping Trust Server in the shortcut menu. Then the DHCP Snooping
Trust Server window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Optional.
When the DHCP Double-click to
The IP address of the DHCP General Internet
Server IP snooping function is enter the server
SNOOPING trust server. IP address
enabled, this IP address.
parameter is valid.
3.10.3.5 Configuring Line Identifier Format
Command function
This command is used to configure the system line identifier format and transparent
options. The system can use the CTC standard, the CNC standard, or the user
defined configuration to set the line identifier format, so as to add the subscriber
information and equipment information in the packets for the upper level BRAS
equipment to manage conveniently.
Note:
Before configuration, users need to select the line identifier format. For
the CTC standard and the CNC standard, users can select them directly;
to use the user defined configuration, users need to determine the line
identifier message format.
Access method
Circuit ID Format in the shortcut menu. Then the Circuit ID Format window will
appear.
Version: B 3-123
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select or clear the
Its value includes Use CTC check box to
ID Format The type of the
Format, Use CNC Format, Compulsory enable / disable
Type identifier format.
and Customer Format. the flow mirroring
function.
Optional.
When ID Format
The user defined fixed Double-click to
Type is set to
Custom String value of the line - enter the string
Customer Format,
identifier. value.
this parameter is
valid.
The value includes:Outer
VLAN, Inner VLAN,
AccessNodeIdentifier,
ANI-rack, ANI-frame, ANI-
slot, ANI-PON-port, ANI-
ONU-ID(MAC), Uplink-
Optional.
port-type, Service-card-
The line identifier When ID Format Click the drop-
type, OLT-management –
Circuit ID variable needed for the Type is set to down list to select
VLAN-IP, ONU-
Variable user defined Customer Format, the circuit ID
authorization-No., ONU-
configuration. this parameter is variable.
type, MDU-ONU-slot,
valid.
MDU-ONU-subslot, MDU-
ONU-UNI-port, ONU-user-
port-type, ,Port
-VPI/SVLAN, Port
-VCI/CVLAN, IAD-IP, IAD-
MAC and Access-type.
Optional.
When ID Format
The delimiter between Click the drop-
Type is set to
Delimiter different line identifier - down list to select
Customer Format,
variables. the delimiter.
this parameter is
valid.
3-124 Version: B

Requirement Method
The identifier of the
transparent IP DSLAM
message. When the
Select or clear the
IPDSLAM-ID value is
check box to
TRUST- the same as the
- Compulsory enable / disable
IPDSLAM identifier value of the
the flow mirroring
line identifier message,
function.
this message will be
transmitted
transparently.
Click the drop-

The type of the variable Users can select ONU-ID,
IPDSLAM- down list to select
matching the IP AccessNodeIdentifier, or Compulsory
PARAM the IPDSLAM-
DSLAM line identifier. Access-type.
PARAM.
The variable value
matching the IP Double-click to
DSLAM line identifier enter the variable
message. If the value matching
IPDSLAM-ID - Compulsory
matching succeeds, the IP DSLAM line
this message will be identifier
transmitted message.
transparently.
The identifier of the

transparent LAN ONU
message. When the
Select or clear the
LAN-ID value is the
check box to
same as the identifier
TRUST-LAN - Compulsory enable / disable
value of the line
the flow mirroring
identifier message, this
function.
message will be
transmitted
transparently.
Version: B 3-125

Requirement Method
The type of the variable Users can select ONU-ID, Click the drop-
LAN-PARAM matching the LAN ONU AccessNodeIdentifier, or Compulsory down list to select
line identifier. Access-type. the LAN-PARAM.
The variable value
matching the LAN ONU Double-click to
line identifier message. enter the variable
If the matching value matching
LAN-ID - Compulsory
succeeds, this the IP DSLAM line
message will be identifier
transmitted message.
transparently.
3.10.3.6 Remote Identifier Format
Command function
This command is used to configure the Remote ID format of the Option82 and
confirm how to add user and equipment information into the data packet, so as to
facilitate the higher layer BRAS equipment management.
Access method
Remote Identifier Format in the shortcut menu. Then the Remote Identifier
Format window will appear.
3-126 Version: B
Parameter
Set the remote identifier format according to the
requirement. The remote identifier variables
supported by the equipment include the source
The variable
MAC address of the message (variable identifier is Double-click
identifier can be
Remote %h), MAC address of the core switch card (variable to enter the
composed of any Compul-
Identifier identifier is %z) and the PON MAC address of the remote
character strings or sory
Format ONU (variable identifier is %C). The variable identifier
variables with up to
identifier should be separated from the subsequent format.
256 characters.
character strings or variables by a separator. The
separator can be the follows: space, ., /, ;, :, {, }, <,
>, [ and ].
3.10.4 Trunking Mode Configuration
Command function
This command is used to configure the trunking mode of the TRUNK group.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Trunking
Mode Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Trunking Mode Config window will
appear.
Version: B 3-127
Parameter
Requirement Method
The serial number of the TRUNK
Group No. - Read-only -
group.
The trunking mode of the TRUNK

group.
u Manual trunking: manually
add multiple member
interfaces into the trunking
group. All the interfaces are
Includes: manual Click the drop-down
Trunking forwarding, so as to share the
trunking and Compulsory list to select the
Mode traffic load.
static LACP. trunking mode.
u Static LACP: the trunking
mode that performs the
trunking parameter negotiation
and activity / non-activity
interface confirmation using
the LACP protocol message.
3.10.5 Configuring Trunking Link Aggregation
Command function
This command is used to configure the static trunking group of the AN5116-06B.
Compared with the LACP mode, Trunking needs manual setting of trunking member
ports. The member ports can only be uplink ports. Users cannot configure trunking
and LACP modes at the same time.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Port
Trunking in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Trunking window will appear.
3-128 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
The TRUNK group serial Click the drop-down
Trunk Group SN number in the Trunking - Read-only list to select the
Mode Config window. serial number.
The master port of a This parameter will
Trunk Group certain trunking group. A be displayed
Read-only -
Master Port trunking group can only according to the
have one master port. master port.
This parameter will

Trunk Group The member port of a be displayed
Read-only -
Member Port certain trunking group. according to the
member port.
The system reads the

available uplink ports of
the equipment
Port Name - Read-only -
automatically, with the
format being slot
number: port type.
The master port of a Select or clear the

certain trunking group. A check box to enable
Master Port All uplink ports Compulsory
trunking group can only / disable the flow
have one master port. mirroring function.
Select or clear the

All uplink ports
The member port of a check box to enable
Member Port except for the Compulsory
certain trunking group. / disable the flow
master port.
mirroring function.
3.10.6 Configuring Port Mirroring
Command function
This command is used as follows: Mirrors the data on a certain uplink port to a
designated uplink port, so as to perform the real time network traffic analysis and
fault diagnosis.
Version: B 3-129
Note:
u Users can configure only one pair of ports to perform the port
mirroring,
u which should be within the same VLAN.
u Disable the mirror function after the operation is completed.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Port
Mirror in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Mirror window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The data are mirrored to this

uplink port. Click the drop-down list
Mirroring Port It can be any one of the - Compulsory to select the mirroring
available uplink ports on the port.
equipment.
The data on this port are

mirrored to the mirroring port.
It can be any one of the
Mirrored Port - Compulsory to select the mirrored
available uplink ports on the
port.
equipment other than the
mirroring port.
3.10.7 APR Proxy Management
3.10.7.1 APR Proxy Enable
Command function
This command is used to enable or disable the APR proxy function of the AN5116-
06B so as to provide the ARP proxy for the voice communication within the
equipment.
3-130 Version: B
Access method
APR Proxy Management in the shortcut menu. Then the APR Proxy
Management window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Enables or disables Click the drop-down list to

APR Proxy The options includes
the APR proxy Compulsory select the APR Proxy
Enable Enable and Disable.
function. Enable.
The names of the Click the drop-down list to
APR Proxy Includes: the HSWA card
cards that provides the Compulsory select the APR proxy
Entity or the PUBA card.
APR proxy function. entity.
3.10.7.2 APR Proxy Subnet
Command function
This command is used to configure the IP address of the ARP proxy subnet.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→APR
Proxy Management→APR Proxy Subnet in the shortcut menu. Then the APR
Proxy Subnet window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
SN - Read-only -
number
The subnet IP and
General Internet IP proxy IP address and
Proxy IP mask of the ARP Compulsory
address click the drop-down list to
proxy.
select the mask.
Version: B 3-131
3.10.7.3 APR Proxy Range
Command function
This command is used to enable the ACL to make the configured IP address
matching rule valid.
Access method
APR Proxy Range in the shortcut menu. Then the APR Proxy Range window will
appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Select from the

access control Click the drop-down list
Access Control List The ACL names used for the
list configured Compulsory to select the access
Name ARP proxy.
in the Create control list name.
layer 3 ACL.
3.10.7.4 ARP Proxy Switch under VLAN
Command function
This command is used to configure the ARP proxy switch ofSuper VLAN.
Note:
u This item can only be read from the equipment. The ARP proxy
switch can be configured after the Super VLAN is configured.
u The ARP proxy switch of routing style, within the VLAN and between
the VLANs have the same function. Select one of them to configure.
3-132 Version: B
Access method
Proxy Management→ARP Proxy Switch under VLAN in the shortcut menu. Then
the ARP Proxy Switch under VLAN window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The value
VLAN ID Super VLAN ID. range is 1 to Compulsory
VLAN ID value.
4085.
The options
ARP proxy switch Enable or disable the ARP includes
Compulsory to select Enable or
(routing style) proxy switch of Super VLAN. Enable and
Disable.
Disable.
The options
(within VLAN) proxy switch of Super VLAN. Enable and
Disable.
Disable.
The options
(between VLANs) proxy switch of Super VLAN. Enable and
Disable.
Disable.
3.10.7.5 Slot Interconnection Configuration
Command function
This command is used to interconnect the PON interface cards to make the users of
different PON port under the same slot can access each other.
Access method
Proxy Management→Slot Interconnection Config in the shortcut menu. Then the
Slot Interconnection Config window will appear.
Version: B 3-133
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The slot number of the PON The value Click the drop-down list
Slot No. interface card for range is 1 to 8 Compulsory to select the slot
interconnection. and 11 to 18. number.
3.10.8 LACP Configuration
3.10.8.1 Setting LACP
Command function
This command is used to configure the LACP function of the AN5116-06B. After the
LACP function is enabled, users do not need to configure the aggregation member
ports manually, and the system can perform the dynamic configuration automatically.
Various ports can be aggregated dynamically only under the following conditions:
They have the same rate, the same duplex property, and the same basic
configurations, and are connected with the same equipment set. The member ports
can only be uplink ports. Users cannot configure trunking and RSTP functions when
configuring the LACP function.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→LACP
Config in the shortcut menu. Then the LACP Config window will appear.
3-134 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
Click the drop-down
Enables / disables Includes: Enable
Lacp dynamic Switch Compulsory list to select Enable
the LACP function. and Disable
or Disable.
The priority of the
AN5116-06B. When
Optional.
the AN5116-06B is
The value range is 0 When Lacp
connected with the Double-click to enter
System Priority to 65534. The default dynamic Switch is
uplink equipment, the system priority.
value is 32768. set to Enable, this
the system will
parameter is valid.
compare this
parameter.
3.10.8.2 Setting LACP Port Parameters
Command function
This command is used to set the LACP protocol parameters of each uplink port.
After the uplink card is connected with the uplink equipment, the system will
compare these parameters of different uplink ports, and the parameters of a high-
priority uplink port will act as the group parameters of the group including this port.
Note:
Before configuring the LACP port parameter command, users need to

enable the LACP function.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→LACP
Config in the shortcut menu. Then the LACP Config window will appear, and click
the LACP Port Config tab.
Version: B 3-135
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the port
supporting the LACP function,
Select from the
with the format being slot
uplink port number
Uplink Port No. number: port number. Read-only -
configured in the
The system can automatically
LACP Config.
read all ports supporting the
LACP function.
When this equipment is
Compulsory
interconnected other equipment
The value range is 0 It is Double-click to
sets, this parameter will be
Port Priority to 65534. The default recommended enter the port
used for comparison. The less
value is 32768. to use the priority.
its value is, the higher the port
default value.
priority is.
The operation key is a

configuration combination
generated for port aggregation
according to the port Compulsory
configuration (rate, duplex The value range is 0 It is Double-click to
Operation Key mode, basic configuration, and to 65534. The default recommended enter the
management key) by the LACP value is 1. to use the operation key.
protocol. default value.
The transmission end and the
receiving end must have the
same operation key.
Its value includes

Long Timer and
Short Timer.
u Long Timer
indicates that
Click the drop-
the port sends a
down list to
timer port timer type packet every 30 Compulsory
select the
seconds,
timer.
u Short Timer
indicates that
the port sends a
packet every
three seconds.
3-136 Version: B
3.10.9 Configuring a CLI Account
Command function
This command is used to set the user name, password, and user level to log in the
CLI network management system.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Consol
User in the shortcut menu. Then the Consol User window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Operation The maximum value Double-click to enter
the CLI network Compulsory
UserName length is 32 characters. the user name.
management system.
The password to log in the

Operation The maximum value Double-click to enter
CLI network management Compulsory
Passwd length is 32 characters. the password.
system.
Click the drop-down

Its value includes Admin
User Level The level of the CLI user. Compulsory list to select the user
and User.
level.
3.10.10 Port Re-direction Configuration
Command function
This command is used to configure the port re-direction function, re-directing the
data of the local port to the specified port.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Port Re-
direction Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Re-direction Config window
will appear.
Version: B 3-137
Parameter
Requirement Method
Config SN - Read-only -
number
Select from the
Basic Matches the flow rule rule IDs
Parameter Chip Flow whose rule type is configured in Click the drop-down
Compulsory
Switch Rule chip switch in the flow the Flow list to select.
classification rules. Classification
Rule window.
The value
The slot number to be Click the drop-down
range is 1 to 8
Slot No. re-directed where the Compulsory list to select the slot
and 11 to 18, 19
port is located. number.
and 20.
Click the drop-down
The PON port number The value
PON No. Compulsory list to select the PON
to be re-directed. range is 1 to 8.
Source port port number.
(object: PON Double-click to enter
ONU authorization The value
line card, PON ONU No. Compulsory the ONU port
number. range is 1 to 64.
port, uplink number.
port, FE port, Optional.
GE port) This
parameter is
The value Double-click to enter
ONU port The ONU port number invalid if the
range is 1 to the ONU port
number to be re-directed. port is re-
128. number.
directed to be
non-ONU
port.
The value
The slot number Click the drop-down
range is 1 to 8
Slot No. where the re-directed Compulsory list to select the slot
Destination and 11 to 18, 19
port is located. number.
port (object: and 20.
PON line card, Click the drop-down
The re-directed PON The value
PON port, PON No. Compulsory list to select the PON
port number. range is 1 to 8.
uplink port, FE port number.
port, GE port) Double-click to enter
ONU authorization The value
ONU No. Compulsory the ONU port
number. range is 1 to 64.
number.
3-138 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
This
parameter is
The value Double-click to enter
ONU port The re-directed ONU invalid if the
range is 1 to the ONU port
number port number. port is re-
128. number.
directed to be
non-ONU
port.
3.11 Security Configuration
3.11.1 Setting Saving Configuration Rule
Command function
This command is used to set the rule to save the configuration parameters (in the
ANM2000) in the Flash of the HSWA card.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Save
Config Set in the shortcut menu. Then the Save Config Set window will appear.
Version: B 3-139
Parameter
Requirement Method
The frequency of the system saving
the configuration parameters into the
Flash of the HSWA card.
u When it is set to Not-Auto, the Click the drop-
Save system will not save the Includes: Not-Auto and down list to
Compulsory
Frequency configuration automatically. Once-per-Period. select the
u When it is set to Once-per- frequency.
Period, the system will save the
configuration automatically
according to the set period.
Time length input

Optional.
format: ABC, DE, FG.
When Save
The period of the system saving the u ABC: day. Double-click to
Frequency is set
Cycle (s) configuration parameters in the Flash u DE: hour. enter the
to Once-per-
of the HSWA card. u FG: minute. cycle.
Period, this
parameter is valid.
00:05 to 365 23:59.
3.11.2 Enabling Anti-DOS Attack Function
Command function
This command is used to enable the anti-DOS attack function of the equipment.
When the anti-DOS attack function is enabled, the equipment can control and limit
number of protocol packets sent from a user, so as to increase its anti-attack
performance and guarantee the security.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Anti-DOS-
Attack Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the Anti-DOS-Attack Switch window
will appear.
3-140 Version: B
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

Enables / disables the Click the drop-down list
Enable and Disable.
Enable/Disable anti-DOS attack Compulsory to select Enable or
function. Disable.
Disable.
3.11.3 Configuring a SNMP TRAP Receiving Address
Command function
This command is used to set or modify the receiving address of the SNMP TRAP.
After this command is executed, the equipment will send the TRAP message to the
network management server matching the set receiving address.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→SNMP
TRAP Receiver IP Address in the shortcut menu. Then the SNMP TRAP Receiver
IP Address window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Double-click to
The IP address of the network
IP Address General Internet IP address Compulsory enter the IP
management server.
address.
The number of the TRAP-
Udp Port receiving port of the network - Read-only -
management system.
Users can enter up to 32 Double-click to

The community parameter in
Community characters. Compulsory enter the
the TRAP message.
The default value is adsl. community.
Its value includes SNMP v1 Click the drop-

SNMP The protocol version number and SNMP v2c. down list to
Compulsory
Version of SNMP. The default value is SNMP select the SNMP
v2c. version.
Version: B 3-141
3.11.4 Packet Suppression on an Uplink Port
Command function
This command is used to configure or query the function of suppressing broadcast

packets, multicast packets, and unknown packets on an uplink port. When the
packet suppression function is enabled, the switch chip in the core switch card will
suppress the broadcast packets, multicast packets, and unknown packets sent to
the CPU port, so as to ensure normal working of the CPU.
The uplink port packet suppression function is used to suppress the downlink
broadcast packets, multicast packets, and unknown packets.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Upport
Packet Rate Control in the shortcut menu. Then the Upport Packet Rate Control
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the uplink
port.
The type of the packet

Type of packet - Read-only -
suppression.
Select or clear the

Enables / disables the check box to
Enable/Disa- The options includes
packet suppression Compulsory enable / disable
ble Enable and Disable.
function of the uplink port. the flow mirroring
function.
Optional.
When the packet
Sets the number of The value range is 1 to
suppression Double-click to
packets that can pass 262142, with the unit being
Rate Limit function is enter the rate
through the uplink port per packet/s. The default value
enabled, this limit.
second. is 100 packet/s.
parameter is
valid.
3-142 Version: B
3.11.5 Enabling Anti MAC Spoofing Function
Command function
This command is used to prevent malicious users from attacking the network by
forging MAC addresses.
MAC spoofing is described as follows: Malicious users forge the MAC addresses of
common users to damage the services of these users. Malicious users can also
transmit a large number of forged packets that contain different MAC addresses to
the system, which affects the normal operation of the system or even causes a
network disruption.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Anti-MAC-
Spoofing Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the Anti-MAC-Spoofing Switch
window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

Enables / disables the Click the drop-down list
Enable and Disable.
Enable/Disable anti MAC spoofing Compulsory to select Enable or
function. Disable.
Disable.
3.11.6 Configuring Access Control of Network Management

System
Command function
This command is used to set the access control rule for the network management
server to access the equipment. After this command is executed, only the network
management server matching the set IP address can access the equipment so that
the equipment security can be increased.
Version: B 3-143
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Control
User in the shortcut menu. Then the Control User window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The IP address of access control.
Double-click to
Set this parameter to the IP address General Internet IP
IP Address Compulsory enter the IP
of the network management server in address
address.
general.
If the system allows a

certain IP address to
access the equipment, Click the drop-
The IP address mask of access
Mask the mask configuration Compulsory down list to select
control.
should be 255.255.255. the mask.
255.255.255.255.
Click the drop-
Enables or disables the network
Enable/Disa- The options includes down list to select
management system access control Compulsory
ble Enable and Disable. Enable or
rule.
Disable.
3.11.7 Configuring a Packet Suppression Profile
Command function
This command is used to configure or query the function of suppressing uplink

broadcast packets, multicast packets, and unknown packets on an ONU port.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Packets
Rate Control Profile in the shortcut menu. Then the Packets Rate Control Profile
window will appear.
3-144 Version: B
Parameter
Configuration
Method
The value range: 1 to 20
characters, and a profile name Double-click to
Profile Name Profile Name can only consist of letters, Compulsory enter the profile
digital numbers, and name.
underlines.
The type of the packet
Type of packet - Read-only -
suppression.
Enables / disables the The options includes Enable Click the drop-
Enable/Disable packet suppression and Disable. Compulsory down list to select
function of the ONU port. The default value is Disable. Enable or Disable.
Optional.
When the
Sets the number of The value range is 1 to packet
packets that can pass 262142, with the unit being suppression Double-click to
Rate Limit
through the ONU port per kbit/s. The default value is function is enter the rate limit.
second. 64kbit/s. enabled, this
parameter is
valid.
3.11.8 Configuring a Smart Grid Server
Command function
This command is used to configure the related parameters of the smart grid server
connected with the equipment.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Smart
Grid Server Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Smart Grid Server Config
window will appear.
Version: B 3-145
Parameter
Requirement Method
Smart Grid The name of the smart grid server The value range: 0
Compulsory the name of the smart
Server Name connected with the equipment. to 20 characters.
grid server.
Click the drop-down

list to select IPv4, and
The IP address of the smart grid Double-click to enter
Connect IP server connected with the - Compulsory the IP address of the
equipment. smart grid server
connected with the
equipment.
The port number of the smart grid

Connect Port server connected with the Compulsory
0 to 65535. the port number.
equipment.
3.12 Alarm Management
3.12.1 Configuring Temperature Threshold
Command function
This command is used to set the system temperature alarm threshold. If the system
temperature is higher than the threshold value, the corresponding alarm prompt will
be displayed in the Alarm Report pane at the bottom part of the ANM2000 GUI.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Temp
Threshold in the shortcut menu to enter the Temp Threshold window.
3-146 Version: B
Parameter
Configuration
Method
The equipment
temperature alarm Double-click to
threshold. The value range is 35 to 85, enter the
TempThreshold When the equipment with the unit being ℃. Compulsory equipment
temperature is higher than The default value is 65℃. temperature
the set threshold value, an alarm threshold.
alarm will be reported.
3.12.2 Configuring Optical Module Alarm Thresholds
Command function
This command is used to set the alarm thresholds of an OLT optical module. The
related parameters include temperature, voltage, bias current and optical Tx / Rx
power. If the equipment detects that the value of a certain previous parameter
exceeds its range, the corresponding alarm prompt will be displayed in the Alarm
Report pane at the bottom part of the ANM2000 GUI.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Alarm Manage→
Optmodule AlarmThreshold in the shortcut menu to enter the Optmodule
AlarmThreshold window.
Version: B 3-147
Parameter
Requirement Method
When the equipment detects
that the actual temperature of Double-click to
The value range is -40.00
MaximumTem- an OLT optical module is enter the
to 100.00, with the unit
perature Alarm higher than the set threshold, Compulsory maximum
being ℃.
Threshold (℃) the corresponding alarm temperature
The default value is 100℃.
prompt will be displayed in alarm threshold.
the ANM2000 GUI.
that the actual temperature of Double-click to
Minimum The value range is -40.00
an OLT optical module is enter the
Warning to 100.00, with the unit
lower than the set threshold, Compulsory minimum
Temperature being ℃.
the corresponding alarm temperature
Threshold (℃) The default value is -40℃.
prompt will be displayed in alarm threshold.
the ANM2000 GUI.
that the actual voltage of an
Double-click to
Maximum OLT optical module is higher The value range is 0.00 to
enter the
Voltage Alarm than the set threshold, the 3.60, with the unit being V. Compulsory
maximum voltage
Threshold (V) corresponding alarm prompt The default value is 3.60V.
alarm threshold.
will be displayed in the
ANM2000 GUI.
that the actual voltage of an
Minimum Double-click to
OLT optical module is lower The value range is 0.00 to
Warning Voltage enter the
than the set threshold, the 3.60, with the unit being V. Compulsory
Alarm minimum voltage
corresponding alarm prompt The default value is 3.00V.
Threshold (V) alarm threshold.
will be displayed in the
ANM2000 GUI.
that the actual current of an The value range is 0.0 to Double-click to
Maximum Bias OLT optical module is higher 100.0, with the unit being enter the
Current Alarm than the set threshold, the mA. Compulsory maximum bias
Threshold (mA) corresponding alarm prompt The default value is 100. current alarm
will be displayed in the 0mA. threshold.
ANM2000 GUI.
3-148 Version: B

Requirement Method
that the actual current of an Double-click to
Minimum The value range is 0.0 to
OLT optical module is lower enter the
Warning Bias 100.0, with the unit being
than the set threshold, the Compulsory minimum warning
Current Alarm mA.
corresponding alarm prompt bias current
Threshold (mA) The default value is 0.0mA.
will be displayed in the alarm threshold.
ANM2000 GUI.
that the actual optical Tx
The value range is -4.00 to Double-click to
Maximum TX power of an OLT optical
10.00, with the unit being enter the
Power Alarm module is higher than the set
dBm. Compulsory maximum TX
Threshold threshold, the corresponding
The default value is 8. power alarm
(Dbm) alarm prompt will be
00dBm. threshold.
displayed in the ANM2000
GUI.
that the actual optical Tx
The value range is -4.00 to Double-click to
Minimum power of an OLT optical
10.00, with the unit being enter the
Warning TX module is lower than the set
dBm. Compulsory minimum TX
Power threshold threshold, the corresponding
The default value is 0. power alarm
00dBm. threshold.
GUI.
that the actual optical Rx
The value range is -32.00 Double-click to
Maximum RX power of an OLT optical
to -1.00, with the unit being enter the
Power Alarm module is higher than the set
dBm. Compulsory maximum RX
Threshold threshold, the corresponding
The default value is -50. power alarm
00dBm. threshold.
GUI.
that the actual optical Rx
The value range is -32.00 Double-click to
Minimum power of an OLT optical
to -1.00, with the unit being enter the
Warning RX module is lower than the set
dBm. Compulsory minimum RX
Power threshold threshold, the corresponding
The default value is -32. power alarm
00dBm. threshold.
GUI.
Version: B 3-149
3.12.3 Configuring CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio Threshold

of a Card
Command function
This command is used to set or modify the CPU / memory utilization ratio threshold
of a certain card. When the actual CPU / memory utilization ratio of this card is
higher than the threshold value, the corresponding alarm prompt will be displayed in
the Alarm Report pane at the bottom part of the ANM2000 GUI.
Access method
CPU/Memory Usage Threshold in the shortcut menu to enter the CPU/Memory
Usage Threshold window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Click the drop-
The slot number of the object down list to
Slot No. The value range is 1 to 18. Compulsory
card. select the slot
number.
When the actual CPU
utilization is higher than the
set threshold, the Double-click to
The value range is 0.00 to
CPU Usage corresponding alarm prompt enter the CPU
100.00. Compulsory
Threshold (%) will be displayed in the usage
ANM2000 GUI. This alarm threshold.
indicates that the CPU is too
busy.
When the actual memory

utilization ratio is higher than
the set threshold, the Double-click to
The value range is 0.00 to
Memory Usage corresponding alarm prompt enter the
100.00. Compulsory
Threshold (%) will be displayed in the memory usage
ANM2000 GUI. This alarm threshold.
indicates that the memory
utilization ratio is too high.
3-150 Version: B
3.12.4 Configuring CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio Threshold

of ONUs
Command function
This command is used to set or modify the CPU / memory utilization ratio threshold
of all ONUs under the OLT. When the actual ONU CPU / memory utilization ratio is
higher than the threshold value, the corresponding alarm prompt will be displayed in
the Alarm Report pane at the bottom part of the ANM2000 GUI.
Access method
ONU CPU/Memory Usage Threshold in the shortcut menu to enter the ONU CPU/
Memory Usage Threshold window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
When the actual CPU
utilization is higher than
the set threshold, the Double-click to
The value range is 0.00
CPU Usage corresponding alarm enter the CPU
to 100.00. Compulsory
Threshold (%) prompt will be displayed in usage
The default value is 0.00.
the ANM2000 GUI. This threshold.
alarm indicates that the
CPU is too busy.
When the actual memory

utilization ratio is higher
than the set threshold, the
Double-click to
corresponding alarm The value range is 0.01
Memory Usage enter the
prompt will be displayed in to 100.00. Compulsory
Threshold (%) memory usage
the ANM2000 GUI. This The default value is 0.00.
threshold.
alarm indicates that the
memory utilization ratio is
too high.
Version: B 3-151
3.12.5 Default Alarm Property Management
Command function
This command is used to perform default management configuration for the alarm
properties.
Access method
Default Alarm Property Management in the shortcut menu to enter the Default
Alarm Property Management window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Sets the local alarm report.
u Immediate report:
Click the drop-
report all the local alarms
Local Alarm Includes: Immediate report down list to
by default. Compulsory
Property and No report. select the local
u No report: does not
alarm property.
report all the local alarms
by default.
Sets the remote alarm report.

u Immediate report: Click the drop-
report all the remote down list to
Includes: Immediate report
Remote alarm alarms by default. Compulsory select the
and No report.
u No report: does not remote alarm
report all the remote property.
alarms by default.
3-152 Version: B
3.13 System Maintainance
3.13.1 Upgrading System Software
Command function
This command is used to upgrade the card software, including the core switch card
software, the PON interface card software, the TDM card software, the voice
interface card software, and the OLT firmware. Via this command, users can obtain
the upgrade file from the appointed server and upgrade the card software.
Note:
After upgrading the software of a certain card successfully, users can

right-click the HSWA card and execute the Get Information→Card
Version command to view the card software status.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select System control→
Upgrade Software in the shortcut menu. Then the Upgrade and Backup System
Software window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Its value includes
The type of the file to be HSW, PONINF, TDM,
FileType Compulsory to select the download
downloaded. AC16/VOIP/PU, and
file type.
OLT Firmware.
The IP address of the FTP General Internet IP Enter the FTP server
FtpServerIp Compulsory
server. address IP address
Read the relevant
card slot number Click the drop-down list
The slot number of the card
Slot No. according to the Compulsory to select the slot
to be upgraded.
selected download number.
file type.
Version: B 3-153

Requirement Method
The user name to log in the Enter the user name to
UserName - Compulsory
FTP server. access the FTP server.
The password to log in the Enter the password to
Password - Compulsory
When Manual Input is
selected, users can
enter the parameter
value directly.
File Name The name of the upgrade file. - Compulsory
When Manual Input is
not selected, please
click the drop-down list
to select the value.
3.13.2 Backing up System Software
Command function
This command is used to back up the system software to an appointed server.

When the system needs restoration, users can execute the Upgrade Software
command to read the upgrade file from this server, so as to restore the system to
the backed-up software version.
Access method
Backup Software in the shortcut menu. Then the Upgrade and Backup System
Software window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
General
Enter the FTP server IP
FtpServerIp The IP address of the FTP server. Internet IP Compulsory
address
address
The user name to log in the FTP Enter the user name to
server. access the FTP server.
3-154 Version: B
Value Range /
Requirement
The password to log in the FTP Enter the password to

server. access the FTP server.
Users can enter
Enter the name of the
File Name The name of the backed-up file. up to 16 Compulsory
backed-up file.
characters.
3.13.3 Upgrading Line Interface Cards in a Batch Manner
Command function
This command is used to upgrade the line interface card software in a batch manner.
Access method
Batch Upgrade Line Card in the shortcut menu. Then the Batch Upgrade Line
Card window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Only includes
The type of the file to be Click the drop-down list
the PON
File Type downloaded, that is. the PON Compulsory to select the download
interface
interface software. file type.
software.
The IP address of the FTP General Internet Enter the FTP server IP
server. IP address address
The user name to log in the Enter the user name to
The password to log in the Enter the password to
Version: B 3-155
Value Range /
Requirement
Enter the parameter

value directly or click
File Name The name of the upgrade file. - Compulsory
the drop-down list to
select the value.
Includes 30
The time interval of refreshing seconds, 60
Refresh Time Optional to select the refresh
the object upgrading status. seconds and 90
time.
seconds.
3.13.4 Upgrading ONUs in a Batch Manner
Command function
This command is used to upgrade the ONU software in a batch manner. The ONU
software to be upgraded includes the ONU system software and the ONU firmware.
Access method
Batch Upgrade ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Batch Upgrade ONU window
will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Its value includes ONU
CPU/IADand ONU
Firmware.
u To upgrade the CPU or
Click the drop-
built-in IAD of the ONU,
The type of the ONU down list to select
File Type select ONU CPU/IAD. Compulsory
upgrade file. the download file
u To upgrade the
type.
firmware (including
app, boot, and pers) of
the ONU, select ONU
Firmware.
The IP address of the Enter the FTP
FtpServerIp General Internet IP address Compulsory
FTP server. server IP address
3-156 Version: B

Requirement Method
Enter the user
UserName - Compulsory name to access
the FTP server.
the FTP server.
Enter the
The password to log in password to
the FTP server. access the FTP
server.
Enter the
parameter value
The name of the upgrade directly or click
File Name - Compulsory
file. the drop-down list
to select the
value.
containing the line Click the drop-
Slot No. interface card connected - Compulsory down list to select
with the ONU to be the slot number.
upgraded.
The time interval of Click the drop-

Includes 30 seconds, 60
Refresh Time refreshing the object Optional down list to select
seconds and 90 seconds.
upgrading status. the refresh time.
3.13.5 Importing Configuration Files
Command function
This command is used to download configuration files to the Flash of the HSWA
card from the FTP server.
Access method
Import Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Import Config window will appear.
Version: B 3-157
Parameter
Requirement Method
The IP address of the FTP General Internet IP Enter the FTP server
FtpServerIP Compulsory
server. address IP address
Enter the user name
The user name to log in the
UserName - Compulsory to access the FTP
FTP server.
server.
Enter the password to
The password to log in the
Password - Compulsory access the FTP
FTP server.
server.
The name of the upgrade
file on the FTP server
The name of the should be the same as
Enter the name of the
File Name configuration file to be the upgrade file name Compulsory
configuration file.
imported to the equipment. typed in the ANM2000.
Users can enter up to 16
characters.
3.13.6 Importing Configuration Files
Command function
This command is used to export the configuration files in the Flash of the HSWA
card to the FTP server.
Access method
Export config in the shortcut menu. Then the Export config window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The IP address of the General Internet Enter the FTP server IP

FtpServerIP Compulsory
FTP server. IP address address
The user name to log in Enter the user name to
the FTP server. access the FTP server.
3-158 Version: B
Value Range /
Requirement
The password to log in Enter the password to

the FTP server. access the FTP server.
The name of the
Users can enter
configuration file to be Enter the name of the
File Name up to 16 Compulsory
exported to the FTP configuration file.
characters.
server.
3.14 System Control
3.14.1 Saving Configuration in Flash
Command function
This command is used to save the current configuration in the Flash of the HSWA
card. After completing all configuration operations in the ANM2000, users need to
execute the Save Config to Flash command. After the equipment is restarted, the
Flash of the HSWA card will feedback the configuration data saved in it to the RAM
of the equipment, and the configuration can be displayed in the ANM2000 GUI via
the Read from Device command.
Note:
After configuring the equipment or modifying the configuration of the

equipment, users must execute the Save Config to Flash command,
otherwise after the equipment is restarted, the unsaved configuration will
be lost.
Access method
Save Config to Flash in the shortcut menu. Then the Sending Commands…
window will appear.
Version: B 3-159
Click the OK button to execute the command. After the configuration data are saved
successfully, Command Succeed will be displayed in the command result pane of
the window.
3.14.2 Clearing Configuration in Flash
Command function
This command is used to clear all configuration information in the Flash of the
HSWA card of the current equipment and make the equipment return to the factory
default.
u After Clear All Config is selected, users cannot access the equipment via the
ANM2000.
u After Clear All Config Except Manage VLAN is selected, users still can
access the equipment via the ANM2000.
Caution:
After the Erase Flash command is executed, the equipment will be

restarted automatically. Please operate with cautions.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Erase
Flash in the shortcut menu. Then the Erase Flash window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Its value includes
Two operation modes to clear Clear All Config and Click the drop-down
Action the configuration information in Clear All Config Compulsory list to select the
the Flash. Except Manage operation method.
VLAN.
3-160 Version: B
3.14.3 Exporting Log Files
Command function
This command is used to export the system operating log to an appointed server.
Access method
Export Log in the shortcut menu. Then the Export Log window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The IP address of the FTP General Internet IP Enter the FTP
server. address server IP address
Double-click to
The user name to log in the Users can enter up to 16 enter the user
UserName Compulsory
FTP server. characters. name of the FTP
server.
Double-click to
The password to log in the FTP Users can enter up to 16
Password Compulsory enter the password
server. characters.
of the FTP server.
Click the drop-down
The type of the log file to be Only includes the log
File Type Compulsory list to select the file
exported. files.
type.
The name of the log file to be Users can enter up to 20 Double-click to

File Name Compulsory
exported. characters. enter the file name.
3.14.4 Uploading System Log Automatically
Command function
This command is used to enable or disable the function of automatically uploading

the system log to an appointed network management server. In addition, it can be
used to set interval of automatic uploading operation, the IP address of the
appointed network management server, etc.
Version: B 3-161
Access method
System Log Auto Upload in the shortcut menu. Then the System Log Auto
Upload window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Enables or disables the Click the drop-down list

Includes: Enable
Enable system log automatic Compulsory to select Enable or
and Disable.
upload function. Disable.
Optional.
The value range is
Report The interval of the system This parameter is Double-click to enter
60 to 43200, with the
Interval (s) log to be uploaded. valid only when the interval.
unit being minute.
Enable is set.
Optional.
The IP address of the General Internet IP This parameter is
hostip the FTP server IP
FTP server. address valid only when
address
Enable is set.
Optional.
The user name to log in Users can enter up This parameter is
UserName the user name to
the FTP server. to 20 characters. valid only when
access the FTP server.
Enable is set.
Optional.
The password to log in Users can enter up This parameter is
Password the password to
the FTP server. to 20 characters. valid only when
access the FTP server.
Enable is set.
3.14.5 Forced Active / Standby Switch
Command function
This command is used to perform forced switching between the active and standby
core switch cards. This command is generally executed before users replace the
active core switch card or upgrade the software of the active core switch card.
3-162 Version: B
Access method
Force Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the Sending Commands… window will
appear.
Click the OK button in the command window. After the forced switching is
successful, Command Succeed will be displayed in the command result pane of
the window.
3.14.6 Resetting Standby Card
Command function
This command is used to reset the standby core switch card.
Users can execute this command after the software of the standby core switch card
is upgraded. After the standby core switch card is reset, the ACT indicator LED on
its panel will first blink slowly, then blink quickly, and finally be illuminated.
Access method
1. Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select System
control→Reset Standby HSWX in the shortcut menu. Then the Sending
Commands… window will appear.
2. Click the OK button in the command window. . After the standby core switch
card is reset successfully, Command Succeed will be displayed in the
command result pane of the window.
3.14.7 Restarting an Appointed Device
Command function
This command is used to restart the entire system or the card in a certain slot. Users
can execute this command after the software of the appointed device is upgraded or
the appointed device is faulty.
Version: B 3-163
Caution:
This command will cause relevant service interruption, so please operate

with cautions.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select System Control→
Reboot The Appointed Device in the shortcut menu. Then the Reset the
Equipment window will appear.
Parameter

Requirement Method
The entire system or the slot number

of the card to be restarted.
u When it is set to Reset System,
Includes: Reset Click the drop-
the entire system will be
Slot No. System and Reset a Compulsory down list to select
restarted.
certain slot. the slot number.
u When it is set to a certain slot
number, only the card in this slot
will be restarted.
3.14.8 Resetting a PON Port
Command function
This command is used to restart a PON port. After this command is executed, the
ONU connected with this PON port will register again.
Caution:
This command is mainly used to test the performance of a PON port.
3-164 Version: B
Access method
Reset PON in the shortcut menu. Then the Reset PON window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of the card Click the drop-down
Slot No. containing the PON port to be - Compulsory list to select the slot
reset. number.
The number of the PON port to The value range Double-click to enter
PON Port No. Compulsory
be reset. is 1 to 8. the PON port number.
3.14.9 Resetting Line Interface Cards in a Batch Manner
Command function
This command is used to reset line interface cards in a batch manner. Users can
execute this command after the line interface card software is upgraded or a line
interface card is faulty. After a line interface card is reset.
Caution:
This command will cause line card service interruption, so please operate
with cautions.
Access method
Batch Reset Line Card in the shortcut menu. Then the Batch Reset Line Card
window will appear.
Version: B 3-165
Parameter
Requirement Method
Click the drop-
The slot number of the line interface The value range is 1 down list to
Slot No. Compulsory
card to be reset. to 8 and 11 to 18. select the slot
number.
3.14.10 PON Port Protection Group Forced Switching
Command function
This command is used to perform switching of the active / standby PON ports in the
PON port protection group forcibly.
Access method
PON Protection Group Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the PON Protection
Group Switch window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Compulsory.
Select from the group
Click the drop-down
The number of the PON The value range is 1 to numbers configured in
Group No. list to select the
port protection group. 64. the PON Protection
group number.
Group Config
window.
3.14.11 PON Port Protection Group Ranging
Command function
This command is used to measure the relative distance from the ONU to the OLT
according to the round-trip delay of a PON port in the PON port protection group.
3-166 Version: B
Access method
Pon Protect Group Rtt Value in the shortcut menu. Then the Pon Protect Group
Rtt Value window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Compulsory.
Select from the group Click the drop-
The number of the PON The value range is 1 to
Group No. numbers configured in down list to select
port protection group. 64.
the PON Protection the group number.
Group Config window.
3.14.12 Registering / Logging Out a NGN Subscriber
Command function
This command is used to register / log out a certain NGN subscriber to the MGC
manually according to the telephone number of this subscriber.
Access method
NGN User Register/Unregister in the shortcut menu. Then the NGN User
Register/Unregister window will appear.
Version: B 3-167
Parameter

4294967294.
The telephone number
The telephone
Telephone should be one of the Double-click to enter the
number of the NGN Compulsory
number telephone numbers telephone number.
subscriber.
configured in the NGN
Config command. The value
range is 0 to 99999999.
Registers or logs out Click the drop-down list

Register/Un- Includes: Register and
the NGN subscriber Compulsory to select Register or
register Unregister.
to the MGC manually. Unregister.
3.15 Status Review
3.15.1 Viewing Card Software / Hardware Version
Command function
This command is used to view the software / hardware version information of the
card in a certain slot.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get Information→
Card Version in the shortcut menu. Then the Card Version window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

containing the card.
The hardware version

Hardware Version - Read-only -
number of the card.
The software version
Software Version - Read-only -
number of the card.
3-168 Version: B
3.15.2 Viewing System Time
Command function
This command is used to view the OLT equipment system time and the network
management server time.
Access method
System Time in the shortcut menu. Then the System Time window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The equipment system
System Time - Read-only -
time
The network
Server Time management server - Read-only -
time
3.15.3 Viewing System Status
Command function
This command is used to view the present condition and active / standby status of
the current HSWA card.
Access method
System Status in the shortcut menu. Then the System Status window will appear.
Version: B 3-169
Parameter
Requirement Method
The operating status of the
Type - Read-only -
HSWA card.
The slot number of the HSWA
card.
The present condition and active /
Status - Read-only -
standby status of the HSWA card.
3.15.4 Voice Status
3.15.4.1 Viewing MGC / Register Server Status
Command function
This command is used to view the real time connection status between the IAD and
the softswitch platform MGC. The status parameters to be viewed include the IP
address of the MGC connected with the IAD and the current regisiter status.
Access method
NGN Status to enter the MGC/Regisiter Server Status window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the
slot containing the
The value range is 1 to 8 Double-click to enter
and 11 to 18. the slot number.
the ONU is
connected with.
The number of the
PON port that is The value range is 1 to
PON No. Compulsory the PON port
connected with the 8.
number.
ONU.
ONU authorization The value range is 1 to Double-click to enter
ONU No. Compulsory
number. 128. the ONU number.
3-170 Version: B

Requirement Method
The IP address of
MGC/Register
the MGC connected - Read-only -
Server Address
with the IAD.
The connection
Reg Status status between the - Read-only -
IAD and the MGC.
3.15.4.2 Viewing NGN Subscriber Port Status
Command function
This command is used to view status of a certain subscriber port of the IAD
according to the subscriber telephone number.
Access method
NGN Status to enter the MGC/Regisiter Server Status window. Select the NGN
User Port Status tab.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
4294967294.
Double-click to
The telephone The telephone number should be
Telephone enter the
number of the NGN one of the telephone numbers Compulsory
number telephone
subscriber. configured in the NGN Config
number.
command. The value range is 0 to
99999999.
Displays the status of
Reg Status the current subscriber - Read-only -
port.
Version: B 3-171
3.15.4.3 Viewing IAD IP Address
Command function
This command is used to view status of a certain subscriber port of the IAD
according to the subscriber telephone number.
Access method
NGN Status to enter the MGC/Regisiter Server Status window. Select the IAD IP
tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the
slot containing the
8 and 11 to 18. the slot number.
the ONU is
connected with.
The number of the
PON port that is The value range is 1 to
connected with the 8.
number.
ONU.
ONU authorization The value range is 1 to Double-click to enter
ONU No. Compulsory
number. 128. the ONU number.
The ONU voice IP
IP Address address dynamically - Read-only -
configured via DHCP.
The subnet mask

IP Mask voice IP address - Read-only -
actually used by the
ONU.
The gateway
address
Gateway - Read-only -
voice IP address
actually used by the
ONU.
3-172 Version: B

Requirement Method
When the MGC
address is in domain
name mode, this
Master DNS Server parameter is used to - Read-only -
display the IP
address of the
master DNS server.
When the MGC
address is in domain
name mode, this
Slave DNS Server parameter is used to - Read-only -
display the IP
address of the slave
DNS server.
3.15.5 Aggregation Status
Command function
This command is used to view the status of the uplink port aggregation group.
Access method
Aggregation Status in the shortcut menu. Then the Aggregation Status window
will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Group No. Aggregation Group No. - Read-only -
Displays the system
priority configured in the
System Priority LACP configuration if the - Read-only -
aggregation status is static
LACP.
The MAC address of the
System ID number - Read-only -
equipment.
Version: B 3-173

Requirement Method
The aggregation s mode of
Trunking Mode - Read-only -
the aggregation group.
The number of the uplink

Uplink Port No. port which adds into the - Read-only -
aggregation group.
3.15.6 Querying Dual Uplink Protection Status
Command function
This command is used to query the group information of the dual uplink protection,
including the group member port status.
Access method
Dual Uplink Protection Status in the shortcut menu. Then the Dual Uplink
Protection Status window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the dual
uplink protection group.
The current active (activated)

ActivePort port in the uplink protection - Read-only -
group.
The current standby

StandbyPort (deactivated) port in the - Read-only -
uplink protection group.
3-174 Version: B
3.15.7 PON Port Protection Group Status
Command function
This command is used to view the current operating status of the PON port
protection group.
Access method
PON Protection Group Working Status in the shortcut menu. Then the PON
Protection Group Working Status window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the PON port protection
group.
The status of the PON port protection

group.
u When the PON port is under stable
status, this parameter is displayed
Group State - Read-only -
as Stable.
u When the PON port is under
detecting status, this parameter is
displayed as Detecting.
The slot number of the line interface

Slot No. card containing the PON port joining - Read-only -
the protection group.
Version: B 3-175

Requirement Method
The number of the port joining the PON
PON No. - Read-only -
port protection group.
The status of a certain PON port in the

PON port protection group.
u Stable Main indicates that this
PON port is the active PON port in
the protection group and is in
normal operating status.
u Stable Standby indicates that this
State - Read-only -
PON port is the standby PON port
in the protection group and is in
normal operating status.
u Detecting indicates that the active
and stanby PON ports are
switching and are in the abnormal
operating status.
3.15.8 Performance Switch Enable Status
Command function
This command is used to view the performance switch enable status Four types of
performance can be viewed: performance statics, optical module parameter detect,
environment monitoring switch and CPU / memory usage utilization switch.
Access method
Performance Switch Enable Status in the shortcut menu. Then the Performance
Switch Enable Status window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Performance Type of the performance to be

- Read-only -
code required.
The slot number of the object to

be required.
3-176 Version: B

Requirement Method
The PON port number of the
object to be required.
The ONU number of the object to

ONU No. - Read-only -
be required.
3.15.9 Viewing OLT MAC Address Table
Command function
This command is used to view the MAC address learned from the card or uplink port
and the VLAN containing this MAC address.
Access method
OLT Mac Addr Table in the shortcut menu. Then the OLT Mac Addr Table window
will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of the service
interface card or uplink card.
Port No. The port number of the uplink card. - Read-only -

The MAC address learned from the
MAC Address - Read-only -
card or uplink port.
The VLAN containing the MAC

VLAN ID address learned from the card or - Read-only -
uplink port.
Version: B 3-177
3.15.10 Viewing Uplink Port Loopback
Command function
This command is used to view the OAM loopback test function on an uplink port.
The parameters to be viewed include the transmitted frame, the received frame, and
the delay.
Access method
UplinkPort LoopBack in the shortcut menu. Then the UplinkPort LoopBack
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of the uplink Click the drop-down
The value range is
Uplink Slot No. card containing the uplink Compulsory list to select the uplink
19 to 20.
port. slot number.
Its value should Click the drop-down
The number of the uplink port
Uplink Port No. match the selected Compulsory list to select the uplink
needing the loopback test.
Uplink Slot No.. port number.
The number of transmitted

Send Frame frames in the uplink port - Read-only -
loopback test.
The number of received

Frames
correct frames in the uplink - Read-only -
Received OK
port loopback test.
Frames The number of received error

Received frames in the uplink port - Read-only -
Corrupted loopback test.
The minimum delay from

transmitting a packet to
MinDelay - Read-only -
receiving it in the uplink port
loopback test.
3-178 Version: B

Requirement Method
The maximum delay from
MaxDelay - Read-only -
loopback test.
The average delay from

Avg-Delay - Read-only -
loopback test.
3.15.11 Viewing ONU Automatic Upgrade Log
Command function
This command is used to view the history records on automatic upgrade of ONUs.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→ONU Auto
Upgrade Log in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Auto Upgrade Log window will
appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The generation time of the
Time - Read-only -
automatic upgrade log.

Slot No. containing the service interface - Read-only -
card connected with the ONU.
PON No. service interface card connected - Read-only -
with the ONU.
ONU No. ONU authorization number. - Read-only -
The status information in the
Event Code - Read-only -
automatic upgrade process.
File Name The ONU upgrade file name. - Read-only -
Version: B 3-179
3.15.12 Multicast
3.15.12.1 Viewing Online Multicast Group Information
Command function
This command is used to view information of all subscribers watching a certain

multicast program.
This command is valid only when the multicast mode is set to Controlled Mode.
Access method
IGMP Config→IGMP Information in the shortcut menu. Then the Online Groups
Information window will appear.
Parameter
Group The IP address of the multicast program to
- Read-only -
Address be viewed.
The slot number of the PON interface card
Slot No. connected with the subscriber watching the - Read-only -
multicast program.
The number of the PON port connected with

PON No. the subscriber watching the multicast - Read-only -
program.

The number of the ONU port connected with
ONU Port No. the subscriber watching the multicast - Read-only -
program.
The status of the subscriber watching the

multicast program.
u Normal User: The subscriber can
watch this multicast program with no
Status - Read-only -
restriction.
u Preview User: The subscriber only can
watch this multicast program with
certain restrictions.
3-180 Version: B
3.15.12.2 Viewing Online Group Information of an ONU Port
Command function
This command is used to view information of multicast programs that are watched
by subscribers on a certain ONU port.
Note:
This command is valid only when the multicast mode is set to Controlled
Mode.
Access method
IGMP Config→IGMP Information, and click the Online ONU Ports Info tab in the
window that appears. Then the Online ONU Ports Info window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of the PON Click the drop-down
The value range is
Slot No. interface card connected with the Compulsory list to select the slot
1 to 8 and 11 to 18.
ONU to be viewed. number.
The number of the PON port to The value range is
which the ONU belongs. 1 to 4 and 1 to 8.
number.
The value range is the ONU
ONU No. ONU authorization number. Compulsory
1 to 64. authorization
number.
The number of the PON port Double-click to enter
The value range is
ONU Port No. connected with the ONU to be Compulsory the ONU port
1 to 24.
viewed. number.
Version: B 3-181

Requirement Method
program.
The authorization of the

subscribers on the ONU port
watching a certain multicast
program.
u Normal: The subscribers on
the ONU port can watch this
Preview Flag - Read-only -
multicast program with no
restriction.
u Preview: The subscribers on
the ONU port can only watch
this multicast program with
certain restrictions.
3.15.12.3 Viewing Uplink Port Information
Command function
This command is used to view the online multicast program information on a

cascade uplink port.
Access method
IGMP Config→IGMP Information, and click the Online Uplink Ports Info tab in
the window that appears. Then the Online Uplink Ports Info window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Serial No. Auto-generated serial number - Read-only -

Uplink Port No. The number of the uplink port. - Read-only -
3-182 Version: B

Requirement Method
The type of an uplink port.
u Uplink Port: an uplink port without
Type multicast cascade; - Read-only -
u Cascade Port: an uplink port with
multicast cascade.
The IP address of the online multicast
program on the cascade port.
3.15.12.4 Viewing Core Switch Card Multicast Address Table
Command function
This command is used to view the group forming information on the core switch card,
including the IP address of the multicast program on the core switch card and the
slot number of the PON interface card connected with the subscriber watching the
multicast program.
Note:
This command is valid in all non-disable modes.
Access method
IGMP Config→IGMP Information, and click the GSW IGMP Addr Table tab in the
window that appears. Then the GSW IGMP Addr Table window will appear.
Version: B 3-183
Parameter
Requirement Method
program on the core switch card.
The slot number of the PON

Group Member interface card connected with the
- Read-only -
Slot subscriber watching the multicast
program.
The number of the PON port

Group Member
connected with the subscriber - Read-only -
Port
watching the multicast program.
3.15.12.5 Viewing ONU Multicast Address Table
Command function
This command is used to view the group forming information on a certain ONU,
including the IP address of the multicast program on the ONU and the number of the
ONU port connected with the subscriber watching the multicast program.
Access method
IGMP Config→IGMP Information, and click the ONU IGMP Addr Table tab in the
window that appears. Then the ONU IGMP Addr Table window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Click the drop-
The slot number of the PON interface
The value range is 1 down list to
Slot No. card connected with the ONU to be Compulsory
to 8 and 11 to 18. select the slot
viewed.
number.
Double-click to
The number of the PON port to which The value range is 1
PON No. Compulsory enter the PON
the ONU belongs. to 4 and 1 to 8.
port number.
3-184 Version: B

Requirement Method
Double-click to
The value range is 1 enter the ONU
ONU No. ONU authorization number. Compulsory
to 64. authorization
number.
The multicast program numbers on the
Item - Read-only -
ONU.
program on the ONU.
The number of the ONU port

Port No. connected with the subscriber - Read-only -
3.15.12.6 Viewing PON Interface Card Multicast Address Table
Command function
This command is used to view the group forming information on a certain PON
interface card, including the IP address of the multicast program on the PON
interface card and the number of the PON port connected with the subscriber
Note:
This command is valid in Proxy Mode and Controlled Mode.
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get
InformationIGMP ConfigIGMP Information, and click the Line Card IGMP Addr
Table tab in the window that appears. Then the Line Card IGMP Addr Table
window will appear.
Version: B 3-185
Parameter
Requirement Method
Double-click to
The slot number of the PON interface The value range is 1
Slot No. Compulsory enter the slot
card to be viewed. to 8 and 11 to 18.
number.
The multicast program numbers on the
Item - Read-only -
PON interface card.
Group The IP address of the multicast
- Read-only -
Address program on the PON interface card.
The number of the PON port connected

PON No. with the subscriber watching the - Read-only -
multicast program.
3.15.12.7 Viewing Multicast Group Statistics Information
Command function
This command is used to view the statistics information of a certain multicast

program, including times of a subscriber joining the multicast group and duration of
a subscriber watching the multicast program.
Note:
Mode.
Access method
IGMP Config→IGMP Statistics in the shortcut menu. Then the Group Statistics
window will appear.
3-186 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
program.
Times of a subscriber joining the

Order Count - Read-only -
multicast group.
Average Order The average duration of a subscriber

- Read-only -
Time watching the multicast program.
The maximum duration of a

Max Order Time subscriber watching the multicast - Read-only -
program.
The total duration of a subscriber

Total Order Time - Read-only -
Times of a subscriber previewing the

Preview Count - Read-only -
multicast program.

Total Preview Time - Read-only -
previewing the multicast program.
3.15.12.8 Viewing ONU Port Statistics Information
Command function
This command is used to view the statistics information of a certain ONU port,
including times of subscribers on this port joining the multicast group and duration of
subscribers watching the multicast program.
Note:
Mode.
Access method
IGMP Config→IGMP Statistics, and click the ONU Port Statistics tab in the
window that appears. Then the ONU Port Statistics window will appear.
Version: B 3-187
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the PON port to
which the ONU belongs.
ONU Port No. The number of the ONU port. - Read-only -

Times of a subscriber on the ONU
Order Count - Read-only -
port joining the multicast group.
The average duration of a

Average Order Time subscriber on the ONU port - Read-only -
The maximum duration of a

Max Order Time subscriber on the ONU port - Read-only -

Total Order Time on the ONU port watching the - Read-only -
multicast program.
3.15.12.9 Viewing Log Information
Command function
This command is used to view the multicast log information, including event records
on joining / leaving the multicast group and watching the multicast program of
subscribers on the ONU port.
Note:
Mode.
3-188 Version: B
Access method
IGMP Config→IGMP Log in the shortcut menu. Then the IGMP Log window will
appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The generation time of the designated log
Generate Time - Read-only -
record.
The number of the PON port to which the
ONU belongs.
ONU No. The authorization number of the ONU. - Read-only -
ONU Port No. The LAN port number of the ONU. - Read-only -
Preview The preview flag of the subscriber. - Read-only -
The IP address of the multicast program /

Group Address group that the recorded subscriber joins / - Read-only -
leaves / watches.
The event corresponding to the
Action - Read-only -
designated log record.
Status of the event corresponding to the

State - Read-only -
designated log record.
The interval to automatically generate a

subscriber watching log record. If a
subscriber’s watching duration exceeds
Stay Time (min) - Read-only -
the automatic log generation interval, the
system will automatically generate a log
record on his / her watching.
3.15.12.10 Querying ONU Fast Leave Capability
Command function
This command is used to query whether the designated ONU has fast leave
capability.
Version: B 3-189
Access method
IGMP Config→Onu Fast Leave Capability in the shortcut menu. Then the Onu
Fast Leave Capability window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of the PON interface Click the drop-
The value range is
Slot No. card connected with the ONU to be Compulsory down list to select
1 to 8 and 11 to 18.
viewed. the slot number.
Double-click to
The number of the PON port to which The value range is
PON No. Compulsory enter the PON port
the ONU belongs. 1 to 4 and 1 to 8.
number.
Double-click to
The value range is enter the ONU
ONU No. The authorization number of the ONU. Compulsory
1 to 64. authorization
number.
Whether the ONU has fast leave
Capability - Read-only -
capability.
3.15.12.11 Querying Core Switch Card Multicast Source Address

Table
Command function
This command is used to query the multicast source address information obtained
by the core switch card.
Access method
IGMP Config→GSW IGMP Source Addr Table in the shortcut menu. Then the
GSW IGMP Source Addr Table window will appear.
3-190 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
If the multicast cascade port has been
configured, the value of this
parameter refers to the slot number of
the uplink card. Otherwise, the value
here refers to the slot number of the
PON interface card connected with
the subscriber watching the multicast
program.
If the multicast cascade port has been

configured, the value of this
Group Member
parameter refers to the port number of - Read-only -
Port
the uplink card. Otherwise, the value
here is null.
Group Address Group IP - Read-only -
The ID value of the multicast VLAN
VLAN - Read-only -
containing the multicast group.

Source Item - Read-only -
server.
3.15.13 Viewing LACP Port Information
Command function
This command is used to view the aggregation status information of an uplink port.
Note:
Before performing the viewing LACP port information command, users

need to enable the LACP function and complete configuration of
parameters in the LACP Port Config window.
Version: B 3-191
Access method
LACP Port Information in the shortcut menu. Then the LACP Port Information
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Port No. The number of the uplink port. - Read-only -
Group No. The number of the aggregation group. - Read-only -

Port Priority The priority set for the uplink port. - Read-only -
The operation key value set for the

Operation Key - Read-only -
uplink port.
Lacp protocol The sending protocol message timeout

- Read-only -
timeout flag status value set for the uplink port.
Indicates whether the aggregation link

Lacp protocol syn
is under the synchronizing-with- - Read-only -
flag
opposite-end status.

Lacp protocol
is under the protocol-message- - Read-only -
collecting flag
collecting status.

Lacp protocol
is under the protocol-message- - Read-only -
distributing flag
transmitting status.
3-192 Version: B
4 Shortcut Menu of the EC4B / EC8B /
XG2B Card
Real-time Performance
Configuration
Control Command
Status Review
Version: B 4-1
4.1 Real-time Performance
4.1.1 Querying CPU / Memory Utilization
Command function
This command is used to query the CPU / memory utilization ratio of a card or ONU
and help users understand the equipment operation status.
Note:

function in the Performance Group tab of this card.
Applicable object
The EC4B, EC8B and XG2B cards support this command.
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Realtime Performance→
CPU/memory Proportion in the shortcut menu. Then the CPU/memory
Proportion window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The real time sampling

curve of the CPU / Click the Start Collect button
Realtime Curve - Read-only
memory utilization ratio of in the toolbar to start query.
the card.
The real time sampling click the Start Collect button
value of the CPU / in the toolbar, and click
Performance Data - Read-only
memory utilization ratio of Performance Data in the tab
the card. that appears.
4-2 Version: B
4 Shortcut Menu of the EC4B / EC8B / XG2B Card
4.1.2 Querying PON Port Performance Statistical Value
Command function
This command is used to query the PON port performance statistical value of an
interface card.
Note:
Before querying the PON port performance statistical value of a card,

users need to enable the PON port performance staticstics function in the
Performance Group tab of this card.
Applicable object
Access method
Statistics on OLT End PON Port in the shortcut menu. Then the Statistics on OLT
End PON Port window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Select the PON port to be queried

in the logical window, and click
Realtime Curve curve of the PON port - Read-only
the Start Collect button in the
performance of the card.
toolbar.
Select the PON port to be queried
The real time sampling in the logical window, click the
Performance
value of the PON port - Read-only Start Collect button in the
Data
performance of the card. toolbar, and click Performance
Data in the tab that appears.
Version: B 4-3
4.2 Configuration
4.2.1 Traffic Rate Control Configuration
Command function
This command is used to configure the traffic rate control rule under the PON port.
The PON port will control the data traffic rate according to the defined rules.
Applicable object
The XG2B card supports this command.
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Rate Control in the
shortcut menu. Then the Rate Control window will appear.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
The slot number of the The value range is 1 to 8 and 11 Compul- Double-click to enter
Slot No.
XG2B card. to 18. sory the slot number.
The PON port number of Compul- Double-click to enter

PON No. The value range is 1 to 2.
the XG2B card. sory the PON port number.
The sequence number of Compul- Double-click to enter

Seq No The value range is 1 to 1024.
the rate control rule. sory the SN
4-4 Version: B
Configuration
Method
Its value includes: Based On
SMAC, Based On DMAC,
Based On SIP, Based On DIP,
Based On SVLAN ID, Based
On SVLAN COS, Based On
The features of the data User VLAN ID, Based On Compul- Click to enter the
Traffic feature
traffic to be controlled. CVLAN COS, Based On sory configuration GUI.
Ethernet, Based On IP
Protocol Type, Based On IP
TOS/DSCP (IPv4), Based On
L4 SPORT, Based On TTL and
Based On Physical DPORT.

The rate control of the Compul-
Rate Control 10000000, with the unit being the traffic control
data traffic. sory
kbit/s. value.
4.2.2 Configuring OLT Optical Power Compensation
Command function
This command is used to compensate the optical power of an OLT. When the
transmitting or receiving optical power of an OLT is too high or too low, users can
execute this command to adjust the optical power.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→OLT Optical
Compensation in the shortcut menu. Then the OLT Optical Compensation
window will appear.
Version: B 4-5
Parameter
Requirement Method
card.
line card.
The adjustment difference The value range is -100.00 Double-click
Tx Adjustment
of the OLT transmitting to 100.00, with the unit Compulsory the adjustment
(dBm)
optical power. being dBm. value.
4.2.3 Enabling / Disabling a PON Port
Command function
This command is used to enable or disable a certain PON port. After a certain port is
disabled, this port will stop transmitting optical signals, and all ONUs connected with
this PON port will enter unregistered status.
Caution:
This command can interrupt services on the PON port. Please operate
with cautions.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Enable/Disable

PON in the shortcut menu. Then the Enable/Disable PON window will appear.
4-6 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
Slot No. The slot number of the line card. - Read-only -

The PON port number of the line
card.
Click the drop-
Enable Enable or disable the specified The options includes down list to select
Compulsory
Status PON port. Enable and Disable. Enable or
Disable.
4.2.4 Configuring PON Port Isolation
Command function
This command is used to configure the PON port isolation, making the PON ports in
the same card cannot communicate with each other. This function can be used to
suppress broadcast storm inside the card.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click the specified card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→PON
Isolation.
Parameter
Requirement Method

Click the drop-
To isolate the specified PON port The options includes down list to select
Enable Status Compulsory
or not. Enable and Disable. Enable or
Disable.
Version: B 4-7
4.2.5 Configuring PON Port Working Mode
Command function
This command is used to configure or view the current working mode of each PON
port of the card. The PON port supports two operating modes: 1 Gbit/s and 2 Gbit/s.
Caution:
When users modify the Working Mode of a certain PON port, the
services on this port and the adjacent PON ports (these PON ports share
the chip with this port) will be interrupted. So please operate with cautions.
If users change the value of the PON port working mode from 1G to 2G,
the remote end equipment should also be an ONU with the rate of 2 Gbit/
s. The relevant configuration of the ONU should be delivered again
because the ONU is replaced.
Applicable object
The XG2B card supports this command.
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→PON Mode in the
shortcut menu. Then the PON Mode window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method

card.
Click the drop-down
The working mode of the PON Includes 1G
Mode Compulsory list to select the
port. and 2G.
mode.
4-8 Version: B
4.2.6 Enabling / Disabling FEC Function of a PON Port
Command function
This command is used to configure or view the FEC function of each PON port of
the card.
Caution:
For the same PON port, its FEC function in the uplink and downlink
directions must be configured as the same enabling / disabling status.
After the FEC function of a PON port is enabled, the ONUs connected
with this PON port will first enter unregistered status, and register to the
line card again. This process can cause interruption of subscriber
services.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→PON FEC Enable in
the shortcut menu. Then the PON FEC Enable window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method

card.
The uplink or downlink direction of
Direction - Read-only -
the signal in the PON port.
Click the drop-

Enables / disables the FEC function The options
down list to
Enable Status in the uplink or downlink direction of includes Enable Compulsory
select Enable or
the signal in the PON port. and Disable.
Disable.
Version: B 4-9
4.2.7 Configuring DBA Parameters
Command function
This command is used to configure the DBA parameters of the specified PON port.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→DBA Para Config
in the shortcut menu. Then the DBA Para Config window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
line card.
Double-click to
The PON port number
PON No. - Compulsory enter the PON port
of the line card.
number.
The DBA parameter
configuration mode of
the PON port.
u If Auto is selected,
the other
parameters will use
their default values
assigned by the Click the drop-
PON DBA Its value includes Manual
system, and users Compulsory down list to select
Param mode and Auto.
cannot modify Manual and Auto.
them.
u If Manual is
selected, users can
modify values of
the other
parameters
manually.
4-10 Version: B

Requirement Method
The uplink bandwidth
scheduling weight Optional.
The value is an integer in Click the drop-
Dropdown reserved for the level 1 This parameter is
the range [0 to 256], with down list to select
Weight Level 1 scheduler by the OLT valid if the PON
the step being 4. The unit the Dropdown
(KB) level 0 scheduler. The DBA Param mode
is kb. Weight Level 1.
level 0 scheduler has is set to Manual.
the highest priority.




Version: B 4-11

Requirement Method

Optional.
The frequency of the
Polling rate The value is an integer in This parameter is Double-click to
OLT level 0 scheduler
Level 0 (65. the range [0 to 15000]. The valid if the PON enter the Polling
sending the grants
5us) unit is 65.5 µs. DBA Param mode rate Level 0.
frame to the ONU.
is set to Manual.
Optional.
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
is set to Manual.
Optional.
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
is set to Manual.
Optional.
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
is set to Manual.
Optional.
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
is set to Manual.
4-12 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
is set to Manual.
Optional.
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
is set to Manual.
Optional.
sending the grants
frame to the ONU.
is set to Manual.
4.2.8 Enabling / Disabling Performance Classification
Command function
This command is used to enable / disable classification function of the appointed

performance parameters. These performance parameters include PON port
performance statistics data, optical module parameters, and CPU / memory
utilization ratio.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→OLT Perf Sort Line
Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the OLT Perf Sort Line Switch window will
appear.
Version: B 4-13
Parameter
Requirement Method

Performance The performance statistics category
- Read-only -
code of the line card.
The options Click the drop-
Enables / disables the performance includes down list to select
Switch Compulsory
classification function Enable and Enable or
Disable. Disable.
4.2.9 Binding / Unbinding a PON Port with a Domain
Command function
This command is used to configure and view the status of the PON port binding with
OLT QinQ domains.
Note:
Before performing this configuration command, users need to complete

the related operations of OLT QinQ domains.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→PON Attach/
Detach Domain in the shortcut menu. Then the PON Attach/Detach Domain
window will appear.
4-14 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method

card.
attach means binding the
services of the PON port with an
Its value Click the drop-down
OLT QinQ domain.
Action includes attach Compulsory list to select attach
detach means unbinding the
and detach. or detach.
services of the PON port with an
OLT QinQ domain.
Select from the
domain names
Click the drop-down
The name of the OLT QinQ configured in
Domain name Compulsory list to select the
domain. the OLT QinQ
domain name.
domain
configuration.
4.2.10 Suppressing Broadcast / Multicast / Unknown Packet

of a PON Port
Command function
This command is used to configure and view broadcast / multicast / unknown packet
suppression function of a PON port. Its purpose is to prevent generation of
broadcast storm inside the system and improve the system performance.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Packet Rate
Control in the shortcut menu. Then the Packet Rate Control window will appear.
Version: B 4-15
Parameter
Requirement Method
PON No. The PON port number of the line card. - Read-only -
The packet type of the appointed PON
Packet Type - Read-only -
port.
u Enable: enables the packet Click the drop-

The options
suppression function. down list to
Enable/Disable includes Enable Compulsory
u Disable: disables the packet select Enable
and Disable.
suppression function. or Disable.
The value range Optional.
is 1 to 262142, When the packet
Speed The system will discard the packets with the unit suppression Double-click to
(Packet/se- exceeding the set speed control being packet/s. function is enter the rate
cond) threshold. The default enabled, this limit.
value is 150 parameter is
packet/s. valid.
4.2.11 Constantly Emiting Light Detection Configuration
Command function
This command is used to configure the detection for the constantly emiting light
status of the ONU under the line card.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Constantly

Emiting Light Detect Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Constantly Emiting
Light Detect Config window will appear.
4-16 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method

Click the drop-
Enable or disable the detection
Includes Enable down list to
Detect Switch function for the constantly emiting light Compulsory
and Disable. select Enable
of the line card.
or Disable.
is 5 to 3600, with When the Double-click to
The time interval of the detection for the unit being detection is enter the
Detect Interval
the constantly emiting light faults. second. The disabled, this detection
default value is parameter is interval.
60 seconds. invalid.
Optional.
Includes: Auto When the Click the drop-
The disabling mode used when the
Fault Disable Disable and detection is down list to
constantly emiting light fault exists in
Type Manual disabled, this select the fault
the ONU.
Disable. parameter is disable type.
invalid.
4.3 Control Command
4.3.1 Resetting
Command function
This command is used to reset the line card. Users can execute this command after
the line interface card software is upgraded or a line interface card is faulty. After a
line interface card is reset.
Caution:
with cautions.
Version: B 4-17
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select System control→Reset in
the shortcut menu. Then the Reset window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
4.3.2 Deauthorizing an ONU
Command function
This command is used to deauthorize the appointed ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select System control→
Deauthorize ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Deauthorize ONU window will
appear.
4-18 Version: B
Parameter
Configuration
Method
line card.
u The value range of the XG2B
card is 1 to 2.
The PON port number u The value range of the EC4B Compul-
PON No. the PON port
of the line card. card is 1 to 4. sory
number.
u The value range of the EC8B
card is 1 to 8.
The authorization Compul- Double-click to enter
number of the ONU. sory the ONU number.
4.3.3 Resetting an ONU
Command function
This command is used to restart the appointed ONU. After an ONU is restarted, it
will register to the OLT again.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select System control→Reset
ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Reset ONU window will appear.
Version: B 4-19
Parameter
Configuration
Method
line card.
card is 1 to 2.
Click the drop-down
The PON port number u The value range of the EC4B Compul-
PON No. list to select the PON
of the line card. card is 1 to 4. sory
port number.
card is 1 to 8.
ONU
Authorized The value range is 1 to 128.
No.
4.3.4 Refreshing Firmware
Command function
This command is used to re-run the firmware of the appointed ONU, generally used
when an ONU has faults.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select System control→Restore
ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Restore ONU window will appear.
4-20 Version: B
Parameter
Configuration
Method
line card.
card is 1 to 2.
The PON port number of u The value range of the EC4B Compul-
PON No. the PON port
the line card. card is 1 to 4. sory
number.
card is 1 to 8.
4.4 Status Review

Number
Command function
This command is used to view the ONU type and software / hardware version of all
registered ONUs under the PON port of the card. When an ONU is faulty or its
software is upgraded, users can execute this command to verify the software /
hardware version of the ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU Information in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Information window will
appear.
Version: B 4-21
Parameter
Requirement Method

card.
ONU.
The ONU type configured in the
Configured Type - Read-only -
ANM2000.
The actual hardware type of the
Actual Type - Read-only -
ONU.
CPU Software The internal CPU software version
- Read-only -
Version number of the ONU.
The internal CPU firmware
Firmware Version - Read-only -
version number of the ONU.
The internal IAD software (for
IAD Software Version voice processing) version number - Read-only -
of the ONU.
The hardware number of the
ONU.
The hardware number of the built-
IAD Hardware
in IAD (for voice processing) in the - Read-only -
Version
ONU.
The hardware number of the built-
TDM Hardware
in TDM subcard (for TDM - Read-only -
Version
processing) in the ONU.
4.4.2 Viewing PON Port Firmware Version
Command function
This command is used to view the firmware version on the appointed PON port of
the card.
Applicable object
4-22 Version: B
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get Information→PON
Firmware Version in the shortcut menu. Then the PON Firmware Version window
will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method

card.
The firmware version on the
PON Firmware
appointed PON port of the line - Read-only -
Version
card.
4.4.3 Viewing ONU Authorization List
Command function
This command is used to view information of authorized ONUs connected with the
appointed PON port of the EC4B / EC8B card. The authorized ONUs include all
online and offline ONUs.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get Information→ONU
Authcated Table in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Authcated Table window
will appear.
Version: B 4-23
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select from the
The slot number of the line pane of setting
Slot No. - Compulsory
card. object on the left
side.
Select from the
The PON port number of the pane of setting
line card. object on the left
side.
ONU.
The MAC address of the ONU,
Physical SN with the format being XX-XX- - Read-only -
XX-XX-XX-XX.
This parameter is only valid for
Password - Read-only -
the GPON equipment.
LogicSN: LOID The SN number of the ONU. - Read-only -
LogicSN:
The SN password of the ONU. - Read-only -
Password
For various types of FiberHome
EPON ONUs, this parameter
refers to the type value, such as
ONU Type - Read-only -
AN5006-04; for ONUs of other
vendors, this parameter value
will be displayed as Others.
Authentication The authentication mode of the

- Read-only -
Mode ONU.
Status The current status of the ONU. - Read-only -
4.4.4 Viewing Unauthorized ONU List
Command function
This command is used to view information of unauthorized ONUs connected with

the appointed PON port of the card. The unauthorized ONUs here include all online
ONUs.
4-24 Version: B
Applicable object
Access method
Unauthorized Table in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Unauthorized Table
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select from the
pane of setting
Slot No. The slot number of the line card. - Compulsory
object on the left
side.
Select from the
The PON port number of the line pane of setting
side.
The MAC address of the ONU, with
Physical SN the format being XX-XX-XX-XX-XX- - Read-only -
XX.
This parameter is only valid for the
GPON equipment.
LogicSN: LOID The SN number of the ONU. - Read-only
LogicSN:
Password
4.4.5 Viewing Registered ONU List
Command function
This command is used to view information of authorized and online ONUs

connected with the appointed PON port of the card.
Applicable object
Version: B 4-25
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get Information→
Registered ONU List in the shortcut menu. Then the Registered ONU List window
will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select from the
side.
Select from the
side.
the ONU.
The MAC address of the ONU,
Physical SN with the format being XX-XX- - Read-only -
XX-XX-XX-XX.
This parameter is only valid for
the GPON equipment.
LogicSN: LOID The SN number of the ONU. - Read-only -

LogicSN:
Password
EPON ONUs, this parameter
AN5006-04; for ONUs of other
vendors, this parameter value
4.4.6 Viewing PON Port MAC Address Table
Command function
This command is used to view the MAC address information and VLAN value
learned by the PON port.
4-26 Version: B
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get Information→MAC
Learning Table on PON in the shortcut menu. Then the MAC Learning Table on
PON window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The MAC address learned by the PON
MAC Address port with the format being XX-XX-XX- - Read-only -
XX-XX-XX.
The VLAN value learned by the PON
VLAN ID - Read-only -
port.
4.4.7 Viewing Optical Module Parameters
Command function
This command is used to view the actual operating status of the optical module on
the current ONU under the PON port of the card.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get Information→Opt
Module Para Information in the shortcut menu. Then the Opt Module Para
Version: B 4-27
Parameter
Requirement Method
u The value range of

the XG2B card is 1
to 2.
Click the drop-
The PON port number of the line down list to
Port No. the EC4B card is 1 Compulsory
card. select the port
to 4.
number.
the EC8B card is 1
to 8.
The type of the optical module.
Its value includes 10 and 20
Optical Module
(unit: km), indicating the optical - Read-only -
Type
fiber transmission distance from
the OLT to the ONU.
The current temperature of the
Temperature - Read-only -
optical module. The unit is ℃.
The current voltage of the optical

Voltage - Read-only -
module. The unit is V.
The current bias current of the
Bias Current - Read-only -
optical module. The unit is mA.
The actual Tx optical power of

Tx-Power the optical module. The unit is - Read-only -
dBm.
ONU The authorization number of the
- Read-only -
Authorized No. ONU.
The actual optical power
Receive
received from the ONU side. The - Read-only -
OptPower
unit is dBm.
4-28 Version: B
5 Shortcut Menu Command of the
GC4B / GC8B Card
Configuration
Control Command
Status Review
Version: B 5-1
Command function
Note:

function in the Performance Group tab of this card.
Applicable object
The GC4B and GC8B cards support this command.
Access method
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The real time sampling curve of Click the Start Collect

Realtime
the CPU / memory utilization ratio - Read-only button in the toolbar to
Curve
of the card. start query.
click the Start Collect

The real time sampling value of button in the toolbar,
Performance
the CPU / memory utilization ratio - Read-only and click Performance
Data
of the card. Data in the tab that
appears.
5-2 Version: B
5 Shortcut Menu Command of the GC4B / GC8B Card
5.1.2 Querying PON Port Performance Statistical Value
Command function
This command is used to query the PON port performance statistical value of an
interface card.
Note:
Before querying the PON port performance statistical value of a card,

users need to enable the PON port performance staticstics function in the
Performance Group tab of this card.
Applicable object
Access method
Statistics on OLT End PON Port in the shortcut menu. Then the Statistics on OLT
End PON Port window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select the PON port to
be queried in the
The real time sampling curve of the
Realtime Curve - Read-only logical window, and
PON port performance of the card.
button in the toolbar.
Select the PON port to
be queried in the
logical window, click
Performance The real time sampling value of the the Start Collect
- Read-only
Data PON port performance of the card. button in the toolbar,
and click
Performance Data in
the tab that appears.
Version: B 5-3
5.2 Configuration
5.2.1 Configuring Bandwidth
Command function
This command is used to configure or view the uplink / downlink bandwidth of each
PON port of the GC4B / GC8B card.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Bandwidth in the
shortcut menu. Then the Bandwidth window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The uplink direction of the signal in the
PON port.
The value range

is 160000 to
Double-click to
Total The maximum uplink bandwidth of the 1250000, with the
Compulsory enter the total
Bandwidth PON port. unit being kbit/s.
bandwidth.
The default value
is 0kbit/s.
5.2.2 Configuring QinQ
Command function
This command is used to configure the TPID (Tag Protocol Identifier) value of the
QinQ VLAN on the card.
5-4 Version: B
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→QinQ config in the
shortcut menu. Then the QinQ config window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
card.
Layer 2 VLAN Protocol The TPID of the QinQ is 1 to 65534. enter the Layer 2
Compulsory
Identifier VLAN. The default VLAN Protocol
value is 33024. Identifier.
Command function
This command is used to enable / disable classification function of the appointed

performance parameters. These performance parameters include PON port
performance statistics data, optical module parameters, and CPU / memory
utilization ratio.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Statistics Switch in
the shortcut menu. Then the Statistics Switch window will appear.
Version: B 5-5
Parameter
Requirement Method

Performance The performance statistics category
- Read-only -
code of the line card.
Enables / disables classification
includes down list to select
Switch function of the appointed Compulsory
Enable and Enable or
performance parameters.
Disable. Disable.
5.2.4 Enabling / Disabling a PON Port
Command function
This command is used to enable or disable a certain PON port. After a certain port is
disabled, this port will stop transmitting optical signals, and all ONUs connected with
this PON port will enter unregistered status.
Caution:
This command can interrupt services on the PON port. Please operate
with cautions.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Enable/Disable

PON in the shortcut menu. Then the Enable/Disable PON window will appear.
5-6 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method

card.
Enable indicates disabling the Click the drop-
appointed PON port. The options includes down list to
Disable indicates enabling the Enable and Disable. select Enable
appointed PON port. or Disable.
5.2.5 Configuring PON Port Isolation
Command function
This command is used to configure the PON port isolation, making the PON ports in
the same card cannot communicate with each other. This function can be used to
suppress broadcast storm inside the card.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Isolate PON Port in
the shortcut menu. Then the Isolate PON Port window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
u Enable indicates setting

isolation between services Click the drop-
at the appointed PON port. The options includes down list to
u Disable indicates canceling Enable and Disable. select Enable
isolation between services or Disable.
at the appointed PON port.
Version: B 5-7
5.2.6 Enabling / Disabling FEC Function of a PON Port
Command function
This command is used to configure or view the FEC function of each PON port of
the card.
Caution:
For the same PON port, its FEC function in the uplink and downlink
directions must be configured as the same enabling / disabling status.
After the FEC function of a PON port is enabled, the ONUs connected
with this PON port will first enter unregistered status, and register to the
line card again. This process can cause interruption of subscriber
services.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→PON FEC Enable in
the shortcut menu. Then the PON FEC Enable window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method

card.
The uplink or downlink direction
of the signal in the PON port.
Enable / Disable the FEC

The options Click the drop-down
function in the uplink or downlink
Enable Status includes Enable Compulsory list to select Enable
direction of the signal in the PON
and Disable. or Disable.
port.
5-8 Version: B
5.2.7 Configuring PON Port Key Modification Interval
Command function
This command is used to configure the time interval of the key updating.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Secret Update
Interval in the shortcut menu. Then the Secret Update Interval window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
card.
line card.
The value range is 0, 10 Double-click to
to 4294967294, with the enter the PON
Secret Update The time interval for updating
unit being second. The Compulsory Port Key
Interval the key value regularly.
default value is 0 Modification
seconds. Interval
5.2.8 Binding / Unbinding a PON Port with a VLAN

Operation Table
Command function
This command is used to configure and view the status of each PON port binding
with an OLT VLAN operation table.
Version: B 5-9
Note:

the related operations of GPON OLT VLAN operation tables.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→PON attach/detach
VLAN Table in the shortcut menu. Then the PON attach/detach VLAN Table
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method

card.
u attach means binding the
services of the PON port with a
GPON OLT VLAN operation
Its value Click the drop-
table.
Action includes Bind Compulsory down list to select
u detach means unbinding the
and Unbind. attach or detach.
services of the PON port with a
GPON OLT VLAN operation
table.
Select from the
table names
The name of the GPON OLT VLAN
configured in the Click the drop-
operation table. The same PON port
Table Name GPON OLT Compulsory down list to select
can be bound with multiple GPON
VLAN the table name.
OLT VLAN operation tables.
operation table
window.
5-10 Version: B
5.2.9 Binding / Unbinding a PON Port with a Domain
Command function
This command is used to configure and view the status of the PON port binding with
OLT QinQ domains.
Note:

the related operations of OLT QinQ domains.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→PON Attach/
Detach Domain in the shortcut menu. Then the PON Attach/Detach Domain
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method

card.
Version: B 5-11

Requirement Method
u attach means binding the
services of the PON port with
an OLT QinQ domain. Its value Click the drop-down
Action u detach means unbinding the includes Bind Compulsory list to select attach
services of the PON port with and Unbind. or detach.
a GPON OLT VLAN
operation table.
Select from the

The name of the OLT QinQ domain names
Click the drop-down
domain. The same PON port can configured in
Domain name Compulsory list to select the
be bound with up to 6 OLT QinQ the OLT QinQ
domain name.
domain. domain
configuration.
5.2.10 Suppressing Broadcast / Multicast / Unknown Packet

of a PON Port
Command function
This command is used to configure and view broadcast / multicast / unknown packet
suppression function of a PON port. Its purpose is to prevent generation of
broadcast storm inside the system and improve the system performance.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Packet Rate
Control in the shortcut menu. Then the Packet Rate Control window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
5-12 Version: B

Requirement Method
The packet type of the appointed PON
Packet Type - Read-only -
port.
Enable: enables the packet suppression Click the drop-

The options
Enable/Disa- function. down list to
includes Enable Compulsory
ble Disable: disables the packet suppression select Enable
and Disable.
function. or Disable.
Optional.
The value range is When the
1 to 262142, with packet
Speed The system will discard the packets Double-click to
the unit being suppression
(Packet/se- exceeding the set speed control enter the rate
packet/s. The function is
cond) threshold. limit.
default value is enabled, this
150 packet/s. parameter is
valid.
5.2.11 Constantly Emiting Light Detection Configuration
Command function
This command is used to configure the detection for the constantly emiting light
status of the ONU under the line card.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Constantly

Emiting Light Detect Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Constantly Emiting
Light Detect Config window will appear.
Version: B 5-13
Parameter
Requirement Method

Click the drop-
Enable or disable the detection
Includes Enable down list to
Detect Switch function for the constantly emitting light Compulsory
and Disable. select Enable
of the PON port.
or Disable.
is 5 to 3600, with When the Double-click to
The time interval of the detection for the unit being detection is enter the
Detect Interval
the constantly emiting light faults. second. The disabled, this detection
default value is parameter is interval.
60 seconds. invalid.
Optional.
Includes: Auto When the Click the drop-
The disabling mode used when the
Fault Disable Disable and detection is down list to
constantly emiting light fault exists in
Type Manual disabled, this select the fault
the ONU.
Disable. parameter is disable type.
invalid.
5.3 Control Command
5.3.1 Resetting
Command function
This command is used to reset the line card. Users can execute this command after
the line interface card software is upgraded or a line interface card is faulty. After a
line interface card is reset.
Caution:
with cautions.
5-14 Version: B
Applicable object
Access method
Parameter
Requirement Method
Command function
This command is used to restart the appointed ONU. After an ONU is restarted, it
will register to the OLT again.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select System control→Reset
ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Reset ONU window will appear.
Version: B 5-15
Parameter
Requirement Method
card.
the GC4B card is 1 Click the drop-
The PON port number of the to 4. down list to
PON No. Compulsory
line card. u The value range of select the PON
the GC8B card is 1 port number.
to 8.
Click to enter
The authorized ONU the ONU Seq
ONU Authorized The authorization number of
number under the PON Compulsory No.
No. the ONU.
port. configuration
window.
5.3.3 Deauthorizing an ONU
Command function
This command is used to deauthorize the appointed ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select System control→
Deauthorize ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Deauthorize ONU window will
appear.
5-16 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
card.
the GC4B card is 1
The PON port number of the to 4.
line card. u The value range of
number.
the GC8B card is 1
to 8.
The authorization number of The value range is 1 to Double-click to enter
ONU No. Compulsory
the ONU. 128. the ONU number.
5.4 Status Review

Number
Command function
This command is used to view the ONU type and software / hardware version of all
registered ONUs under the PON port of the card. When an ONU is faulty or its
software is upgraded, users can execute this command to verify the software /
hardware version of the ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU Information in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Information window will
appear.
Version: B 5-17
Parameter
Requirement Method
card.
u The value range
of the GC4B
Double-click to
The PON port number of the card is 1 to 4.
PON No. Compulsory enter the PON
line card. u The value range
port number.
of the GC8B
card is 1 to 8.
the ONU.
The ONU type configured in
Configured Type - Read-only -
the ANM2000.
The actual hardware type of
Actual Type - Read-only -
the ONU.
The software number of the
Software Version - Read-only -
ONU.
The hardware number of the
ONU.
5.4.2 Viewing ONU Authorization List
Command function
This command is used to view information of authorized ONUs connected with the
appointed PON port of the EC4B / EC8B card. The authorized ONUs include all
online and offline ONUs.
Applicable object
Access method
Authcated Table in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Authcated Table window
will appear.
5-18 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select from the
pane of setting
object on the
left side.
Select from the
pane of setting
PON No. The PON port number of the line card. - Compulsory
object on the
left side.
The MAC address of the ONU, with the
Physical SN - Read-only -
format being XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.
Password The password of the ONU - Read-only -

LogicSN: LOID - Read-only -
EPON equipment currently.
LogicSN: This parameter is only valid for the

- Read-only -
Password EPON equipment currently.
For various types of FiberHome GPON

ONUs, this parameter refers to the type
ONU Type value, such as AN5506-04B; for ONUs - Read-only -
of other vendors, this parameter value
Authentication
The authentication mode of the ONU. - Read-only -
Mode
Status The current status of the ONU. - Read-only -
5.4.3 Viewing Unauthorized ONU List
Command function
This command is used to view information of unauthorized ONUs connected with

the appointed PON port of the card.
Applicable object
Version: B 5-19
Access method
Unauthorized Table in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Unauthorized Table
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select from the
side.
Select from the
side.
The MAC address of the
Physical SN ONU, with the format being - Read-only -
XX-XX-XX-XX-XX-XX.
This parameter is only valid
LogicSN: LOID for the EPON equipment - Read-only -
currently.
This parameter is only valid

LogicSN: Password for the EPON equipment - Read-only -
currently.
5.4.4 Viewing Registered ONU List
Command function
This command is used to view information of authorized and online ONUs

connected with the appointed PON port of the card.
Applicable object
5-20 Version: B
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get Information→
Registered ONU List in the shortcut menu. Then the Registered ONU List window
will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select from the
pane of setting
object on the left
side.
Select from the
The PON port number of the line pane of setting
side.
ONU.
The MAC address of the ONU, with
Physical SN the format being XX-XX-XX-XX- - Read-only -
XX-XX.
LogicSN: LOID - Read-only -
EPON equipment currently.
LogicSN: This parameter is only valid for the

- Read-only -
Password EPON equipment currently.

GPON ONUs, this parameter
AN5506-04B; for ONUs of other
vendors, this parameter value will
be displayed as Others.
Version: B 5-21
5.4.5 Viewing Port Loopback
Command function
This command is used to view the OAM loopback test function on the PON port of
the card. The parameters to be viewed include the transmitted frame, the received
frame, and the delay.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get Information→Port
loopback in the shortcut menu. Then the Port loopback window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
card.
the GC4B card is 1
Double-click to
The PON port number of the to 4.
PON No. Compulsory enter the PON port
line card. u The value range of
number.
the GC8B card is 1
to 8.
The number of transmitted
Send Frame frames in the port loopback - Read-only -
test.
Frames Received
correct frames in the port - Read-only -
OK
loopback test.

Frames Received
incorrect frames in the port - Read-only -
Corrupted
loopback test.
The minimum delay from

MinDelay - Read-only -
receiving it in the port
loopback test.
5-22 Version: B

Requirement Method
The maximum delay from
MaxDelay - Read-only -
loopback test.
The average delay from

Avg-Delay - Read-only -
loopback test.
5.4.6 Viewing PON Port MAC Address Table
Command function
This command is used to view the MAC address information and VLAN value
learned by the PON port.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get Information→MAC
Learning Table on PON in the shortcut menu. Then the MAC Learning Table on
PON window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The MAC address learned by the PON
MAC Address port with the format being XX-XX-XX- - Read-only -
XX-XX-XX.
The VLAN value learned by the PON
VLAN ID - Read-only -
port.
Version: B 5-23
Command function
This command is used to view the actual operating status of the PON port optical
module and the ONU optical module.
Applicable object
Access method
Parameter
Requirement Method
line card.
u The value range of the
Click the drop-down
The PON port number of GC4B card is 1 to 4.
Port No. Compulsory list to select the PON
the line card. u The value range of the
port number.
GC8B card is 1 to 8.
The type of the optical
module. Its value includes
Optical Module 10 and 20 (unit: km),
- Read-only -
Type indicating the optical fiber
transmission distance
from the OLT to the ONU.
The current temperature
Temperature of the optical module. The - Read-only -
unit is ℃.
The current voltage of the
Voltage optical module. The unit is - Read-only -
V.
5-24 Version: B

Requirement Method
The current bias current of
the optical module. The
current bias current of the
optical module.
The current Tx optical

Transmitting
power of the optical - Read-only -
optical power
module. The unit is dBm.
ONU Authorized The authorization number
- Read-only -
No. of the ONU.
The actual received
Receive optical power of the OLT
- Read-only -
OptPower side from the ONU side.
The unit is dBm.
Version: B 5-25
HU1A / HU2A / GU6F Card
Configuration
Control Command
Status Review
Version: B 6-1
6.1.1 Uplink Port Performance Statistics
Command function
This command is used to query the uplink port performance statistics of the uplink
card.
Applicable object
The HU1A, HU2A and GU6F cards supports this command.
Access method
Statistics on OLT End PON Port in the shortcut menu. Then the Statistics on
Uplink Port window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

Select the uplink port to be queried in
Realtime curve of the uplink port
- Read-only the logical window, and click the Start
Curve performance of the uplink
Collect button in the toolbar.
card.
Select the uplink port to be queried in
Perfor- the logical window, click the Start
value of the uplink port
mance - Read-only Collect button in the toolbar, and click
performance of the uplink
Data Performance Data in the tab that
card.
appears.
6-2 Version: B
6 Shortcut Menu Commands of the HU1A / HU2A / GU6F Card
6.2 Configuration
6.2.1 Configuring Uplink Port Properties
Command function
This command is used to configure the related properties of the uplink port on an
uplink card. The main parameters to be configured include Ethernet parameters,
flow control, and priority authority.
Caution:
To enable the auto-negotiation function of the uplink port on an uplink

card, users need to enable the auto-negotiation function of the Rx port on
the uplink equipment under the OLT first.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Uplink Port
Properties in the shortcut menu. Then the Uplink Port Properties window will
appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Slot No. The slot number of the uplink card. - Read-only -

Uplink Port No. List of the uplink ports. - Read-only -
Port Type The type of the uplink port. - Read-only -
Select or clear the

check box to
Enable Config Enables / disables the uplink port. - Optional enable / disable
the flow mirroring
function.
Version: B 6-3

Requirement Method
When the auto-negotiation function
Optional.
is enabled, the uplink port can
When the auto-
negotiate with ports of other Click the drop-
negotiation
Auto equipment sets on the maximum Includes: Enable down list to select
function is
Negotiation allowed transmission rate. Only and Disable. Enable or
disabled, this
electrical ports support the auto- Disable.
parameter is
negotiation function, and optical
valid.
ports do not support this function.
Optional.
When the port is
The values enable and the
Click the drop-
Select the working rate of the uplink include 10Mbps, auto-negotiation
Speed Config down list to select
port. 100Mbps or function is
the speed.
1000Mbps. disabled, this
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When the port is
Users can select enable and the
Click the drop-
Select the working mode of the the full duplex auto-negotiation
Duplex Config down list to select
uplink port. mode or the half function is
the dual mode.
duplex mode. disabled, this
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When the auto- Select or clear the
Enables or disables the flow control negotiation check box to
Flow Control function of the uplink port to perform - function is enable / disable
congestion control. disabled, this the flow mirroring
parameter is function.
valid.
Optional.
Enables or disables the service negotiation check box to
MAC Address
packet MAC address learning - function is enable / disable
Learning
function of the uplink port. disabled, this the flow mirroring
valid.
6-4 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
negotiation check box to
Enables or disables the priority
Priority Enable - function is enable / disable
authority function of the uplink port.
disabled, this the flow mirroring
valid.
Optional.
When the port is
Double-click to
Sets the priority level of the uplink The value range is 10G port and is
Priority Value enter the priority
port. 0 to 7. enabled, this
value.
parameter is
valid.
Configures the WAN / LAN mode of
the 10 Gb port.
u When the 10 Gb optical port is
connected with the WAN
equipment (such as SDH), this
The options When the port is down list to select
WAN/LAN parameter should be set to
include WANor 10G port, this theWAN / LAN
Mode WAN.
LAN. parameter is mode of the 10G
u When the 10 Gb optical port is
valid. port.
connected with the LAN
equipment (such as Ethernet),
this parameter should be set to
LAN.
Configures the interface mode of the
uplink port. Optional.
u If the port acts as an optical The options For the uplink Click the drop-
port, users should select includes: ports 19:3, 19:4, down list to select
Interface Mode
SerDes. SerDesand 20:3, and 20:4, the interface
u If the port acts as an electrical SGMII. this parameter is mode.
port, users should select valid.
SGMII.
Version: B 6-5
6.2.2 Configuring Port Performance Thresholds
Command function
This command is used to configure the performance-related alarm thresholds of the

uplink port on an uplink card. The main performance parameters to be configured
include CRC statistical value, undersized packets number, and uplink / downlink
rate.
Note:
When the actual values of CRC statistical value, undersized packets

number, and uplink / downlink rate of the uplink card exceeds the set
alarm thresholds, the ANM2000 will report corresponding alarms via
prompt information.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Uplink Port
Statistics Threshold in the shortcut menu. Then the Uplink Port Statistics
Threshold window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method

List of the uplink ports. Its value
Uplink No. - Read-only -
depends on the uplink card type.
6-6 Version: B

Requirement Method
When the CRC statistical value of
the received packets by the uplink The value range is 0
port exceeds the set threshold, a to 4294967294. The Double-click to
Crc-Threshold
corresponding alarm will appear in default value is 0, Optional enter the Crc-
(/sec)
the port performance statistics, and meaning that the Threshold.
the packets exceeding the set threshold is not set.
threshold will be discarded.
A packet whose bytes number is
less than 60 is called the
undersized packet. When the
The value range is 0 Double-click to
undersized packets number of the
Undersize- to 4294967294. The enter the
received packets by the uplink port
Frame default value is 0, Optional Undersize-
exceeds the set threshold, a
Threshold (/sec) meaning that the Frame
corresponding alarm will appear in
threshold is not set. Threshold.
the port performance statistics, and
the packets exceeding the set
threshold will be discarded.
6.2.3 Configuring Port RSTP Parameters
Command function
This configuration command is used to set the RSTP priority parameters.
Note:
It is valid only when the RSTP function of an uplink port is enabled.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Uplink Port RSTP
in the shortcut menu. Then the Uplink Port RSTP window will appear.
Version: B 6-7
Parameter
Requirement Method

Uplink No. List of the uplink ports. - Read-only -
The value
A port with a smaller priority value has a range is 0 to Double-click to
Port Priority higher priority. A port with a higher 240. The Optional enter the port
priority is preferred to act as the root port. default value is priority.
0.
The value
The port RSTP path cost. A port with a
range is 1 to Double-click to
smaller path cost value has a lower path
Port Path Cost 200000000. Optional enter the port
cost. A path with a lower cost is preferred
The default path.
to act as the root path.
value is 0.
6.2.4 Enabling / Disabling VLAN Performance Statistics
Command function
The enabling / disabling VLAN performance statistics command is used to enable /

disable the VLAN performance statistics function of an uplink port.
Note:
After the VLAN performance statistics function is enabled, users can

select Realtime Performance to view the bandwidth utilization ratio of an
uplink port in a certain VLAN.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→VLAN

Performance Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the VLAN Performance Switch
window will appear.
6-8 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
Port No. List of the uplink ports. - Read-only -

Double-click to
The VLAN ID of a certain VLAN The value range
VLAN ID Compulsory enter the VLAN ID
containing the port. is 1 to 4085.
value.
Enables / disables the VLAN Click the drop-
Includes: Enable
Switch performance statistics function of the Compulsory down list to select
and Disable.
uplink port. Enable or Disable.
6.3 Control Command
6.3.1 Resetting a Card
Command function
This command is used to reset the uplink port, generally used in fault handling.
Caution:
This resetting card command can interrupt services. Please operate with
cautions.
Applicable object
Access method
Version: B 6-9
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of the uplink
card.
6.4 Status Review
6.4.1 Viewing RSTP Bridge Information
Command function
This command is used to display the RSTP bridge information of the uplink card and
monitor the status information of each bridge.
Note:
User can acquire the RSTP bridge information only if the RSTP function
is enabled.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get Information→RSTP
Bridge Info in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Bridge Info window will appear.
6-10 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
If the uplink port has learn a MAC
address but has not received the packet
RSTP Bridge
containing this MAC address during the - Read-only -
Info
maximum aging time, this MAC address
will be deleted.
The priority of the uplink card bridge,
which is the important part of the bridge
Bridge Priority - Read-only -
ID. The smaller the value is, the higher
the priority level is.
The MAC address of the uplink card

Bridge Mac
bridge, which is the important part of the - Read-only -
Address
bridge ID.
Bridge Hello The time interval of the transmission of

- Read-only -
Time (s) the BPDU.
The delay time from the blocking or
Forward Delay learning status of the port switches into - Read-only -
the forwarding status.
The RSTP version. Display STP or

Force Version - Read-only -
RSTP.
The priority of the root bridge selected
according to the bridge ID. The root
Root Bridge
bridge can be either the uplink card - Read-only -
Priority
bridge or the OLT uplink equipment
bridge.
The MAC address of the root bridge

selected according to the bridge ID. The
Root Bridge Mac
root bridge can be either the uplink card - Read-only -
Address
bridge or the OLT uplink equipment
bridge.
Root Port The port number of the root bridge. - Read-only -
If the root bridge has learned a MAC

address but has not received the packet
Root Max Age
containing this MAC address during the - Read-only -
(s)
maximum aging time, this MAC address
will be deleted.
Version: B 6-11

Requirement Method
Root Hello Time The time interval of the transmission of
- Read-only -
(s) the BPDU by the root bridge.
The port status switch interval when

selecting the root bridge. This delay
Root Forward prevents the bridge from transmitting
- Read-only -
Delay (s) and receiving data before the topology
structure refresh is sent to the entire
network.
6.4.2 Viewing RSTP Port Information
Command function
This command is used to view the RSTP information of an appointed ONU port.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get Information→RSTP
Port Info in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Port Info window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
uplink card.

HU1A card is 1 to 5. Click the drop-
The port number of the u The value range of the Compul- down list to
Uplink No.
uplink card. HU2A card is 1 to 4. sory select the uplink
u The value range of the port number.
GU6F card is 1 to 6.
6-12 Version: B

Requirement Method
The priority of the port when
the RSTP is enabled. A port
Port Priority with a lower priority value is - Read-only -
preferred to act as the root
port.
Port Role The role of the port. - Read-only -

The working mode of the
Port State - Read-only -
port.
The path cost of the port

Port Path Cost - Read-only -
when the RSTP is enabled.
Designated Root The priority of the appointed
- Read-only -
Priority root port.
Designated Root The MAC address of the

- Read-only -
Mac Address appointed root port.
Designated Path The path cost of the

- Read-only -
Cost appointed root port.
The number of the

Designated Port No. - Read-only -
appointed port.
Designated Port The priority of the appointed

- Read-only -
Priority port.
Designated Bridge The priority of the appointed

- Read-only -
Priority bridge.
Designated Bridge The MAC address of the

- Read-only -
MAC Address appointed bridge.
Command function
This command is used to view the parameters of the optical module of the uplink
card.
Applicable object
Version: B 6-13
Access method
Parameter
The slot number of the uplink
card.
Click the
HU1A card is 1 to 5.
drop-down
The optical port number of the u The value range of the
Port No. Compulsory list to select
uplink card. HU2A card is 1 to 4.
the port
number.
GU6F card is 1 to 6.
The optical module type,
Optical Module indicating the optical fiber
- Read-only -
Type transmission distance between
from the OLT to the ONU.
The current temperature of the
Temperature - Read-only -
optical module.
The current voltage of the optical

Voltage - Read-only -
module.
The current bias current of the
optical module.
Transmitting The actual Tx optical power of the

- Read-only -
optical power optical module.
Receive The actual Rx optical power of the

- Read-only -
OptPower optical module.
6-14 Version: B
CE1B / C155A Card
Configuration
Control Command
Status Review
Version: B 7-1
Command function
Applicable object
The CE1B and C155A cards support this command.
Access method
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The real time sampling Click the Start Collect

Realtime Curve curve of the CPU / memory - Read-only button in the toolbar to start
utilization ratio of the card. query.

Performance button in the toolbar, and
value of the CPU / memory - Read-only
Data click Performance Data in
utilization ratio of the card.
7-2 Version: B
7 Shortcut Menu Commands of the CE1B / C155A Card
7.2 Configuration
7.2.1 Performing E1 Loopback
Command function
This command is used to check the physical connection of the E1 cable and the
internal status of the C155A card.When the TDM service is interrupted, users can
use this command to analyze and isolate the fault.
u Internal loopback: Is used to test whether the line from the ONU E1 interface to
the chip inside the CE1B / C155A card is faulty.
u External loopback: Is used to test whether the line from the chip inside the
CE1B card to the the E1 interface of the uplink eqiupment is faulty; and is used
to test whether the line from the E1 interface of the SDH equipment to the
mapping chip inside the C155A card is faulty.
Note:
u The CE1B card provides 32 E1 interfaces, which are used to

transmit the TDM service to the upper level equipment. The Ethernet
packet from the ONU side is converted into the TDM traffic via the
chip inside the CE1B card, and the transmission is completed via the
E1 interface.
u The C155A card provides one STM-1 interface, which is used to

transmit the TDM service to the SDH equipment. After the Ethernet
packet from the ONU side is converted into the TDM traffic, the
C155A card will perform mapping, alignment, and multiplexing
operations, so that 63 E1 signals will be multiplexed into the STM-1
frame and the transmission will be completed via the STM-1
interface.
Applicable object
Version: B 7-3
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→E1 Loopback in the
shortcut menu. Then the E1 Loopback window will appear.

Requirement Method
The slot number of the CE1B /
C155A card.
u The CE1B card has four
dedicated sockets for E1
interfaces, and each socket
corresponds to eight E1
interfaces. So it supports 32 E1
E1 No. interfaces, and the numbers - Read-only -
are 1 to 32 respectively.
u One C155A STM-1 optical
interface can contain 63 E1
signals, so the value of this
parameter should be 1 to 63.
Selects the loopback mode.

If Cancel is selected, the system Click the drop-
It has three values:
will not perform loopback test of E1 down list to
State DLB, LLB, and Compulsory
services, and the equipment will select loopback
Cancel.
return to the normal operating status.
status.
7.2.2 Configuring System Clock Mode
Command function
This command is used to configure the clock obtaining mode of the local AN5116-
06B. The five clock obtaining modes are described as follows:
u Internal: The clock is provided by the internal oscillator of the card.
u Exterior 1: The clock is received via the external clock interface on the front
panel of the card.
7-4 Version: B
u Exterior 2: The current CE1B card uses the clock of another CE1B / C155A /
TIMA card via the backplane. If the equipment is configured with two CE1B /
C155A / TIMA cards, and one card has obtained the system clock in other
modes, the other card can implement clock synchronization via selecting
Exterior 2.
u E1-Pick: The clock is extracted from the E1 line whose serial number is 1.
u OptLine-Pick: The clock is extracted from the optical port link.
According to the selected clock obtaining mode, users need to complete the
corresponding physical connection.
u If Exterior 1 is selected, users need to complete accessing of the clock from

the external clock interface on the front panel of the card.
u If Exterior 2 is selected, users need to ensure that another CE1B / C155A /

TIMA card has obtained the clock.
u If E1-Pick is selected, users need to complete phyical connection of the E1 line

whose serial number is 1.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click the CE1B / C155A card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→
System Clock Mode in the shortcut menu. Then the System Clock Mode window
will appear.
Parameter
The slot number

Slot No. of the CE1B / - Read-only -
C155A card.
The CE1B card has four modes:
internal, Exterior 1, Exterior 2,
The clock and E1-Pick. The C155A card
Clock Source Compulsory to select the clock
obtaining mode. has five modes: internal,
source.
Exterior 1, Exterior 2, E1-Pick,
and OptLine-Pick.
Version: B 7-5
7.2.3 Configuring Clock Recovery Mode
Command function
This command is used to configure the clock recovery mode.
The system supports four clock recovery modes:
u Adaptive clock recovery
The ONU and the OLT do not share the same synchronization reference source.
The TDM service from the ONU is encapsulated into Ethernet packets and
transmitted to the OLT, and the OLT recovers the clock according to the
Ethernet packet arrival rate and occupying condition of the packet buffer area.
u Enhanced adaptive clock recovery
Its principles are the same as those of the adaptive clock recovery. But the
sampling frequency of enhanced adaptive clock recovery is higher than that of
adaptive clock recovery, and the recovered clock is more accurate.
u Differential clock recovery
The ONU and the OLT share the same synchronization reference source.
During the TDM service encapsulation process on the ONU, the system will
compare the TDM service clock with the public synchronization reference
source; the differential value will be encapsulated into the Ethernet packet
together with the TDM service and be sent to the OLT. After receiving the
Ethernet packet, the OLT will decapsulate it and recover the clock differential
value; after comparing the clock differential value with the public
synchronization reference source, the OLT can determine the clock.
u Loopback clock recovery
The system uses the clock in the downlink TDM data from the uplink equipment
as the transmitting clock directly.
Note:
If it is needed to modify the clock recovery mode, users must first delete
all E1 service configurations in the E1 port service configuration window
of an ONU.
7-6 Version: B
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click the CE1B / C155A card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→
Clock recovery Mode in the shortcut menu. Then the Clock recovery Mode
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of the CE1B /
C155A card.
The parameter has
four values:
adaptive recover,
The mode of the CE1B / C155A Click the drop-
differential recover,
card recovering and extracting down list to select
mode enhanced recover, Compulsory
corresponding clock signals from the clock recovery
and loopback
the data from the ONU. mode.
recover. The default
value is adaptive
recover.
7.2.4 Performing Optical Interface Loopback
Command function
This command is used to check the physical connection of the E1 cable and the
internal status of the C155A card.When the TDM service is interrupted, users can
use this command to analyze and isolate the fault.
u Internal loopback: Is used to test whether the line from the ONU E1 interface to
the STM-1 overhead and pointer processing chip inside the C155A card is
faulty.
u External loopback: Is used to test whether the line from the E1 interface of the
SDH equipment to the STM-1 overhead and pointer processing chip inside the
C155A card is faulty.
Version: B 7-7
Applicable object
The C155A card supports this command.
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Optical port
loopback in the shortcut menu. Then the Optical port loopback window will
appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Slot No. The slot number of the C155A card. - Read-only -
The STM-1 optical interface number of

the C155A card.
Selects the loopback mode.
Click the drop-
If Cancel is selected, the system will It has three values:
down list to
State not perform loopback test of E1 DLB, LLB, and Compulsory
select loopback
services, and the equipment will return Cancel.
status.
to the normal operating status.
7.3 Control Command
7.3.1 Resetting
Command function
This command is used to reset the card.
Applicable object
Access method
7-8 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of the CE1B or
the C155A card.
7.4 Status Review
7.4.1 Viewing E1 Status
Command function
This command is used to view the current status of the E1 link.
Applicable object
Access method
Right-click a card in the Object Tree pane, and select Get Information→E1 State
in the shortcut menu. Then the E1 State window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of the CE1B / C155A
card.
u For the C155A card, the value of this
parameter should be in the range of
1 to 63.
E1 No. - Read-only -
u For the CE1B card, the value of this
parameter should be in the range of
1 to 32.
Version: B 7-9

Requirement Method
The Rx side status of the E1 link.
u non-activate: This E1 link is not
occupied.
u activating: This link has been
Rx State - Read-only -
created, but it does not work
normally.
u activate: This link has been created,
and it works normally.
The Tx side status of the E1 link.

u non-activate: This E1 link is not
occupied.
u activating: This link has been
Tx State - Read-only -
created, but it does not work
normally.
u activate: This link has been created,
and it works normally.
7-10 Version: B
PUBA Card
Configuration
Version: B 8-1
Command function
Access method
Right-click the PUBA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Realtime
Performance→CPU/memory Proportion in the shortcut menu. Then the CPU/
memory Proportion window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The real time sampling curve of

Realtime Read- Click the Start Collect button in
the CPU / memory utilization -
Curve only the toolbar to start query.
ratio of the card.
click the Start Collect button in
Perfor- The real time sampling value of
Read- the toolbar, and click
mance the CPU / memory utilization -
only Performance Data in the tab that
Data ratio of the card.
appears.
8.2 Configuration
8.2.1 Managing User Defined Alarms
Command function
This command is used to configure the user defined alarm names of 14 dry contacts.
Access method
Right-click the PUBA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→Custom
Alarm Manage in the shortcut menu to enter the Custom Alarm Manage window.
8-2 Version: B
8 Shortcut Menu Commands of the PUBA Card
Parameter
Requirement Method
Name Displays the equipment name. - Read-only -

The default alarm name defined by the
ANM2000. Its value includes User-
defined-alarm-1 to User-defined-alarm-
14.
u User-defined-alarm-1 to User-
defined-alarm-7 correspond to the
Default Alarm dry contact alarms on the 2nd to 8th
- Read-only -
Name wires in the connection cables
connected with interfaces DC1 to 7.
u User-defined-alarm-8 to User-
defined-alarm-14 correspond to the
dry contact alarms on the 2nd to 8th
wires in the connection cables
Includes FIRE-
Click the drop-
ALM, SMOKE,
Alarm English down list to select
The actual name of the alarm. FAN-TEMP- Compulsory
Name the alarm english
OVER, TEMP-
name.
Down, etc.
8.2.2 Configuring Customized Alarms
Command function
This command is used to configure the customized alarms of the PUBA card. The
PUBA card supports alarms of 14 dry contacts.
Access method
Right-click the PUBA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→PUBA
User Defined Alarm Config in the shortcut menu to enter the PUBA User Defined
Alarm Config window.
Version: B 8-3
Parameter
Requirement Method
The serial number of the dry contact.
The 1 to 7 correspond to the 2nd to 8th
Double-click to
The value range is Compul- enter the serial
Interface No. connected with interfaces DC1 to 7, and
1 to 14. sory number of the dry
8 to 14 correspond to the 2nd to 8th
contact.
Click the drop-
Includes low and Compul- down list to select
Alarm Conditions The alarm report condition.
high. sory the alarm report
condition.
8-4 Version: B
FAN Card
Configuration
Version: B 9-1
9.1 Configuration
9.1.1 Fan Parameter Configuration
Command function
The fan parameter configuration command is used to configure the relationships

between the temperature and the rotation speed of the fan, so that the fan can
rotate in a proper speed.
Note:
This command is valid for all FAN cards of the equipment at the same
time.
Access method
Right-click the FAN card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→fan
parameter config in the shortcut menu to open the fan parameter config window.
9-2 Version: B
9 Shortcut Menu Commands of the FAN Card
Parameter
The start temperature

of the fan. When the
The value range is 0 to 60,
temperature is higher Compul- Double-click to enter the
Start temperature with the unit being ℃. The
than the start sory fan starting temperature.
default value is 10℃.
temperature, the fan
starts running.
When the
temperature
increases by one
step, the fan rotation
The value range is 1 to 30,
speed will increase Compul- Double-click to enter the
Temperature Step with the unit being ℃. The
for one level sory temperature step.
default value is 5℃.
accordingly, until the
fan rotation speed
reaches the highest
level.
Its value includes speed level
The start rotation 0 to speed level 7. Speed
Compul- Click the drop-down list
Start Speed speed when the fan level 0 indicates the fan stops
sory to select the start speed.
starts running. running. The higher the level,
the higher the running speed.
Version: B 9-3
EPON Terminal
Managing User Defined Alarms
Deauthorizing an ONU
Real Time Performance
Configuration
Control Command
Get Information Command
Deleting ONU from Network Management Database
Obtaining ONU Information
Refreshing an ONU
Displaying ONU Subscribers
Hiding ONU Port Panel
Version: B 10-1
10.1 Managing User Defined Alarms

Command function
The user defined alarm management command is used to configure the user
defined alarm names of the ONU dry contact.
Applicable object
The AN5006-04, the AN5006-07B, and the HG220 all support this command.
Access method
Click an EPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, right-click the appointed
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Custom Alarm
Manage in the shortcut menu. Then the Custom Alarm Manage window will
appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Equipment
The displayed equipment name. - Read-only -
name
Default Alarm The default alarm name defined by
- Read-only -
Name the ANM2000.
Click the drop-down
Alarm English
The actual name of the alarm. Compulsory list to select the
Name
alarm english name.
10.2 Deauthorizing an ONU

Command function
The deauthorizing ONU command is used to deauthorize an authorized ONU.
Caution:
This command can cause loss of configuration data on the ONU and
interrupt services on the ONU.
10-2 Version: B
10 Shortcut Menu Commands of the EPON Terminal
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Deauthorize ONU in
the shortcut menu. Then the Deauthorize ONU window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of
the PON interface
card connected with
the ONU.
The number of the
PON Port No. PON port connected - Read-only -
with the ONU.
The authorization
Onu No. - Read-only -
number of the ONU.
10.3 Real Time Performance
10.3.1 Uplink / Downlink Rate
Command function
The querying uplink / downlink rate command is used to query the uplink / downlink
rate of an ONU.
Applicable object
Version: B 10-3
Access method
Click the EPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, right-click the appointed
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Realtime
Performance→Up/Down Rate in the shortcut menu. Then the Up/Down Rate
window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The real time sampling Select the PON port or LAN

curve of the uplink / port to be queried in the object
Realtime Curve - Read-only
downlink rate of the tree pane, and click the Start
ONU. Collect button in the toolbar.
Select the PON port or LAN
The real time sampling port to be queried in the object
value of the uplink / tree pane, and click the Start
Performance Data - Read-only
downlink rate of the Collect button in the toolbar,
ONU. and click Performance Data in
10.3.2 CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio
Command function
The querying CPU / memory utilization ratio command is used to query the CPU /
memory utilization ratio of an EPON terminal. Via this command, users can know
the equipment running status.
Note:

function in the Performance Group tab of the EPON terminal.
Applicable object
The AN5006-07B supports this command.
10-4 Version: B
Access method
Click the EPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, right-click the appointed
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Select the ONU to be queried

in the object tree pane, and
Realtime Curve curve of the CPU / - Read-only
click the Start Collect button in
memory utilization ratio.
the toolbar.
Select the ONU to be queried
in the object tree pane, and
Performance click the Start Collect button in
value of the CPU / - Read-only
Data the toolbar, and click
memory utilization ratio.
Performance Data in the tab
that appears.
10.4 Configuration
10.4.1 Configuring Management VLAN of an ONU
Command function
The ONU management VLAN configuration command is used to set the parameters
related to the management VLAN of an ONU.
Applicable object
The HG220 supports this command.
Version: B 10-5
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→ONU
manage VLAN in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU manage VLAN window will
appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Slot No. PON interface card - Read-only -
PON Port No. port connected with the - Read-only -
ONU.
of the ONU.
The number of the
SN management VLAN. It is - Read-only -
generated automatically.
The ID of the management The value range: 1
ManageID Compulsory the ID of the
VLAN. to 4.
management VLAN.
The maximum Double-click to enter

The name of the
Name length is 16 Compulsory the name of the
management VLAN.
characters. management VLAN.
Its values include Click the drop-down

The uplink port of the
Port No. All, PON, GE1 and Compulsory list to select the port
ONU.
GE2. number.
Click the drop-down
The tagging property of the Its values include:
Tag/Untag Compulsory list to select the
management VLAN. untag and tag.
tagging property.
The value range: 1 Double-click to enter

Manage SVLAN The TPID of the to 65534. The the TPID of the
Compulsory
Tpid management SVLAN. default value is management
33024. SVLAN.
Manage SVLAN The ID of the management The value range: 1 the ID of the
Compulsory
Id SVLAN. to 4085. management
SVLAN.
10-6 Version: B

Requirement Method
Manage SVLAN The priority of the The value range: 0 the priority of the
Compulsory
CoS management SVLAN. to 7. management
SVLAN.
Manage CVLAN The TPID of the The value range: 1 the TPID of the
Compulsory
Tpid management CVLAN. to 65534. management
CVLAN.
Manage CVLAN The ID of the management The value range: 1 the ID of the
Compulsory
Id CVLAN. to 4085. management
CVLAN.
Manage CVLAN The priority of the The value range: 0 the priority of the
Compulsory
CoS management CVLAN. to 7. management
CVLAN.
The IP address of the in-
band network The general Internet Double-click to enter
Ip addr Compulsory
management port on the IP address. the IP address.
ONU.
The mask of the in-band Click the drop-down
Mask network management port - Compulsory list to select the
on the ONU. mask.
The gateway of the in-
band network The general Internet
Gateway Compulsory the gateway
management port on the gateway address.
address.
ONU.
Command function
Version: B 10-7
Access method
Right-click the HSWA card in the Object Tree pane, and select Config→ONU
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

service interface card The value range is 1 to Click the drop-down list
Slot No. Compulsory
connected with the ONU to 8, or 11 to 18. to select the slot number.
be replaced.
The PON port number Click the drop-down list

PON Port No. corresponding to the ONU The value range: 1 to 8. Compulsory to select the PON port
to be replaced. number.
of the ONU to be replaced.
The value range: 1 to Double-click to enter the
Onu No. The new ONU will use the Compulsory
64. ONU port number.
authorization number of
the replaced ONU.

The physical identifier of The maximum length is
OldPhyicsID Compulsory original physical
the ONU to be replaced. 12 characters.
identifier.
The physical identifier of The maximum length is Double-click to enter the
NewPhyicsID Compulsory
the new ONU. 12 characters. new physical identifier.
10.4.3 Binding / Unbinding an ONU with a Domain
Command function
The binding / unbinding ONU with domain command is used to bind the appointed
ONU with a configured QinQ domain. After the binding operation is executed, this
ONU will control the service flow according to the rules defined in this QinQ domain.
This command also can be used to unbind an ONU with a certain QinQ domain, so
as to cancel the binding relationship between them.
Applicable object
10-8 Version: B
Access method
Attach/Detach Domain in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Attach/Detach
Domain window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Slot No. interface card connected with the - Read-only -
ONU.
PON Port No. - Read-only -
ONU.
Performs the binding / unbinding
operation.
u Attach means binding the Click the drop-
The options
ONU with the QinQ domain down list to select
Action include Attach Compulsory
configured on the OLT. to attach or
and Detach .
u Detach means unbinding the detach.
ONU with the appointed QinQ
domain.
Compulsory.
Select among the
Click the drop-
The name of the OLT QinQ domain names
Domainname - down list to select
domain. configured in the
the domain name.
OLT QinQ
domain window.
Version: B 10-9
10.4.4 ONU NGN Configuration
10.4.4.1 Configuring Voice Media Stream
Command function
The voice media stream configuration command is used to configure the relate
parameters of the voice media stream, including Voice RTP Service Name, RTP
Config, SVLAN Tpid, SVLAN Id, SVLAN Cos, etc.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→ONU NGN
Config→Voice RTP Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Voice RTP Config
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of
the PON interface
card connected with
the ONU.
The number of the
with the ONU.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
Compulsory.
Select among the Click the drop-down
The name of the
Voice RTP configured names in list to select the voice
voice media stream -
Service Name the Local End media stream service
service.
Service VLAN name.
window.
10-10 Version: B

Requirement Method
Enables / disables Click the drop-down
The options include
RTP Config the RTP configuration Compulsory list to select to enable
enable and disable.
function. or disable.
Optional.
The TPID of the The value range: 1 to When RTP Config is
SVLAN Tpid the TPID of the
service VLAN. 65534. set to Enable, this
service VLAN.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The service VLAN ID,
The value range: 1 to When RTP Config is Double-click to enter
SVLAN Id also called SVLAN
4085, or 4088. set to Enable, this the service VLAN ID.
ID.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The priority of the The value range: 0 to When RTP Config is
SVLAN Cos the priority of the
service VLAN.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
CVLAN Tpid the TPID of the
customer VLAN. 65534. set to Enable, this
customer VLAN.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The customer VLAN Double-click to enter
The value range: 1 to When RTP Config is
CVLAN Id ID, also called the customer VLAN
4085, or 4088. set to Enable, this
CVLAN ID. ID.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The priority of the The value range: 0 to When RTP Config is
CVLAN Cos the priority of the
customer VLAN.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The destination IP
The general Internet When RTP Config is Double-click to enter
RTP IPaddr address of the RTP
IP address. set to Enable, this the RTP IP address.
voice media stream.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
Click the drop-down
The address mask of When RTP Config is
RTP Mask - list to select the RTP
the RTP stream. set to Enable, this
mask.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The gateway address The general Internet When RTP Config is Double-click to enter
RTP Gateway
of the RTP stream. gateway address. set to Enable, this the RTP gateway.
parameter is valid.
Version: B 10-11
10.4.4.2 Configuring POS Telephone Number
Command function
The POS telephone number configuration command is used to configure the POS
telephone number.
Applicable object
Access method
Config→POS Phone Number in the shortcut menu. Then the POS Phone
Number window will appear.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
PON interface card
connected with the
ONU.
The number of the
with the ONU.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
The maximum length is 20 Double-click to
POS Phone The POS telephone characters, and the allowed enter the POS
Compulsory
Number number. characters set is telephone
0123456789abcdABCD*#. number.
The POS type, used Click the drop-
for interconnection The value range is Type A to Type down list to
POS Type Compulsory
between different H. select the POS
POS services. type.
10-12 Version: B
10.4.4.3 Configuring Intelligent Public Telephone Number
Command function
The intelligent public telephone number configuration command is used to configure

the intelligent public telephone number.
Applicable object
Access method
Config→IPT Phone Number in the shortcut menu. Then the IPT Phone Number
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
of the ONU.
The maximum length is 20 Double-click to
IPT Phone The intelligent public characters, and the allowed enter the POS
Compulsory
Number telephone number. characters set is telephone
0123456789abcdABCD*#. number.
The intelligent public Click the drop-
telephone type, used for down list to
The value range is Type A to
IPT Type interconnection between Compulsory select the
Type H.
different intelligent public intelligent public
telephone services. telephone type.
Version: B 10-13
10.4.5 Performing Loop Test of a Port
Command function
The port loop test command is used to enable / disable the loop test function of an
ONU port; in addition, it can be used to set the time interval of loop test. After the
loop test function of a certain ONU port is enabled, users can test the link status.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Port Loop
Detect in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Loop Detect window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Slot No. interface card connected - Read-only -
with the ONU.
the ONU.
ONU Port No. The number of the ONU port. - Compulsory the ONU port
number.
UNI Loop Detect Enables / disables the loop
include enable Compulsory list to select to
Management test function.
and disable. enable or disable.
Optional.
This parameter is Double-click to enter
Detect Port Loop The value range:
The time interval of loop test. valid only when the the time interval of
Time (s) 10 to 3600.
loop test function is loop test.
enabled.
10-14 Version: B
10.4.6 Configuring Voice MD5 Authentication
Command function
The voice MD5 authentication configuration command is used to enable / disable

the MD5 authentication function. In addition, this command can configure the
related parameters of the MD5 authentication, including MG identifier, public key,
base g, and prime p. When the H.248 gateway control protocol is used, users can
execute this configuration command.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Voice MD5
Authentication in the shortcut menu. Then the Voice MD5 Authentication window
will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of
the PON interface
card connected with
the ONU.
The number of the
with the ONU.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
Users can select to
Enables / disables Click the drop-down
open the
the MD5 list to select the
Auth Switch authentication or Compulsory
authentication authentication
close the
function. switch.
authentication.
Version: B 10-15

Requirement Method
Optional.
When the
The maximum length Double-click to enter
The MG digital authentication
MG ID is 32 English the MG digital
identifier. function is enabled,
characters. identifier.
this parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When the
The maximum length
authentication Double-click to enter
Shared Key The MD5 public key. is 32 English
function is enabled, the public key.
characters.
this parameter is
valid.
Optional.
Users can type up to
The exchange base When the
16 characters. The Double-click to enter
Exchange Base number of the MD5 authentication
characters that can the exchange base
Number g authentication function is enabled,
be typed include 0 to number g.
algorithm. this parameter is
9, a to f, A to F.
valid.
Optional.
Users can type up to
The exchange prime When the
256 characters. The Double-click to enter
Exchange Prime number of the MD5 authentication
characters that can the exchange prime
Number p authentication function is enabled,
be typed include 0 to number p.
algorithm. this parameter is
9, a to f, A to F.
valid.
10.4.7 Configuring ONU Bandwidth
Command function
The ONU bandwidth configuration command is used to configure the maximum

allowed uplink / downlink bandwidth of an ONU.
Applicable object
10-16 Version: B
Access method
Bandwidth in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Bandwidth window will appear.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
The slot number of
the PON interface
card connected with
the ONU.
The number of the
with the ONU.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
Double-click to
The maximum uplink
Upstream Bandwidth The value range: 256 to enter the maximum
bandwidth of the Compulsory
(kbit/s) 1000000. The unit is kbit/s. uplink bandwidth of
ONU.
the ONU.
Double-click to
The maximum
Downstream The value range: 256 to enter the maximum
downlink bandwidth Compulsory
Bandwidth (kbit/s) 1000000. The unit is kbit/s. downlink bandwidth
of the ONU.
of the ONU.
The binding /
unbinding status of
ProfileBindingInfo - Read-only -
the bandwidth
profile.
The name of the

ProfileName bound bandwidth - Read-only -
profile.
Version: B 10-17
Command function
The enabling / disabling performance classification command is used to enable /

disable the performance collection function of an ONU. The performance
parameters to be collected include port performance statistics, optical module
parameters, environment monitoring parameters, and CPU / memory utilization ratio.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→ONU Perf
Sort Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Perf Sort Switch window will
appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Onu No. The authorization number of the ONU. - Read-only -
The performance parameter name of
Perf Code - Read-only -
the ONU.
Click the drop-
Enables / disables the performance The options
down list to select
Switch collection function of various include enable Compulsory
to enable or
performance parameters. and disable.
disable.
10-18 Version: B
10.4.9 Configuring Data Service on a Port
Command function
The data port configuration command is used to configure the parameters related to
the data service on each FE port of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Port
Service Config in the shortcut menu. Then select the Data Port Config tab from
the window that appears.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select in the data
Port No. The number of the LAN port. - Compulsory port list pane at the
left part.
Enables / disables the LAN

The options include Select or cancel the
port.
Enable/Disable enable and disable. selection via
When a port is enabled, Compulsory
Port The default setting is clicking the check
users can configure the data
enable . box.
service of this port.
Version: B 10-19

Requirement Method
Enables / disables the port
auto negotiation function.
u When the auto
negotiation function of a
The options include
port is enabled, this port
auto negotiation Select or cancel the
will match its rate and
Port Auto and non-auto selection via
duplex mode with other Compulsory
Negotiation negotiation. The clicking the check
ports automatically.
default setting is box.
u When the auto
auto negotiation.
negotiation function of a
port is disabled, users
need to set its rate and
duplex mode.
Optional
The value range When the port auto Click the drop-down
Port Speed The rate of the LAN port. includes 10M, 100M, negotiation function list to select 10M,
and 1000M. is disabled, this port 100M, or 1000M.
is valid.
Optional
Click the drop-down
Its value includes When the port auto
The duplex mode of the LAN list to select Full-
Duplex Full-duplex and negotiation function
port. duplex or Half-
Half-duplex. is disabled, this port
duplex.
is valid.
The options include
Select or cancel the
Enables / disables the flow enabling and
Flow Control selection via
control function of the LAN disabling. The Compulsory
Enable/Disable clicking the check
port. default setting is
box.
disabling.
Whether uses the TLS

enabling switch.
u When the TLS is
enabled, you can set an
Click the drop-down
outer VLAN for different The options include
TLS Compulsory list to select TLS or
port services. TLS and non-TLS.
non-TLS.
u When the TLS is
disabled, you can set
the VLAN for only one
port service.
10-20 Version: B

Requirement Method
Configures the VLAN range Click the Service
of the data that are Optional. Classification
transmitted transparently. If the CVLAN ID is button in the
If the CVLAN ID is null, the null, users can use Services
Service system will transmit VLANs this parameter to Configuration
-
Classification according to the service set the VLAN range window, and
classification setting. If the of the data that are perform
service classification is also transmitted configuration in the
null, the system will transmit transparently. Rule Define window
all VLANs transparently. that appears.
Users can select Click the drop-down

Service Type The type of the data service. unicast or Compulsory list to select the
multicast. service type.
The VLAN mode of the data

service.
When this parameter is set to
tag, the ONU will add a The options include Click the drop-down
VLAN mode VLAN tag for the data. When tag and Compulsory list to select the
this parameter is set to Transparent. VLAN type.
Transparent, the ONU will
not process the data and
transmit them transparently.
The value ranges

from 1 to 65534. The Click to enter the
TPID The TPID type of the VLAN. Compulsory
default value is TPID.
33024.
The inner VLAN ID.
u In tag mode, users
Optional.
should type the inner
The parameter is
VLAN ID assigned by
The value range: 1 not configurable Click to enter the
CVLAN ID the ONU.
to 4085, or null. under the full CVLAN ID.
u In Transparent mode,
transparent
users should type the
transmission mode.
inner VLAN ID assigned
by the home gateway.
Click the drop-down

Priority level or The value range: 0 list to select the
The service priority. Compulsory
COS to 7. priority level or
COS.
Version: B 10-21

Requirement Method
Optional.
This parameter is Click to enter the
The post-translation VLAN
Translated VID - only valid when the post-translation
ID.
translation function VLAN ID.
is enabled.
The name of the QinQ Select among the Optional. Click the Choose
profile. profile names This parameter is QinQ Profile button,
Choose QinQ
The OinQ profile is used configured in the only valid when the and select a profile
Profile
when the SVLAN is added at QinQ profile QinQ function is in the window that
the ONU side. window. enabled. appears.
Select among the Optional.

configured service This parameter is Click the drop-down
The name of the local VLAN
Service Name names in the Local only valid when the list to select the
corresponding to the service.
End Service VLAN QinQ function is service name.
window. enabled.
Select among the Optional.
configured VLAN This parameter is
Click to enter the
VLAN ID The SVLAN ID. IDs in the Local End only valid when the
VLAN ID.
Service VLAN QinQ function is
window. enabled.
Service
Upstream Click to enter the
Minimum The minimum uplink The default value is minimum uplink
Compulsory
Guaranteed bandwidth of the service. 640 kbit/s. bandwidth of the
Bandwidth service.
(kbit/s)
Service
Maximum The maximum uplink The default value is maximum uplink
Compulsory
Allowed bandwidth of the service. 100000 kbit/s. bandwidth of the
Bandwidth service.
(kbit/s)
Service Click enter the

The downlink bandwidth of The default value is
Downstream Compulsory downlink bandwidth
the service. 100000 kbit/s.
(kbit/s) of the service.
10-22 Version: B
10.4.10 Configuring Voice Service on a Port
Command function
The voice port configuration command is used to configure the parameters related
to the voice service on each voice port of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Service Config in the shortcut menu. Then select the Voice Config tab from the
window that appears.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Select in the
The number of the voice
voice port list
Port No. port whose service is being - Compulsory
pane at the left
configured.
part.
Its value should be the Click the drop-

same as the telephone down list to
Phone Number number configured in the Compulsory select the
corresponding to the port.
NGN Configuration telephone
window. number.
The CVLAN ID.
In single-tagged VLAN
Click to enter
mode and QinQ mode, this The value range: 1 to
Signal VLAN ID Compulsory the signal VLAN
parameter should both be 4085.
ID.
set to the inner CVLAN ID
value.
Click the drop-
Its value includes G.711A,
The encoding and decoding down list to
Voice Code Mode G.711U, G.723 and G. Compulsory
rule of the voice service. select the voice
729.
code mode.
Version: B 10-23

Requirement Method
Click the drop-
The transmission mode of Its value includes down list to
Fax Mode Compulsory
the fax service. transparent and T.38. select the fax
mode.
Click the drop-
Its value includes
The transmission mode of down list to
DTMF Mode transparent and Compulsory
the DTMF signal. select the DTMF
RFC2833.
mode.
Click the drop-
Its value includes
The control mode of the fax down list to
Fax Control Mode PassThrough, SS, and Compulsory
data. select the fax
Auto VBD.
control mode.
Enables / disables the echo
suppression function. Select or cancel
After the echo suppression the selection via
Echo Cancel - Compulsory
function is enabled, the clicking the
echo in the call process can check box.
be deleted.
silence compression
function.
Users can select the Select or cancel
SlienceSp check box to the selection via
SlienceSp - Compulsory
enable the silence clicking the
compression function. The check box.
purpose is to reduce the
mute frames in the line and
save bandwidth.
The value ranges from
The input gain of the voice Click to enter
Input Gain -32 to 32. The default Compulsory
stream. the input gain.
value is 0.
The output gain of the voice Click to enter
Output Gain -32 to 32. The default Compulsory
stream. the output gain.
value is 0.
Enables / disables the QinQ
function. Select or cancel
Selecting this item means to the selection via
SVLAN State - Compulsory
enable the QinQ function, clicking the
and users can configure the check box.
SVLAN and priority.
10-24 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
This parameter
The SVLAN ID of the voice is valid only Click to enter
SVLAN ID -
service. when the the SVLAN ID.
SVLAN is
enabled.
Optional.
This parameter Click the drop-
The priority of the outer is valid only down list to
Outer COS The value range: 0 to 7.
VLAN. when the select the outer
SVLAN is COS.
enabled.
Optional.
This parameter Click the drop-
The priority of the inner is valid only down list to
Inner COS The value range: 0 to 7.
VLAN. when the select the inner
SVLAN is COS.
enabled.
10.4.11 Configuring CATV Service on a Port
Command function
The CATV port configuration command is used to configure the parameters related
to the CATV service on each CATV port of an ONU.
Applicable object
The AN5006-04 and the AN5006-07B support this command.
Access method
Service Config in the shortcut menu. Then select the CATV Config tab from the
Version: B 10-25
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

CATV Enables / disables
- Compulsory selection via clicking the
Enable/Disable the CATV service.
check box.
10.4.12 Configuring TDM Service on a Port
Command function
The TDM port configuration command is used to configure the parameters related to
the TDM service on each E1 port of an ONU.
Applicable object
The AN5006-06A supports this command.
Access method
Service Config in the shortcut menu. Then select the E1 Config tab from the
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the
current E1 port.
The slot number of Click the drop-down

TDM Slot No the TDM service Compulsory list to select the TDM
to 8, 11 to 18.
card. card slot number.
The E1 timeslot Click to enter the E1
TDM E1 No number of the local Compulsory timeslot number of
32.
OLT. the local OLT.
10-26 Version: B

Requirement Method
The maximum space The unit is 125us.
Click to enter the
Remote end jitter for saving the E1 The default setting is
Compulsory remote end jitter
buffer packets received by 32 E1 packets of
buffer.
the TDM card. 125us.
The maximum space The unit is 125us.
for saving the E1 The default setting is Click to enter the
Local end jitter buffer Compulsory
packets received by 32 E1 packets of local end jitter buffer.
the ONU card. 125us.
10.4.13 Configuring Optical Line Protection
Command function
The optical line protection configuration command is used to enable / disable the
optical line protection function of an ONU. If the optical line protection function is
enabled and the protection optical line is connected correctly, when the working
optical line has faults, the ONU can switch to the protection optical line rapidly, and
the services carried by the ONU will not be interrupted. This improves the reliability
of system running.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Optical
Line Protection in the shortcut menu. Then the Optical Line Protection window
will appear.
Version: B 10-27
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU Slot No. interface card connected with the - Read-only -
ONU.
ONU.
Protect Switch Enables / disables the optical line
include enable and Compulsory list to select to
Enable protection function.
disable. enable or disable.
10.4.14 Configuring Optical Power Monitor Function
Command function
The optical power monitor configuration command is used to enable / disable the
optical power monitor function of an ONU. If the ONU has fualts, enabling the optical
power monitor to measure the Rx and Tx optical powers of the ONU, so ao to isolate
the fault.
Applicable object
Access method
Alarm Threshold in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Alarm Threshold window
will appear.
10-28 Version: B
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The slot number of

the PON interface
card connected with
the ONU.
The number of the
with the ONU.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
Enables / disables The options Click the drop-down list
Enable/Disable the optical power include enable Compulsory to select to enable or
monitor function. and disable. disable.
10.4.15 Enabling RSTP
Command function
The RSTP configuration command is used to enable / disable the RSTP function of
an ONU. Enabling the RSTP function can avoid generation of network loop inside
the LAN, so as to solve the broadcast storm problem of the looped Ethernet
network.
Applicable object
The AN5006-07B and the HG220 support this command.
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→RSTP in
the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Enable window will appear.
Version: B 10-29
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
Click the drop-
The options
Enables / disables the RSTP down list to
RSTP Enable include enable and Compulsory
function. select to enable
disable.
or disable.
10.4.16 Configuring WAN-Connected Service
Command function
The WAN-connected service configuration command is used to configure the WAN-

connected service and set the parameters such as WAN connection mode.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→WAN
Service in the shortcut menu. Then the WAN Service window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
10-30 Version: B

Requirement Method
ONU to be replaced.
It is generated automatically by the

equipment according to the
WAN Index generation sequence of the WAN - Read-only -
connection. The index value
increases in turn.
The name of the WAN connection.
The generation rule is number_key
Wan_Name - Read-only -
word_bridge or route mode_ PVC /
VLAN information.
Its value includes
Click the drop-
TR069,
down list to
INTERNET,
Wan_Mode The WAN connection mode. Compulsory select the WAN
TR069_
connection
INTERNET and
mode.
Other.
Click the drop-
Its value includes
Wan_Conn_ down list to
The WAN connection type. Route and Compulsory
Type select the WAN
Bridge .
connection type.
Its value should use the CVLAN ID The value range: Double-click to
value configured in the Services 1 to 4085, or null. enter the VLAN
Wan_Vlan_Id Compulsory
Configuration dialog box of the LAN The default value ID of the WAN
port. is null. connection.
The value range: Double-click to
The 802.1p priority of the WAN 0 to 7, or null. The enter the 802.1p
Wan_COS Compulsory
connection. default value is priority of the
null. WAN connection.
The options Optional.
include enabling This parameter is Click the drop-
Wan_NAT_ Enables / disables the NAT and disabling. not configurable down list to
Enable function. The default when the WAN select to enable
setting is connection mode or disable.
enabling. is TR069.
Version: B 10-31

Requirement Method
Click the drop-
down list to
Its value includes select the WAN
The mode of the WAN connection
Wan_D_S_P DHCP, Static, Compulsory connection
obtaining the IP address.
and PPPOE. address
obtaining
method.
Optional.
Double-click to
The general When Wan_D_S_
Wan_Ip_ When Wan_D_S_P is set to Static, enter the static IP
Internet IP P is set to Static,
Address it means the static IP address. address of the
address. this parameter is
WAN connection.
valid.
Optional.
Click the drop-
When Wan_D_S_
When Wan_D_S_P is set to Static, down list to
Wan_Ip_Subnet - P is set to Static,
it means the subnet mask. select the subnet
this parameter is
mask.
valid.
Optional.
Double-click to
The general When Wan_D_S_
When Wan_D_S_P is set to Static, enter the default
Wan_Gateway Internet gateway P is set to Static,
it means the default gateway. gateway of the
WAN connection.
valid.
Optional.
Double-click to
When Wan_D_S_
Wan_Master_ When Wan_D_S_P is set to enter the master
- P is set to Static,
DNS Staticc, it means the master DNS. DNS of the WAN
this parameter is
connection.
valid.
Optional.
Double-click to
When Wan_D_S_
Wan_Slave_ When Wan_D_S_P is set to Static, enter the slave
- P is set to Static,
DNS it means the slave DNS. DNS of the WAN
this parameter is
connection.
valid.
include enabling When Wan_D_S_ Click the drop-
Wan_PPPOE_ Enables / disables the PPPoE and disabling. P is set to down list to
Proxy proxy function. The default PPPOE, this select to enable
setting is parameter is or disable.
disabling. valid.
10-32 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
Double-click to
When Wan_D_S_
When Wan_D_S_P is set to The maximum enter the user
Wan_PPPOE_ P is set to
PPPOE, it means the user name of length is 32 name of the
Username PPPOE, this
the connection. characters. PPPoE
parameter is
connection.
valid.
Optional.
Double-click to
When Wan_D_S_
When Wan_D_S_P is set to The maximum enter the
Wan_PPPOE_ P is set to
PPPOE, it means the password of length is 32 password of the
Password PPPOE, this
the connection. characters. PPPoE
parameter is
connection.
valid.
Optional.
When Wan_D_S_ Double-click to
When Wan_D_S_P is set to The maximum
Wan_PPPOE_ P is set to enter the name of
PPPOE, it means the name of the length is 32
Name PPPOE, this the PPPoE
PPPoE service. characters.
parameter is service.
valid.
include When Wan_D_S_ Click the drop-
When Wan_D_S_P is set to
Wan_PPPOE_ automatic P is set to down list to
PPPOE, it means the connecting
Mode connection and PPPOE, this select the
mode.
connection with parameter is PPPOE mode.
traffic. valid.
The options
include enabling Click the drop-
Wan_Qos_ Enables / disables the QoS function and disabling. down list to
Compulsory
Enable of the WAN connection. The default select to enable
setting is or disable.
disabling.
10.4.17 Configuring Binding Relationship with WAN
Command function
The WAN binding relationship configuration command is used to bind the appointed
port of an ONU with the configured WAN connection service profile.
Version: B 10-33
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→WAN
Binding in the shortcut menu. Then the WAN Binding window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
PON interface card
connected with the
ONU.
The number of the
with the ONU.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
Compulsory.
Select the WAN
Click the drop-down
The name of the WAN connection names
Wan_Name - list to select the WAN
connection. configured in the
connection name.
WAN Service
window.
Sets the ONU port that The value includes
the configured WAN cable service ports
Click to enter the
LAN_Port connection service FE1 to FE4 and radio Compulsory
configuration GUI.
profile is to be bound ports SSID1 to
with. SSID4.
10-34 Version: B
10.4.18 Configuring Encryption
Command function
The encryption configuration command is used to perform encryption setting of the

ONU data. In the PON system, the data are broadcasted to various ONUs in the
downlink direction, and each ONU can receive all downlink data. To prohibit user
information from being stolen, the system must transmit all downlink data frames in
encryption mode.
The AN5116-06B uses the AES algorithm to perform encryption. The ONU
generates the key and modifies it regularly, and each ONU uses its dedicated key.
Via this operation, the privacy of the downlink data can be guaranteed.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Encryption
in the shortcut menu. Then the Encryption window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
Version: B 10-35

Requirement Method
Enables / disables the encryption
function.
Click the drop-
u When this parameter is set to
The options down list to
Enable, the system will perform
include enabling select to
Encryption encryption of the downlink data Compulsory
and disabling enable or
to the ONU.
the encryption. disable the
encryption.
Disable, the system will not use
the encryption function.
Double-click to
The value range
Optional. enter the time
is 1 to 65534;
Encryption The time interval to modify the When the interval to
the unit is
Refresh Time encryption key value of the downlink encryption function modify the
second; and the
(s) data. is enabled, this encryption key
default value is
parameter is valid. value of the
10 seconds.
downlink data.
10.4.19 Configuring Port Isolation
Command function
The port isolation configuration command is used to enable or disable the port
isolation function of an ONU. After the port isolation function of an ONU is enabled,
the communications between its ports are disabled, and the collision domains can
be isolated.
Applicable object
Access method
Isolation in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Isolation window will appear.
10-36 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
Number of the PON port that connects to
the ONU.
Enables / disables the port isolation

function.
u Enable: enables the ONU port The options
Click the drop-
isolation function, the ONU ports include Enable
down list to select
State cannot communicate with each and Disable. The Compulsory
to enable or
other. default setting is
disable.
u Disable: disables the ONU port Enable.
isolation function, the ONU ports
can communicate with each other.
10.4.20 Configuring Performance Threshold of a LAN Port
Command function
The LAN port performance threshold configuration command is used to set the CRC
error detection threshold of each LAN port on an ONU. When the detected CRC
error exceeds the set threshold value, a corresponding alarm will occur and be
reported to the ANM2000.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→LAN Port
Perf Threshold in the shortcut menu. Then the LAN Port Perf Threshold window
will appear.
Version: B 10-37
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of
the PON interface
card connected with
the ONU.
The number of the
with the ONU.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
The LAN port
Port No. sequence of the - Read-only -
ONU.
The uplink CRC error
statistics threshold of The value ranges
Up Crc-Threshold Double-click to enter
the LAN port. Here between 0 and Compulsory
(/sec) the parameter value.
the CRC check is 4294967294.
used.
The downlink CRC
error statistics The value ranges
Down Crc-Threshold Double-click to enter
threshold of the LAN between 0 and Compulsory
(/sec) the parameter value.
port. Here the CRC 4294967294.
check is used.
10.4.21 Configuring VLAN Translation Mode
Command function
The VLAN translation mode configuration command is used to set the VLAN
translation mode of an ONU. The VLAN translation function is described as follows:
When the VLAN tag added to the service by the subscriber terminal is not in the
valid range assigned by the operator, users can enable the translation function to
strip the old tag and add a new valid tag.
Applicable object
10-38 Version: B
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→
Translation VLAN Mode in the shortcut menu. Then the Translation VLAN Mode
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
with the ONU.
The VLAN translation mode.
u Convergence: N: 1 VLAN translation.
In this mode, multiple uplink VLANs
are aggregated into a unique
network side VLAN ID, and they are
The options
reversely mapped into the Click the drop-
include
corresponding multiple VLANs in the down list to select
convergence,
Switch downlink direction. Compulsory the convergence,
not-
u Not-Convergence: 1: 1 VLAN not-convergence
convergence
translation. In this mode, the system or hybrid mode.
and hybrid.
strips the invalid VLAN tag of the
uplink data, and adds the valid tag.
u Hybrid: the mixed mode of N:1
VLAN translation and 1:1 VLAN
translation.
10.4.22 Configuring ONU Ethernet Switch Queue Scheduling

Algorithm
Command function
The ONU Ethernet switch queue scheduling algorithm configuration command is

used to set the Ethernet switch queue scheduling algorithm of an ONU. Via
executing this command, users can configure the scheduling algorithm used by
each priority queue of the ONU and the corresponding weight.
Version: B 10-39
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Queue
Schedule in the shortcut menu. Then the Queue Schedule window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU Slot No. - Read-only -
with the ONU.
ONU
The authorization number of the ONU. - Read-only -
Authorized No.
The mode used by the scheduling
algorithm.
u SP: Ensures that higher-priority
services are always processed prior
to lower-priority services.
u WRR: Is a weight round robin queue
The options
scheduling mechanism. In this mode, Click the drop-
include: SP,
Mode the system first processes higher- Compulsory down list to select
WRR and
priority services, but when the system the mode.
hybrid.
processes higher-priority services,
lower-priority services are not blocked
completely and are processed by a
certain proportion at the same time.
u hybrid: a mixed algorithm including
strict priority and weight priority.
Queue Priority The number of the priority queue. - Read-only. -
10-40 Version: B

Requirement Method
Click the drop-
Optional.
down list to select
The
Queue the weighted
parameter is
Schedule The selected scheduling algorithm. - priority level
valid when
Method algorithm or the
the mode is
strict-priority
hybrid.
queue algorithm.
Optional.
The
parameter is
The service processing bandwidth not
assignment proportion. The higher the The value configurable Double-click to
Weight
weight value of a service is, the more range: 1 to 55. when the enter the weight.
bandwidth it occupies for processing. mode is
strict-priority
queue
algorithm.
10.4.23 Controlling Port MAC Addresses Number
Command function
The port MAC addresses number control command is used to control MAC
addresses number on the PON port and FE port of an ONU. Under each port, only
MAC addresses of the assigned number can be online so that the number of PCs
sharing this port at the same time is restricted. The purpose of this operation is to
control the traffic in the network and avoid blocking.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Port MAC-
Learning Limit in the shortcut menu. Then the Config Port MAC Limit window will
appear.
Version: B 10-41
Parameter
Requirement Method
with the ONU.
The number of the PON interface and
LAN port of the ONU.
Click the drop-

The options
down list to
Enables / disables the port MAC include
Enable/Disable Compulsory select to
addresses number control function. enabling and
enable or
disabling.
disable.
Sets the maximum allowed number of
Optional.
MAC addresses under each port. For a
The value When
PON port, this parameter refers to the Double-click to
range: 0 to Enable/Disable
maximum allowed number of online MAC enter the
Mac Number 8191. is set to
addresses on the entire ONU. For a LAN parameter
The default Enable, this
port, this parameter refers to the value.
value is 64. parameter is
maximum allowed number of online MAC
valid.
addresses under this port.
10.4.24 Binding an ONU with a DBA Profile
Command function
The binding ONU with DBA profile command is used to bind an ONU with a
configured DBA profile. After a certain ONU is bound with a DBA profile, the system
will assign bandwidth for this ONU according to the rules defined in this DBA profile.
Applicable object
The AN5006-04B, the AN5006-07B, and the HG220 all support this command.
10-42 Version: B
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Attach
DBA Profile in the shortcut menu. Then the Attach DBA Profile window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
with the ONU.
Compulsory.
Select among
Click the drop-
the configured
down list to
Profile name The name of the DBA profile. - profile names
select the DBA
in the DBA
profile name.
configuration
profile window.
10.4.25 Binding a Packet Suppression Profile
Command function
The packet suppression profile binding command is used to bind a certain LAN port
of the ONU with a configured packet suppression profile. For a port bound with the
packet suppression profile, its rate will be controlled according to rules defined in the
profile.
Applicable object
Version: B 10-43
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Packets
Rate Control Profile Attach in the shortcut menu. Then the Packets Rate Control
Profile Attach window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
the ONU.
The LAN port number of the
ONU.
Compulsory.
Select among the
Click the drop-
The name of the packet profile names
Profile Id - down list to select
suppression profile. configured in the
the profile name.
Packet suppression
profile window.
10.4.26 Configuring User Defined Alarms
Command function
The user defined alarm configuration command is used to enable the low-level
alarm access function of the ONU. When a certain access point detects the low
level status, a low-level alarm will occur and be reported to the ANM2000.
Applicable object
10-44 Version: B
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→User
Defined Alarm Config in the shortcut menu. Then the User Defined Alarm Config
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The interface number of the ONU
alarm access point that can be
enabled currently.
Double-click to
u For the FTTH ONU, up to two
The value range: enter the
Interface Number alarm interfaces can be Compulsory
1 to 5. interface
enabled.
number.
u For the FTTB ONU, up to five
alarm interfaces can be
enabled.
The report condition of the access
point alarm. When the access
Alarm Conditions point detects the low level status, - Read-only -
a low-level alarm will occur and be
10.4.27 Configuring Port ACL Rules
Command function
The port ACL rule configuration command is used to configure the ACL rules
(access control list rules) of an ONU LAN port. The LAN port will control the data
stream according to the defined rules.
Version: B 10-45
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Port Rules
in the shortcut menu. Then select the LAN Port ACL Rule tab from the window that
appears.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The number of each LAN port on Compul- Select in the data port list
Port No. -
the ONU. sory pane at the left part.
The operation to the data

meeting the data stream control
rules.
u Forward: Forwards the data Its value includes Click the drop-down list
Compul-
Action meeting the data stream Forward and to select to forward or
sory
control rules. Deny. deny.
u Deny: Discards the data
meeting the data stream
control rules.
Users can select
rules such as
Based on SA
The data stream control rules of Compul- Click to enter the
Rule Define MAC, Based on
the LAN port. sory configuration GUI.
DA MAC, and
Based on DA Type
of IP.
10.4.28 Configuring Port QoS Rules
Command function
The port QoS rule configuration command is used to configure the QoS rules of an
ONU LAN port. The LAN port will control the data stream according to the defined
rules.
10-46 Version: B
Applicable object
Access method
appears. Click the FE Port QoS Rule tab.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
The number of each LAN

port on the ONU.
The priority of the QoS Double-click to enter the

Precedence control rule of the data The value range: 1 to 12. Compulsory priority of the QoS control
stream. rule of the data stream.
The number of the Click the drop-down list to
Queue Mapped The value range: 1 to 4. Compulsory
priority queue. select the mapped queue.
The priority of the data The value range is 1 to 7, Click the drop-down list to
Priority Compulsory
stream on the LAN port. or disabling. select the parameter value.
Users can select rules

such as Based on SA
The data stream control Click to enter the
Rule Define MAC, Based on DA Compulsory
rules of the LAN port. configuration GUI.
MAC, and Based on DA
Type of IP.
10.4.29 Configuring Port Flow Rate Control Rules
Command function
The port flow rate control rule configuration command is used to configure the flow
rate control rules of an ONU LAN port.
Applicable object
Version: B 10-47
Access method
appears. Click the LAN Port Stream Rate Limiting tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of each LAN
port on the ONU.
Click the drop-

The options include
US Policing Enables / disables the down list to
enabling and Compulsory
Enable/Disable uplink rate control function. select to enable
disabling.
or disable.
The minimum guaranteed The value should be When the uplink rate enter the
US Policing CIR
value of the uplink rate on a multiple of 64. The control function is guaranteed
(kbit/s)
this port. unit is kbit/s. enabled, this parameter value of the
is valid. uplink rate.
Optional.
The extra rate that the
The value should be When the uplink rate Double-click to
uplink stream of the port
US CBS (Byte) a multiple of 64. The control function is enter the uplink
provides for the burst
unit is kbit/s. enabled, this parameter burst size.
traffic.
is valid.
Optional.
The extra guaranteed rate Double-click to
When the uplink rate
that the uplink stream of enter the uplink
US EBS (Byte) - control function is
the port provides when the excess burst
enabled, this parameter
burst traffic is over-large. size.
is valid.
Click the drop-
Enables / disables the The options include
DS Policing down list to
downlink rate control enabling and Compulsory
Enable/Disable select to enable
function. disabling.
or disable.
Double-click to
Optional.
enter the
The guaranteed value of When the downlink rate
DS Policing CIR guaranteed
the downlink rate on this The unit is kbit/s. control function is
(kbit/s) value of the
LAN port. enabled, this parameter
downlink rate on
is valid.
this port.
10-48 Version: B

Requirement Method
When the downlink rate enter the
The maximum value of the
DS PIR (kbit/s) The unit is kbit/s. control function is maximum value
downlink cell rate.
enabled, this parameter of the downlink
is valid. cell rate.
Users can select
rules such as Based
Click to enter the
The data stream control on SA MAC, Based
Rule Define Compulsory configuration
rules of the LAN port. on DA MAC, and
GUI.
Based on DA Type
of IP.
10.4.30 Configuring ONU Optical Power Compensation
Command function
The ONU optical power compensation configuration command is used to

compensate the optical power of an ONU, so as to ensure that the optical power
value is in the proper range.
Applicable object
Access method
Optical Compensation in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Optical
Compensation window will appear.
Version: B 10-49
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

ONU.
of the ONU.
The value ranges
The Tx optical power Double-click to enter
Tx Adjust between -100.00 and
adjustment value of the Compulsory the Tx optical power
(dBm) 100.00, and the unit is
ONU. adjustment value.
dBm.
The value ranges
The Rx optical power Double-click to enter
Rx Adjust between -100.00 and
adjustment value of the Compulsory the Rx optical power
(dBm) 100.00, and the unit is
ONU. adjustment value.
dBm.
The value ranges Double-click to enter
The Rx optical power
OLT Rx Adjust between -100.00 and the Rx optical power
adjustment value of the Compulsory
(dBm) 100.00, and the unit is adjustment value of the
OLT.
dBm. OLT.
10.4.31 Configuring Bandwidth of the Highest-Priority Service
Command function
The highest-priority service bandwidth configuration command is used to set the

bandwidth of the highest-priority service on an ONU.
Applicable object
10-50 Version: B
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→High-Pri
Services Bandwidth in the shortcut menu. Then the High-Pri Services
Bandwidth window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
- Read-only -
Authorized No. ONU.
Double-click to
The value range: 0 enter the
The bandwidth of the highest-
Bandwidth to 1000000. The Compulsory bandwidth of the
priority service on the ONU.
unit is kbit/s. highest-priority
service.
10.5 Control Command
Command function
The resetting ONU command is used to restart the appointed ONU.
Applicable object
Version: B 10-51
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select System control→
Reset ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Reset ONU window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of
the PON interface
card connected with
the ONU.
Number of the PON
PON Port No. port that connects to - Read-only -
the ONU.
The authorization
Onu No. number of the ONU - Read-only -
to be replaced.
10.5.2 Refreshing Firmware
Command function
The refreshing firmware command is used to refresh the firmware of an ONU. After
completing the firmware version upgrade operation, users can execute this
command to refresh the firmware.
Applicable object
Access method
Restore ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Restore ONU window will appear.
10-52 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
Number of the PON port that
connects to the ONU.
ONU to be replaced.
10.5.3 Registering / Logging Out to an MGC
Command function
The command is used to manually control an MG to register on or log out from an

MGC.
Applicable object
Access method
MGC Register/Unregister in the shortcut menu. Then the MGC Register/
Unregister window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
with the ONU.
Version: B 10-53

Requirement Method
Click the drop-
Register means to register an MC to the The options down list to
Register/Unreg-
MGC. Unregister refers to log out the MG include Register Compulsory select to
ister
from the MGC. and Unregister. register or log
out.
The general Double-click to
The MGC IP address that shoule be
MGC IP Internet IP Compulsory enter the MGC
connected to.
address. IP address.
Command function
The NGN subscriber registering / logging out command is used to register / log out a
user port to the MGC manually.
Applicable object
Access method
Parameter
Requirement Method
with the ONU.
10-54 Version: B

Requirement Method
Double-click to
The value range: 1 enter the
Port No. Tje port number of the NGN subscriber. Compulsory
to 64. subscriber port
number.
Click the drop-
Register means to register a subscriber The options down list to
Register/Unreg-
port to the MGC. Unregister means to log include Register Compulsory select to
ister
out the subscriber port from the MGC. and Unregister. register or log
out.
10.5.5 Performing Forced Protection Switching of an ONU
Command function
When the working optical line has faults, users can execute the forced protection
switching command to switch the service to the protection optical line without
interrupting the carried service.
Applicable object
Access method
Force Switch To Standby in the shortcut menu. Then the Force Switch To
Standby window will appear.
Parameter
the ONU.
The authorization number of the ONU to
be replaced.
Version: B 10-55
10.5.6 Disabling a Remote Optical Module
Command function
The remote optical module disabling command is used to enable or disable the
PON port of the ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Remote Optical Module Off in the shortcut menu. Then the reset ONU PON Port
window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

the ONU.
the ONU.
The options
include on
Enables or disables the PON Click the drop-down list to select
PON Switch and off. The Compulsory
port of the ONU. to enable or disable.
default setting
is on.
10-56 Version: B
10.6 Get Information Command
Command function
The viewing RSTP bridge information command is used to view the RSTP bridge
information of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get Information→
RSTP Bridge Info in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Bridge Info window will
appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
the ONU.
The maximum aging time of the
Bridge Max Age (s) - Read-only -
RSTP bridge.
The priority of the bridge when

the RSTP function is enabled.
Bridge Priority A bridge with a smaller priority - Read-only -
value has a higher priority to be
selected as the root bridge.
The MAC address of the RSTP

Bridge Mac Address - Read-only -
bridge.
Version: B 10-57

Requirement Method
The time interval of two
Bridge Hello Time (s) successive Hello packets - Read-only -
received by the RSTP bridge.
The forward delay time of the

Forward Delay - Read-only -
RSTP bridge.
Force Version The RSTP version. - Read-only -

Root Bridge Priority The priority of the root bridge. - Read-only -
Root Bridge Mac The MAC address of the root

- Read-only -
Address bridge.
The port number of the root

Root Port - Read-only -
bridge.
The maximum aging time of the

Root Max Age (s) - Read-only -
root bridge.
The time interval of two

Root Hello Time (s) successive Hello packets - Read-only -
received by the root bridge.
Root Forward Delay The forward delay time of the

- Read-only -
(s) root bridge.
Command function
The viewing RSTP port information command is used to view the RSTP information
of an appointed ONU port.
Applicable object
Access method
RSTP Port Info in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Port Info window will appear.
10-58 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
Port No. The port number of the ONU. - Read-only -
The priority of the port when the
RSTP is enabled. A port with a
Port Priority - Read-only -
lower priority value is preferred to
act as the root port.
The role of the port.

Its value includes: Selectable,
Port Role - Read-only -
Backup, Root, Appointed, not
joining RSTP and Unknown.
The operating mode of the port.

Its value includes: Disabled,
Port State - Read-only -
Discarded, Learning, Forwarding,
Not Joiningand Unknown.
The path cost of the port when the

RSTP is enabled.
Designated Root The priority of the appointed root
- Read-only -
Priority port.
Designated Root The MAC address of the appointed

- Read-only -
Mac Address root port.
Designated Path The path cost of the appointed root

- Read-only -
Cost port.
The number of the appointed port.

Designated Port No. It is determined by the port number - Read-only -
on the opposite end equipment.
Designated Port
The priority of the appointed port. - Read-only -
Priority
Designated Bridge
The priority of the appointed bridge. - Read-only -
Priority
Designated Bridge The MAC address of the appointed

- Read-only -
MAC Address bridge.
Version: B 10-59
10.6.3 Viewing Optical Module Parameters Information
Command function
The viewing optical module parameters command is used to view optical module
status parameters of an ONU, including optical module type, optical module
temperature, optical module voltage, bias current, Tx and Rx optical power.
Applicable object
Access method
OptModule Para Information in the shortcut menu. Then the OptModule Para
Parameter
Configura-
Value Range /
Item Description Property tion
Requirement
Method
the ONU.
Optical module type At present the 20 km optical module is
- Read-only -
(KM) used typically.
The temperature of the current optical

Temperature (C) - Read-only -
module on the ONU.
The voltage of the current optical module
Voltage (V) - Read-only -
on the ONU.
The bias current of the current optical
Current (mA) - Read-only -
module on the ONU.
The Tx optical power of the current optical
Tx power (Dbm) - Read-only -
module on the ONU.
The Rx optical power of the current optical
Rx power (Dbm) - Read-only -
module on the ONU.
10-60 Version: B
10.6.4 Viewing PON Port Operating Status
Command function
The viewing PON port operating status command is used to view the PON port
operating status of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
PonPort Working State in the shortcut menu. Then the PonPort Working State
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The number of the current working
Active PON Number - Read-only -
PON port on the ONU.
10.6.5 Querying ONU Capability
Command function
The querying ONU capability command is used to query the capability parameters
of an ONU.
Version: B 10-61
Applicable object
Access method
ONU Ability in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Ability window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
Port No. The number of the ONU port. - Read-only -
The version number of the ONU
FirmWare - Read-only -
firmware.
ONU Verdor ID1 The equipment vendor ID1. - Read-only -
ONU Chipset ID The ID of the chip. - Read-only -
ONU Version The version number of the ONU. - Read-only -

The production date of the ONU
ONU Chip Date - Read-only -
chip.
ONU Verdor ID2 The equipment vendor ID2. - Read-only -
ONU Model The ONU model. - Read-only -

ONU MAC
The MAC address of the ONU. - Read-only -
Address
Hardware Version The hardware version number. - Read-only -
Software Version The software version number. - Read-only -

ONU Type The equipment type of the ONU. - Read-only -
Whether the ONU supports

Multi LLID - Read-only -
Multiple LLIDs.
The optical link protection type

Protection Type - Read-only -
supported by the ONU.
10-62 Version: B

Requirement Method
The number of uplink PON ports
Num of PON IF - Read-only -
supported by the ONU.
The number of service slots of an

Num of Slot ONU which can accommodate - Read-only -
cards.
Capabilities Ver The capabilities version. - Read-only -
ONU Upstream The uplink queues number of the
- Read-only -
Queue Number ONU.
ONU Upstream
The maximum queues number of
Max Queue - Read-only -
the ONU uplink ports.
Number
ONU Downstream The downlink queues number of
- Read-only -
Queue Number the ONU.
ONU Downstream
The maximum queues number of
Max Queue - Read-only -
the ONU downlink ports.
Number
ONU Backup The standby battery status of the
- Read-only -
Battery ONU.
IPv6 Supported Whether IPv6 is supported. - Read-only -

ONUPowerSup- The power supply control
- Read-only -
plyControl capability of the ONU.
ONUSpeedCap-
The rate capability of the ONU. - Read-only -
ability
Interface Type The type of the ONU interface. - Read-only -

The ports number of a certain
Num of Port - Read-only -
interface type.
PortBitMapFlag The PortBitMap flag. - Read-only -
The port distribution map of the

PortBitMap - Read-only -
ONU.
10.6.6 Viewing Equipment Information
Command function
The viewing equipment information command is used to view the information of the
HG220.
Version: B 10-63
Applicable object
Access method
Device Information in the shortcut menu. Then the Device Information window
will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The ID information of the
DI-Model Name - Read-only -
equipment.
DI-Manufacturer OUI The OUI of the manufacturer. - Read-only -
DI-Hardware Version The hardware version number. - Read-only -
DI-Software Version The software version number. - Read-only -

The serial number of the
DI-Serial Number - Read-only -
equipment.
10.6.7 Viewing Wi-Fi Status Information
Command function
The viewing WiFi status information command is used to view the enabling status
and WPS Wi-Fi protection setting status of the radio interface of an ONU.
Applicable object
10-64 Version: B
Access method
WIFI Information in the shortcut menu. Then the WIFI Information window will
appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
The Wi-Fi protection setting session
WPS-Status - Read-only -
status.
The Wi-Fi protection setting session
WPS-Overlap - Read-only -
triggering status.
The enabling status of the Wi-Fi radio

WLAN-Enable - Read-only -
interface.
10.6.8 Viewing WAN Connection Information
Command function
The viewing WAN connection information command is used to view the WAN
connection status statistical information.
Applicable object
Access method
WAN Information Statistics in the shortcut menu. Then the WAN Information
Statistics window will appear.
Version: B 10-65
Parameter
the ONU.
Wan NO The index number of the WAN connection. - Read-only -

Wan_Name The name of the WAN connection. - Read-only -
Wan_Vlan_ID The VLAN ID of the WAN connection. - Read-only -
The 802.1p priority of the WAN
Wan_COS - Read-only -
connection.
The IP address obtaining mode of the
Wan_D_S_P - Read-only -
WAN connection.
Wan_Qos_ Indicates whether enables the QoS
- Read-only -
Enable function for the WAN connection.
The current connection status of the WAN
Wan_Status - Read-only -
network.
Wan_Ip_ The static IP address of the WAN
- Read-only -
Address connection.
Wan_Ip_Subnet The subnet mask of the WAN connection. - Read-only -
The default gateway address of the WAN
Wan_Gateway - Read-only -
connection.
Wan_Master_ The master DNS server IP address
- Read-only -
DNS provided by the ISP.
Wan_Slave_ The salve DNS server IP address

- Read-only -
DNS provided by the ISP.
10.6.9 Obtaining ONU Port MAC Address
Command function
The obtaining ONU port MAC address command is used to view the MAC address
learned by an ONU port.
Applicable object
10-66 Version: B
Access method
ONU Port MAC in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Port MAC window will appear.
Note:
For the AN5006-07B, the command is MAC - Learning Table On Port.

Click an EPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, right-click the
appointed ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select
Get Information→MAC - Learning Table On Port in the shortcut menu.
Then the Query ONU MAC window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The number of MAC addresses
MAC Number - Read-only -
learned by the ONU port currently.
The MAC address learned by the

MAC - Read-only -
ONU port currently.
VLAN ID The VLAN ID of a MAC address. - Read-only -
10.6.10 Querying ONU Status Information
Command function
The querying ONU status command is used to query the status information of the
ONU.
Version: B 10-67
Applicable object
Access method
ONU State Information in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU State Information
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The last time the ONU is off the
Last Off Time - Read-only -
network.
10.6.11 Viewing Port Status Information
Command function
The viewing port status information command is used to view the status information
of various ONU ports, including connection status, flow control status, and port
physical status.
Applicable object
10-68 Version: B
Access method
port info in the shortcut menu. Then the port info window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
LINK Status The connection status of the port. - Read-only -

The enabling status of the flow control
Flow Control - Read-only -
function on the port.
Phy Admin
The enabling / disabling status of the port. - Read-only -
State
AutNeg Admin The enabling status of the auto
- Read-only -
State negotiation function on the port.
Speed (Mbit/s) The rate of the port. - Read-only -

Duplex The duplex mode of the port. - Read-only -
Loopback
The loopback status of the port. - Read-only -
Status
10.6.12 Viewing ONU Port Connected Equipment Type
Command function
The viewing ONU port connected equipment type command is used to view the type
of the equipment set connected with the appointed port of an ONU. The type of the
equipment set can be home gateway, computer, or no connection.
Applicable object
The AN5006-04 and the AN5006-07B both support this command.
Version: B 10-69
Access method
Ports, Connected Device Type in the shortcut menu. Then the Ports, Connected
Device Type window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The type of the equipment set
State connected with the port of the - Read-only -
ONU.
10.6.13 Viewing ONU Ranging Value
Command function
The viewing ONU ranging value command is used to view the ranging value
between the ONU and the OLT.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU RTT Value in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU RTT Value window will
appear.
10-70 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The measured logical distance
RTT Value (m) - Read-only -
10.6.14 Line Test
10.6.14.1 Testing POTS Port External Line Status
Command function
The testing POTS port external line status command is used to view the external
voice line status of an ONU. When the voice line has faults, users can execute this
command to perform line diagnosis.
Applicable object
Access method
Line Test in the shortcut menu. Then select the POTS Outline Test tab in the
Version: B 10-71
Parameter
Configura-
Value Range /
Requirement
Method
Number of the PON port that connects to the
ONU.
Double-
The value range click to
Compul-
POTS Port No. The number of the POTS port to be tested. varies with the ONU enter the
sory
POTS port quantity. POTS port
number.
Selects the external line test mode of the
POTS port.
u When Force Test is selected, no matter Click the
the subscriber is in conversation, this The options include drop-down
Compul-
TestType test will be performed. During the test, Force Testand No list to
sory
the conversation will be interrupted. Force Test. select the
u When No Force Test is selected, the test type.
test will be performed when the
subscriber is not in a conversation.
The test status. Its value includes waiting,
TestState - Read-only -
in test and test complete.
Refused
The reason of the test being refused. - Read-only -
Reason
Port State The status of the port. - Read-only -
A -> ground DC The DC voltage of telephone line A, with the
- Read-only -
Voltage (V) earth as the reference.
B -> ground DC The DC voltage of telephone line B, with the
- Read-only -
A ->B DC The DC voltage between telephone lines A
- Read-only -
Voltage (V) and B.
A -> ground
The impedance of telephone line A, with the
insulation - Read-only -
earth as the reference.
resistance (Ω)
B -> ground
The impedance of telephone line B, with the
insulation - Read-only -
resistance (Ω)
10-72 Version: B
Configura-
Value Range /
Requirement
Method
A -> B insulation The impedance between telephone lines A
- Read-only -
resistance (Ω) and B.
A -> B polarity
reversal
The polarity reversal resistance. - Read-only -
insulation
resistance (Ω)
A -> ground
The capacitance of telephone line A, with the
capacitance - Read-only -
(PF)
B -> ground
The capacitance of telephone line B, with the
(PF)
A -> B
The capacitance between telephone lines A
and B.
(PF)
A -> ground AC The AC voltage of telephone line A, with the

- Read-only -
B-> ground AC The AC voltage of telephone line B, with the
- Read-only -
A -> B AC The AC voltage between telephone lines A
- Read-only -
Voltage (V) and B.
A -> B loop
The total resistance of the AB loop. - Read-only -
resistance (Ω)
10.6.14.2 Testing POTS Port Internal Line Status
Command function
The testing POTS port internal line status command is used to view the internal
Applicable object
Version: B 10-73
Access method
Line Test in the shortcut menu. Then select the POTS Inline Test tab in the window
that appears.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
- Read-only -
Authorized No. ONU.
The value range
Double-click to
The number of the POTS port to be varies with the
POTS Port No. Compulsory enter the POTS
tested. ONU POTS port
port number.
quantity.
Selects the external line test mode

of the POTS port.
u When Force Test is selected,
no matter the subscriber is in
Click the drop-
conversation, this test will be The options include
down list to
TestType performed. During the test, the Force Testand No Compulsory
select the test
conversation will be interrupted. Force Test.
type.
u When No Force Test is
selected, the test will be
performed when the subscriber
is not in a conversation.
The test status. Its value includes
waiting, in test, or test complete.
SignalToneS-
The current dial tone status. - Read-only -
tate
FeederVolta- The current status of the telephone
- Read-only -
geState feed voltage value.
Loop current Whether the loop current of the

- Read-only -
State ONU voice port is normal.
10-74 Version: B

Requirement Method
The current value in the loop formed
Loop current (A) - Read-only -
after off-hook.
Feeder voltage
The telephone feed voltage value. - Read-only -
(V)
Signaltone level
The dial tone level value. - Read-only -
(DB)
Signaltone
The dial tone frequency value. - Read-only -
frequency (HZ)
Ringing current
The ringing current voltage value. - Read-only -
voltage (V)
Ringing Current
The ringing current voltage status. - Read-only -
Voltage State
10.6.15 NGN Information
10.6.15.1 Viewing NGN Statistical Information
Command function
The viewing NGN statistical information command is used to view the voice
statistical information of an IAD. When the voice line has faults, users can execute
this command to perform line diagnosis.
Applicable object
Access method
NGN Statistic Info in the shortcut menu. Then the NGN Statistic Info window will
appear.
Version: B 10-75
Parameter
the ONU.
The number of the request packets
ReceivedNGN
received by the ONU from the softswitch - Read-only -
ReqPackets
platform or other MGs.
The number of the request packets sent by

SendNGNReq-
the ONU to the softswitch platform or other - Read-only -
Packets
MGs.
The number of the response packets
ReceivedNGN
received by the ONU from the softswitch - Read-only -
RespPackets
The number of the response packets sent

by the ONU to the softswitch platform or
SendNGN
other MGs.The number of the request - Read-only -
RespPackets
packets sent by the ONU to the softswitch
The number of the RTP voice packets

ReceivedRTP-
received by the ONU from the media server - Read-only -
Packets
or other MGs.
The number of the RTP voice packets sent
SendRTPPack-
by the ONU to the media server or other - Read-only -
ets
MGs.
The number of the RTP voice bytes
ReceivedRTP-
received by the ONU from the media server - Read-only -
Bytes
or other MGs.
The number of the RTP voice bytes sent by
SendRTPBytes - Read-only -
the ONU to the media server or other MGs.
The packet loss rate of the ONU sending
PacketLoss (%) - Read-only -
and receiving voice packets.
NetworkAvgDe- The network average delay of the ONU

- Read-only -
lay (ms) sending voice packets.
RTPAvgJitterBuf- The average jitter delay of the ONU

- Read-only -
fer (ms) sending and receiving voice packets.
10-76 Version: B

Bandwidth The bandwidth occupied by the voice
- Read-only -
Usage (kbit/s) service on the ONU.
The lost signaling packets number of the
LostSigPackets - Read-only -
ONU sending and receiving voice packets.
The retransmitted signaling packets

RetransmitPack-
number of the ONU sending and receiving - Read-only -
ets
voice packets.
WrongSigPack- The error signaling packets number of the

- Read-only -
ets ONU sending and receiving voice packets.
The unknown signaling packets number of

UnknownSig-
the ONU sending and receiving voice - Read-only -
Packets
packets.
10.6.15.2 Viewing NGN Port Statistical Information
Command function
The viewing NGN port statistical information command is used to view the voice
statistical information of an ONU POTS port. When the voice line has faults, users
can execute this command to perform diagnosis.
Applicable object
Access method
appear. Click the NGN Port Statistic Info tab.
Version: B 10-77
Parameter
ONU.
ONU.
Double-click
The value range varies
The number of the ONU voice to enter the
ONU Port No. with the ONU POTS port Compulsory
port. voice port
quantity.
number.
The number of the RTP voice
ReceivedRTP-
packets received by the ONU from - Read-only -
Packets
the media server or other MGs.
SendRTPPack-
packets sent by the ONU to the - Read-only -
ets
media server or other MGs.
ReceivedRTP-
bytes received by the ONU from - Read-only -
Bytes
the media server or other MGs.
SendRTPBytes bytes sent by the ONU to the - Read-only -
media server or other MGs.
The average jitter delay of the
RTPJitterBuffer
ONU sending and receiving voice - Read-only -
(ms)
packets.
Lastest Call
The start time of the latest call. - Read-only -
Begin Time
Lastest Call End

The end time of the latest call. - Read-only -
Time
Last Call
The current call duration. - Read-only -
Duration (s)
Total Call Times The call times of a subscriber. - Read-only -

Total Call The total call duration of a
- Read-only -
Duration (s) subscriber.
UpstreamRate
The uplink rate. - Read-only -
(kbit/s)
10-78 Version: B

Downstream-
The downlink rate. - Read-only -
Rate (kbit/s)
AvgNetworkDe- The network average delay of the

- Read-only -
lay (ms) ONU sending voice packets.
The packet loss rate of the ONU

PacketLoss (%) sending and receiving voice - Read-only -
packets.
10.6.15.3 Viewing NGN Resource Status
Command function
The viewing NGN resource status command is used to view the subscriber status of
an ONU POTS port and the corresponding RTP resource information.
Applicable object
Access method
appear. Click the NGN Resource State tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Number of the PON port that connects
to the ONU.
POTS No. The POTS port number of the ONU. - Read-only -

The telephone number configured at
Telephone No. - Read-only -
the POTS port.
Version: B 10-79

Requirement Method
The registration status of the POTS
Reg Status - Read-only -
port.
Termination ID The ID number of the termination point. - Read-only -
RTP Name The RTP resource name. - Read-only -
RTP Port The RTP port number. - Read-only -
10.6.15.4 Viewing NGN RTP Resource Configuration
Command function
The viewing NGN resource configuration command is used to view the RTP
resource configuration information of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
appear. Click the NGN RTP Resource tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
RTP Resource The RTP resource name. The first
- Read-only -
Name 128 entries will be displayed.
10-80 Version: B
10.6.16 Querying MG Configuration
Command function
The querying MG configuration command is used to query the configuration

information of the MG.
Applicable object
Access method
MG Configuration Report in the shortcut menu. Then the MG Configuration
Report window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU Authorized No. - Read-only -
ONU.
MGID The ID of the MG. - Read-only -
The type of the softswitch platform
ProtocolType - Read-only -
protocol.
EID The gateway domain name. - Read-only -

The IP address of the active
First MGCIP - Read-only -
softswitch platform.
The IP address of the standby

Second MGCIP - Read-only -
The IP address of the SIP active

First SIP Server - Read-only -
register server.
The IP address of the SIP standby

Second SIP Server - Read-only -
register server.
Version: B 10-81

Requirement Method
First SIP-Proxy The IP address of the SIP active

- Read-only -
Server proxy server.
Second SIP-Proxy The IP address of the SIP standby

- Read-only -
Server proxy server.
Signal Svlan Tpid The signaling SVLAN TPID. - Read-only -

Signal Svlan ID The signaling SVLAN ID. - Read-only -
Svlan COS The signaling SVLAN priority. - Read-only -
Signal Cvlan Tpid The signaling CVLAN TPID. - Read-only -
Signal Cvlan ID The signaling CVLAN ID. - Read-only -
Cvlan COS The signaling CVLAN priority. - Read-only -
RTP Svlan Tpid The media stream SVLAN TPID. - Read-only -
RTP Svlan ID The media stream SVLAN ID. - Read-only -
RTP Svlan COS The media stream SVLAN priority. - Read-only -

RTP Cvlan Tpid The media stream CVLAN TPID. - Read-only -
RTP Cvlan ID The media stream CVLAN ID. - Read-only -
RTP Cvlan COS The media stream CVLAN priority. - Read-only -
IP Mode The IP address obtaining mode. - Read-only -

Signal IP The signaling IP address. - Read-only -
Signal gateway The signaling gateway address. - Read-only -
RTP IP The media stream IP address. - Read-only -

RTP gateway The media gateway address. - Read-only -
The user name for obtaining the IP
PPPoe name - Read-only -
address in PPPoE mode.
The password for obtaining the IP
PPPoe password - Read-only -
The enabling status of the
Keep Alive - Read-only -
heartbeat function.
Alive Interval The heartbeat interval. - Read-only -
Alive Times The heartbeat test times. - Read-only -
10-82 Version: B
10.6.17 Querying Parameter Configuration of Fax / Modem

Service
Command function
The fax / modem service parameter configuration query command is used to query
the related parameters of the fax / modem service of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
GET FAX/Modem Configuration in the shortcut menu. Then the GET FAX/Modem
Configuration window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
the ONU.
Port No. The number of the ONU port. varies with the Compulsory enter the port
ONU type. number.
The transmission mode of the
VoiceT38Enable - Read-only -
fax service.
VoiceFax/Modem- The control mode of the fax
- Read-only -
Control data.
Version: B 10-83
10.6.18 Querying ONU POTS Port Status
Command function
The querying ONU POTS port status command is used to query the current status
of an ONU POTS port.
Applicable object
Access method
NGN User Port Status in the shortcut menu. Then the NGN User Port Status
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
ONU.
Port No. The number of the ONU port. varies with the Compulsory enter the port
ONU type. number.
The current status of the
Port Status - Read-only -
subscriber port.
Termination ID The ID of the termination point. - Read-only -

iadPortServiceState - Read-only -
subscriber port service.
iadPortServiceCo- The coding / decoding mode of

- Read-only -
decMode the port.
10-84 Version: B

Requirement Method
The echo suppression function
Echo Cancel - Read-only -
enabling status.
The polarity reversal signal

Reversed Polarity - Read-only -
enabling status.
Rx Gain (dB) The Rx gain. - Read-only -
Tx Gain (dB) The Tx gain. - Read-only -
SIP Telephone The SIP telephone number. - Read-only -

The user name corresponding
SIPUSERNAME - Read-only -
to the SIP subscriber port.
The password corresponding to

SIPUSERPWD - Read-only -
the SIP subscriber port.
10.6.19 Performing Emulation Command
Command function
The emulation command is used to detect the operating status of an ONU POTS
port via the incoming or outgoing call emulation test.
Applicable object
Access method
Simulation Command in the shortcut menu. Then the Simulation Command
window will appear.
Parameter
u Incoming call simulation begin
Version: B 10-85

Requirement Method
Number of the PON port
that connects to the ONU.
of the ONU.
The number of the ONU
port.
The value ranges

Double-click to
The time-out duration of between 60 and
Timeout Compulsory enter the time-out
the incoming call test. 300, and the unit is
duration.
second.
The status includes
the following items:
State The current test status. Read-only -
test started and
test not started.
u Incoming call simulation query

Requirement Method
of the ONU.
port.

State - Read-only -
port.
u Incoming call simulation end
10-86 Version: B

Requirement Method
of the ONU.
port.

State - Read-only -
port.
The test result of the

Conclusion incoming call simulation - Read-only -
test.
Fail Reason The reason of test failure. - Read-only -
u Outgoing call simulation begin

Requirement Method
of the ONU.
port.
Double-click to
The outgoing telephone
Tel - Compulsory enter the POS
number.
telephone number.
The value ranges

Double-click to
The time-out duration of between 60 and
Timeout Compulsory enter the time-out
the outgoing call test. 300, and the unit is
duration.
second.
State The current test status. - Read-only -
u Outgoing call simulation query
Version: B 10-87

Requirement Method
of the ONU.
port.

State - Read-only -
port.
u Outgoing call simulation end

Requirement Method
of the ONU.
port.

State - Read-only -
port.
The dialed telephone

DIALNUMBER - Read-only -
number.
TARGETNUMBER reported to the softswitch - Read-only -
platform.
The signaling indication

FAILEDSIG - Read-only -
for test failure.
The test conclusion of the
Conclusion - Read-only -
outgoing call emulation.
Fail Reason The reason of test failure. - Read-only -
10-88 Version: B
10.7 Deleting ONU from Network Management

Database
Command function
The command is used to delete the broken or off-line ONUs from the network
management database.
Caution:
The command will delete the ONU and the services it carries from the
network management database. Please perform with care.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Delete ONU from
Database in the shortcut menu.
10.8 Obtaining ONU Information

Command function
The ONU information obtaining command is used to manually obtain the ONU
information, including: physical address, password, logical SN and logical SN
password.
Applicable object
Version: B 10-89
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get ONU
Information in the shortcut menu.
10.9 Refreshing an ONU

Command function
The refreshing command is used to refresh the status information of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Refresh in the
shortcut menu to execute this command.
10.10 Displaying ONU Subscribers

Command function
The displaying ONU subscriber command is used to expand and display information
on ONU subscribers in the ONU list tab; information on ONU subscribers includes
the number of the PON port connected with each ONU, the slot number of the card
containing each PON port, the authorization number of each ONU, etc.
Applicable object
10-90 Version: B
Access method
1. Click an EPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, right-click a certain
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right of the GUI, and select Display ONU User
in the shortcut menu. In the ONU list tab, an expand icon will appear in the left
of each ONU; users can click this expand icon to expand and display
information on this ONU.
2. After the ONU subscriber information is displayed, right-click a certain ONU in

the ONU list tab, and the Hide ONU User command will appear in the shortcut
menu. Click Hide ONU User to hide the ONU-related subscriber information.
10.11 Hiding ONU Port Panel

Command function
The hiding ONU port panel command is used to hide the port panel of the
designated ONU on the ANM2000 GUI.
Applicable object
Access method
1. Click an EPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, right-click the
designated ONU in the ONU list tab at the right of the GUI, and select Hide
ONU Port Panel in the shortcut menu. After the previous operations, the port
panel of the designated ONU will not be displayed on the ANM2000 GUI.
2. After the ONU port panel is hidden, right-click the designated ONU, and the
Display ONU Port Panel command will appear in the shortcut menu. Click
Display ONU Port Panel to display the ONU port panel on the ANM2000 GUI.
Version: B 10-91
11 Shortcut Menu Command of the
GPON Terminal
Deauthorizing an ONU
Real Time Performance
Configuration
Control Command
Get Information Command
Deleting ONU from Network Management Database
Obtaining ONU Information
Refreshing an ONU
Displaying ONU Subscribers
Hiding ONU Port Panel
Version: B 11-1
11.1 Deauthorizing an ONU

Command function
The deauthorizing ONU command is used to deauthorize an authorized ONU.
Caution:
This command can cause loss of configuration data on the ONU and
interrupt services on the ONU.
Applicable object
The AN5506-04B, the AN5506-10B1, and the HG260 all support this command.
Access method
Click an GPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, right-click the appointed
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Deauthorize ONU in
the shortcut menu. Then the Deauthorize ONU window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Slot No. connected with the ONU to be - Read-only -
deauthorized.
PON Port No. connected with the ONU to be - Read-only -
deauthorized.
11-2 Version: B
11 Shortcut Menu Command of the GPON Terminal
11.2 Real Time Performance
11.2.1 Uplink / Downlink Rate
Command function
The querying uplink / downlink rate command is used to query the uplink / downlink
rate of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Click the GPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, right-click the appointed
Performance→Up/Down Rate in the shortcut menu. Then the Up/Down Rate
window will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement
Select the ONU to be queried in

Realtime the object tree pane, and click
curve of the uplink / - Read-only
Curve the Start Collect button in the
downlink rate of the ONU.
toolbar to start the query.
The values
include:
Select the ONU to be queried in
object, time,
The real time sampling the object tree pane, and click
Performance performance
value of the uplink / Read-only the Start Collect button in the
Data type,
downlink rate of the ONU. toolbar, and click Performance
performance
Data in the tab that appears.
value and
unit.
Version: B 11-3
11.2.2 CPU / Memory Utilization Ratio
Command function
The querying CPU / memory utilization ratio command is used to query the CPU /
memory utilization ratio of an ONU. Via this command, users can know the
equipment running status.
Applicable object
Access method
Click the GPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, right-click the appointed
Parameter
Value Range
Item Description / Property Configuration Method
Requirement

Click the Start Collect button in
Realtime Curve curve of the CPU / memory - Read-only
the toolbar to query.
utilization ratio.
The values
include:
object, time,
The real time sampling Click the Start Collect button in
Performance performance
value of the CPU / memory Read-only the toolbar, and click Performance
Data type,
utilization ratio. Data in the tab that appears.
performance
value and
unit.
11-4 Version: B
11.3 Configuration
Command function
Applicable object
Access method
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of the service interface
Slot No. card connected with the ONU to be - Read-only -
replaced.
The PON port number of the service

PON Port No. interface card connected with the ONU - Read-only -
to be replaced.
The authorization number of the ONU to

be replaced.
The new ONU will use the authorization
number of the replaced ONU.
The maximum Double-click to

The physical identifier of the ONU to be
OldPhyicsID length is 12 Compulsory enter the original
replaced.
characters. physical identifier.
The maximum Double-click to

NewPhyicsID The physical identifier of the new ONU. length is 12 Compulsory enter the new
characters. physical identifier.
Version: B 11-5
11.3.2 Binding / Unbinding an ONU with a Domain
Command function
The binding / unbinding ONU with domain command is used to bind the appointed
ONU with a configured QinQ domain. After the binding operation is executed, this
ONU will control the service flow according to the rules defined in this QinQ domain.
This command also can be used to unbind an ONU with a certain QinQ domain, so
as to cancel the binding relationship between them.
Applicable object
Access method
Attach/Detach Domain in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Attach/Detach
Domain window will appear.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
Slot No. service interface card - Read-only -
The PON port number of
PON Port No. the service interface card - Read-only -
of the ONU.
11-6 Version: B
Configuration
Method
The options include attach and
detach.
u Attach means binding the Click the drop-
Attaches to or detaches
ONU with the QinQ domain down list to select
Action from the OLT QinQ Compulsory
configured on the OLT. to attach or
domain.
u Detach means unbinding detach.
the ONU with the
appointed QinQ domain.
Select among the domain Click the drop-

The name of the OLT names configured in the down list to select
Domainname Compulsory
QinQ domain. Configure OLT QinQ domain the domain
window. name.
11.3.3 Configuring GPON Service Bandwidth
Command function
The GPON service bandwidth configuration command is used to configure

bandwidth of various services on the ONU. The service types include broadband
data service, IPTV service, voice service, TDM service, and integrated service.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→GPON
Service Bandwidth Config in the shortcut menu. Then the GPON Service
Bandwidth Config window will appear.
Version: B 11-7
Parameter
Configuration
Method
of the ONU.
The value includes data, IPTV,
voip, TDM, Integrate Service and
serial port service.
u data: the unicast data service.
u IPTV: the multicast service.
Click the drop-
u voip: the NGN voice service.
down list to
Service Type The service type. u TDM: the TDM service. Compulsory
select the
u Integrate Service : the
service type.
management data or unicast
data service.
u serial port service: The
power ONU AN5506–04P1
service.
The fixed bandwidth
assigned to the designated
uplink service on the ONU.
The value range is 16 to 128000; Double-click to
Fixed Even if the designated
the unit is kbyte/s; and the default Compulsory enter the fixed
bandwidth uplink service does not use
value is 16 kbyte/s. bandwidth.
the fixed bandwidth
resource, other services
cannot occupy it either.
11-8 Version: B
Configuration
Method
The guaranteed bandwidth
that the designated uplink
service on the ONU can Double-click to
The value range is 0, 32 or
Assured obtain. If the designated enter the
128000; the unit is kbyte/s; and Compulsory
bandwidth uplink service does not assured
the default value is 0.
occupy the guaranteed bandwidth.
bandwidth resource totally,
other services can use it.
The maximum bandwidth of
an ONU’s uplink service.
The sum of the fixed Double-click to
The value range is 16 to 128000;
Maximum bandwidth value and the enter the
the unit is kbyte/s; and the default Compulsory
bandwidth assured bandwidth value maximum
value is 64 kbyte/s.
should not be larger than bandwidth.
the maximum bandwidth
value.
11.3.4 Configuring Management Channel
Command function
The command is used to configure the management channel of the TR069. The
ACS server manages the ONU equipment via the management channel.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Non-OMCI
Manage Path Config in the shortcut menu to open the Non-OMCI Manage Path
Config window.
Version: B 11-9
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of
the service interface
card connected with
the ONU.
The PON port
number of the
PON Port No. service interface - Read-only -
card connected with
the ONU.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
The port number of 65534. Double-click to enter
Port No. Compulsory
the ONU. The default setting is the port number.
number 1 port.
Click the drop-down

Port Type Select the VEIP port. - Compulsory list to select the port
type.
Enables or disables The options include

Management Click the drop-down
the non-OMCI enable and Disable.
Channel Compulsory list to select to
management The default setting is
Enable enable or disable.
channel. Disable.
Optional.
Select the TR069 When the non-OMCI Click the drop-down
Management
management - management channel is list to select the
Model
channel. enabled, the parameter management model.
is valid.
Optional.
The configured item Double-click to enter
The value range: 0 to When the non-OMCI
Manage Vlan number of the the name of the
65534. management channel is
Item management management VLAN
The default value is 1. enabled, the parameter
VLANs. item number.
is valid.
Optional.
The value range: 0 to When the non-OMCI Double-click to enter
The ID of the
Manage ID 65534. management channel is the ID of the
management VLAN.
The default value is 1. enabled, the parameter management VLAN.
is valid.
11-10 Version: B

Requirement Method
The name is composed
of number, character and
Optional.
underline. It should be
When the non-OMCI Double-click to enter
The name of the started with the
Name management channel is the name of the
management VLAN. character and should not
enabled, the parameter management VLAN.
be blank.
is valid.
The maximum length is
16 characters.
Optional.
The options include
The obtaining When the non-OMCI Click the drop-down
DHCP and static.
DSP method of the IP management channel is list to select DHCP
address. enabled, the parameter or static.
DHCP.
is valid.
Optional.
When the non-OMCI
The IP address Double-click to enter
The general Internet IP management channel is
IP Address when the DSP item the static IP
address. enabled and the IP
is set to static. address.
obtaining mode is static,
the parameter is valid.
Optional.
The gateway When the non-OMCI
Double-lick to enter
Gateway address when the The general Internet IP management channel is
the gateway
Address DSP item is set to address. enabled and the IP
address.
static. obtaining mode is static,
Optional.
When the non-OMCI
The primary DNS
The general Internet IP management channel is Double-click to enter
Primary DNS when the DSP item
address. enabled and the IP the primary DNS.
is set to static.
Optional.
When the non-OMCI
The secondary DNS
Secondary The general Internet IP management channel is Double-click to enter
when the DSP item
DNS address. enabled and the IP the secondary DNS.
is set to static.
Version: B 11-11

Requirement Method
The network Optional.
The options include TCP
management When the non-OMCI Click the drop-down
and UDP.
IP Protocol protocol used by the management channel is list to select TCP or
The default setting is
management enabled, the parameter UDP.
UDP.
channel. is valid.
Optional.
The network port
number The value range: 0 to
Network Port management channel is the network port
corresponding to the 65535.
enabled, the parameter number.
network protocol.
is valid.
Optional.
The DSCP priority The value range: 0 to 63.
ToS/DSCP management channel is the priority level
level. The default value is 0.
enabled, the parameter value.
is valid.
Optional.
The options include tag
The tagging property When the non-OMCI Click the drop-down
and untag.
Tag/Untag of the management management channel is list to select tag or
VLAN. enabled, the parameter untag.
untag.
is valid.
Optional.
The TPID of the When the non-OMCI Double-click to enter
Manage Svlan 65534.
management management channel is the TPID of the
Tpid The default value is
SVLAN. enabled, the parameter management Svlan.
33024.
is valid.
Optional.
Manage Svlan The management The value range: 1 to
management channel is the ID of the
Id SVLAN ID. 4085.
enabled, the parameter management Svlan.
is valid.
Optional.
Click the drop-down
The priority of the When the non-OMCI
Manage Svlan list to select the
management The value range: 0 to 7. management channel is
Cos management Svlan
SVLAN. enabled, the parameter
priority.
is valid.
Optional.
The TPID of the When the non-OMCI Double-click to enter
Manage Cvlan The value range: 1 to
management management channel is the TPID of the
Tpid 65534.
CVLAN. enabled, the parameter management Cvlan.
is valid.
11-12 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
Manage Cvlan The management The value range: 1 to
management channel is the ID of the
Id CVLAN ID. 4085.
enabled, the parameter management Cvlan.
is valid.
Optional.
Click the drop-down
The priority of the When the non-OMCI
Manage Cvlan list to select the
management The value range: 0 to 7. management channel is
Cos management Cvlan
CVLAN. enabled, the parameter
priority.
is valid.
11.3.5 Configuring VEIP Data Service
Command function
The VEIP data service configuration command is used to configure the VEIP data
service parameters, including: service VLAN, service priority and flow classification
rule.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→VEIP data
service config in the shortcut menu to open the VEIP data service config window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Slot No. service interface card - Read-only -
The PON port number of
PON Port No. the service interface card - Read-only -
Version: B 11-13

Requirement Method
of the ONU.
Double-click to
The FE port number of the 65534.
Port No. Compulsory enter the port
ONU. The default setting is
number.
number 1 port.
Double-click to
The configured data The value range: 1 to
Service ID Compulsory enter the
service serial number. 16.
parameter value.
The TPID value. The TPID

value of both the inner tag
65534. Double-click to
CTPID and outer tag uses 0x8100 Compulsory
The default value is enter the CTPID.
determined by the
33024.
protocol.

1 to 4085. The default
value is null. Double-click to
The ID of the inner
CVLAN ID The value should be Compulsory enter the CVLAN
CVLAN.
within the service ID.
VLAN range of the
service.
The value ranges from Double-click to
CCOS The inner CVLAN priority. 0 to 7. The default Compulsory enter the priority
value is null. level value.
Optional.
The TPID value. The TPID When the Translation
value of both the inner tag State of the bound
65534. Double-click to
TTPID and outer tag uses 0x8100 Service Model Profile
The default value is enter the TTPID.
determined by the is enabled, the
33024.
protocol. parameter is
configurable.
Optional.
When the Translation
1 to 4085. The default Double-click to
State of the bound
The post-translation VLAN value is null. enter the
TVID Service Model Profile
ID. The value should be translation VLAN
is enabled, the
within the local VLAN ID.
parameter is
range of the service.
configurable.
11-14 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
When the Translation
The value ranges from State of the bound Double-click to
The priority of the
TCOS 0 to 7. The default Service Model Profile enter the priority
translation VLAN.
value is null. is enabled, the level value.
parameter is
configurable.
Optional.
When the QinQ State
Select among the Click the drop-
of the bound Service
QinQ Profile The name of the QinQ profile names down list to
Model Profile is
Name profile. configured in the QinQ select the QinQ
enabled, the
profile window. profile name.
parameter is
configurable.
Select among the

The service name in the configured service
If the SVLAN profile is down list to
SVLAN Name service VLAN names in the Local
bound, this parameter select the
configuration. End Service VLAN
is not configurable. parameter value.
window.
The TPID value. The TPID
The value range: 0 to Optional.
value of both the inner tag
65534. If the SVLAN profile is Double-click to
STPID and outer tag uses 0x8100
The default value is bound, this parameter enter the STPID.
determined by the
33024. is not configurable.
protocol.

1 to 4085. The default Optional.
Double-click to
value is null. If the SVLAN profile is
SVID The outer VLAN ID. enter the SVLAN
The value should be bound, this parameter
ID.
within the local VLAN is not configurable.
range of the service.
Optional.
The value ranges from Double-click to
If the SVLAN profile is
SCOS The outer SVLAN priority. 0 to 7. The default enter the priority
bound, this parameter
value is null. level value.
is not configurable.
The options include

Click the drop-
Only one TLS data service TLS Disable and TLS
down list to
TLS Enable can be configured under Enable. Compulsory
select the
one VEIP port. The default value is
parameter value.
TLS Disable.
Version: B 11-15

Requirement Method
Click the drop-
Select the profile name
down list to
Service Model Binds the service model that is configured in the
Profile profile. Service Model Profile
service model
window.
profile.
Optional.
When the QinQ State
Select the profile name Click the drop-
of the bound Service
that is configured in the down list to
SVLAN Profile Binds the SVLAN profile. Model Profile is
SVLAN Profile select the
enabled, the
window. SVLAN profile.
parameter is
configurable.
Select among the rule

Click the drop-
names configured in
Stream Rule Binds the flow down list to
the Flow Optional
Profile classification rule profile. select the flow
Classification Rule
rule profile.
window.
11.3.6 Configuring Data Service on a Port
Command function
The data port configuration command is used to configure the parameters related to
the data service on each FE port of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
1. Click an GPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, right-click the appointed
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→
Service Config in the shortcut menu. Then select the Data Port Config tab
from the window that appears.
11-16 Version: B
2. Click the Add button in the Data Port Config window to make the Services
Configuration window appear. In the window, users can configure the
parameters related to the data service on the ONU, including the service
classification, the service type, etc.
Parameter
u Data service parameter of the AN5506-04B

Requirement Method
Select in the data
Port No. The number of the LAN port. - Compulsory port list pane at the
left part.
Enables / disables the LAN The options

port. include enabling
selection via
Enable/Disable Port When a port is enabled, and disabling. Compulsory
clicking the check
users can configure the data The default setting
box.
service of this port. is enabling.
Enables / disables the port

auto negotiation function.
u When the auto
negotiation function of
The options
a port is enabled, this
include auto
port will match its rate Select or cancel the
negotiation and
Port Auto and duplex mode with selection via
non-auto Compulsory
Negotiation other ports clicking the check
negotiation. The
automatically. box.
default setting is
u When the non-auto
auto negotiation.
negotiation function of
a port is disabled, users
need to set its rate and
duplex mode.
Optional.
The value range When the port
Click the drop-down
includes 10M, auto negotiation
Port Speed The rate of the LAN port. list to select 10M,
100M, and function is
100M, or 1000M.
1000M. disabled, this port
is valid.
Version: B 11-17

Requirement Method
Optional.
When the port Click the drop-down
Its value includes
The duplex mode of the LAN auto negotiation list to select Full-
Duplex Full-duplex and
port. function is duplex or Half-
Half-duplex.
disabled, this port duplex.
is valid.
The options
Enables / disables the flow include enable
Flow Control selection via
control function of the LAN and disable. The Compulsory
port. default setting is
box.
disable.
Enables / disables the rate
control function of the LAN
port. The options
u Selecting the button box include enable
Speed Limit selection via
means enabling the rate and disable. The Compulsory
control function. default setting is
box.
u Clearing the button box disable.
means disabling the
rate control function.
Optional.
When the rate
Click to enter the
control function
The maximum rate of the maximum rate of
Speed Limit Up The unit is kbit/s. of the port is
uplink data on the LAN port. the uplink data on
enabled, this
the LAN port.
parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When the rate
Click to enter the
The maximum rate of the control function
maximum rate of
Speed Limit Down downlink data on the FE The unit is kbit/s. of the port is
the downlink data
port. enabled, this
on the LAN port.
parameter is
valid.
Users can select Click the drop-down
Service Type The service type. unicast or Compulsory list to select the
multicast. service type.
Its value includes Click the drop-down

The tagging mode of the
Tag Untag, Tag and Compulsory list to select the
LAN port.
TLS. tagging mode.
11-18 Version: B

Requirement Method
The VLAN mode of the data
service.
set to Tag, the ONU will
add a VLAN tag for the
data.
The options
set to transparent, the Click the drop-down
include Tag,
CVLAN Mode ONU does not process Compulsory list to select the
transparent and
the data and transmits CVLAN mode.
translation.
them transparently.
set to translation, the
equipment will translate
the old tag from the
ONU into the new VLAN
tag.
Optional.
When CVLAN
Click the drop-down
The Ethernet priority of the The value ranges Mode is set to
COS list to select the
LAN port. from 0 to 7. Tag, this
Ethernet priority.
parameter is
valid.
The value ranges
Click to enter the
CVLAN ID The inner VLAN ID. between 1 and Compulsory
CVLAN ID.
4085, or be null.
Optional.
When the tagging
The VLAN tag of the LAN The value range: mode is set to Click to enter the
VLAN ID
port. 1 to 4085. Tag, this VLAN ID.
parameter is
valid.
Click the drop-down
The priority of the data The value range: list to select the
Priority or COS Compulsory
service on the port. 0 to 7. inner PON priority
level or COS.
Version: B 11-19

Requirement Method
downlink data encryption
function of the port. The options
u Selecting the button box include enable
Downlink encryption selection via
means enabling the and disable. The Compulsory
enable switch clicking the check
encryption function. default setting is
box.
u Clearing the button box disable.
means disabling the
encryption function.
Enables / disables the QinQ

function of the port.
u Selecting the button box Select or cancel the
means enabling the selection via
QinQ State - Compulsory
QinQ function. clicking the check
u Clearing the button box box.
means disabling the
QinQ function.
Optional.
This parameter is
Click to enter the
SVLAN ID The local VLAN ID. - valid only when
SVLAN ID.
the QinQ function
is enabled.
Optional.
The name of the local VLAN This parameter is Click the drop-down
Service name corresponding to the - valid only when list to select the
service. the QinQ function service name.
is enabled.
Optional.
Click the drop-down
This parameter is
The inter-PON priority of the list to select the
Priority or COS - valid only when
data service. inner PON priority
the QinQ function
level or COS.
is enabled.
u Data service parameter of the AN5506-10B
11-20 Version: B

Requirement Method
Port No. The number of the LAN port. - Read-only -

The options
Enables / disables the LAN port. Select or cancel
include enable
Enable/Disable When a port is enabled, users can the selection via
and disable. The Compulsory
Port configure the data service of this clicking the
default setting is
port. check box.
enable.
Enables / disables the port auto
negotiation function.
The options
u When the auto negotiation
include auto
function of a port is enabled, this
negotiation and Select or cancel
port will match its rate and
Port Auto non-auto the selection via
duplex mode with other ports Compulsory
Negotiation negotiation. The clicking the
automatically.
default setting is check box.
u When the auto negotiation
auto
function of a port is disabled,
negotiation.
users need to set its rate and
duplex mode.
Optional.
The value range When the port Click the drop-
includes 10M, auto negotiation down list to
Port Speed The rate of the LAN port.
100M, and function is select the port
1000M. disabled, this rate.
port is valid.
Optional.
When the port Click the drop-
The duplex mode of the LAN port. Its
auto negotiation down list to
Duplex value includes Full-duplex and Half- -
function is select the duplex
duplex.
disabled, this mode.
port is valid.
Enables / disables the flow control

function of the LAN port.
The options
u Selecting the button box means Select or cancel
include enable
Flow Control enabling the flow control the selection via
and disable. The Compulsory
Enable/Disable function. clicking the
default setting is
u Clearing the button box means check box.
disable.
disabling the flow control
function.
Version: B 11-21

Requirement Method
Whether uses the TLS enabling
switch.
u When the TLS is enabled, you Click the drop-
can set an outer VLAN for The options down list to
TLS Compulsory
different port services. include disable. select to enable
u When the TLS is disabled, you or disable.
can set the VLAN for only one
port service.
Click the Service

Configures the VLAN range of the Optional. Classification
data that are transmitted If the CVLAN ID button in the
transparently. is null, users can Services
If the CVLAN ID is null, the system use this Configuration
Service
will transmit VLANs according to the - parameter to set window, and
Classification
service classification setting. If the the VLAN range perform
service classification is also null, the of the data that configuration in
system will transmit all VLANs are transmitted the Rule Define
transparently. transparently. window that
appears.
Users can select

unicast or
multicast. Click the drop-
unicast means down list to
Service Type The type of the data service. Compulsory
the common data select the
service, and service type.
multicast means
the IPTV service.
The VLAN mode of the data service.
tag, the ONU will add a VLAN Click the drop-
The options
tag for the data. down list to
VLAN mode include tag and Compulsory
u When this parameter is set to select the VLAN
Transparent.
Transparent, the ONU does not type.
process the data and transmits
them transparently.
The TPID type of the VLAN. The value range: Click to enter the
TPID Compulsory
The default value is 33024. 1 to 65534. TPID.
11-22 Version: B

Requirement Method
The inner VLAN ID.
u In tag mode, users should type
the inner VLAN ID assigned by The value ranges
Click to enter the
CVLAN ID the ONU. between 1 and Compulsory
CVLAN ID.
u In Transparent mode, users 4085, or be null.
should type the inner VLAN ID
assigned by the home gateway.
Click the drop-

Priority level or The value range: down list to
The service priority. Compulsory
COS 0 to 7. select the priority
level or COS.
Optional.
Select or cancel
The options This parameter is
Translation Enables / disables the translation the selection via
include enable valid only when
enabling status. function. clicking the
and disable. the VLAN mode
check box.
is transparent.
Optional.
This parameter is
Click to enter the
only valid when
Translated VID The post-translation VLAN ID. - post-translation
the translation
VLAN ID.
function is
enabled.
Select or cancel
The options
Enables / disables the QinQ function the selection via
QinQ State include enable Compulsory
of the port. clicking the
and disable.
check box.
Optional. Click the Choose
This parameter is QinQ Profile
Choose QinQ only valid when button, and
The name of the QinQ profile. -
Profile the QinQ select a profile in
function is the window that
enabled. appears.
Optional.
This parameter is Click the drop-
The name of the service VLAN only valid when down list to
Service Name -
corresponding to the service. the QinQ select the
function is service name.
enabled.
Version: B 11-23

Requirement Method
Optional.
This parameter is
The SVLAN ID, also called service only valid when Click to enter the
VLAN ID -
VLAN ID. the QinQ VLAN ID.
function is
enabled.
Service
Minimum The minimum uplink bandwidth of The default value minimum uplink
Compulsory
Guaranteed the service. is 640 kbit/s. bandwidth of the
Bandwidth service.
(kbit/s)
Service
Maximum The maximum uplink bandwidth of The default value maximum uplink
Compulsory
Allowed the service. is 100000 kbit/s. bandwidth of the
Bandwidth service.
(kbit/s)
Click enter the

Service
The downlink bandwidth of the The default value downlink
Downstream Compulsory
service. is 100000 kbit/s. bandwidth of the
(kbit/s)
service.
11.3.7 Configuring Voice Service on a Port
Command function
The voice port configuration command is used to configure the parameters related
to the voice service on each voice port of an ONU.
Applicable object
11-24 Version: B
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Service
Config in the shortcut menu. Then select the Voice Config tab from the Data Port
Config window that appears.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
The number of the voice
Port No. port whose service is being - Read-only -
configured.
Its value should be the same Click the drop-

The telephone number as the telephone number down list to select
Tel Compulsory
corresponding to the port. configured in the NGN the telephone
Configuration window. number.
The CVLAN ID.
In single-tagged VLAN
Signal VLAN mode and QinQ mode, this Click to enter the
The value range: 1 to 4085. Compulsory
ID parameter should both be signal VLAN ID.
set to the inner CVLAN ID
value.
Click the drop-
The encoding and
Voice Code Its value includes G.711A, down list to select
decoding rule of the voice Compulsory
Mode G.711U, G.723 and G.729. the voice code
service.
mode.
Click the drop-
VoiceT38En- The transmission mode of Its value includes
Compulsory down list to select
able the fax service. transparent and T.38.
the fax mode.
Click the drop-
The transmission mode of Its value includes
DTMF Mode Compulsory down list to select
the DTMF signal. transparent and RFC2833.
the DTMF mode.
Click the drop-
Its value includes
Fax Control The control mode of the fax down list to select
PassThrough, SS, and Compulsory
Mode data. the fax control
Auto VBD.
mode.
Version: B 11-25
Configuration
Method
Enables / disables the echo
suppression function. Select or cancel
After the echo suppression the selection via
Echo Cancel - Compulsory
function is enabled, the clicking the check
echo in the call process box.
can be deleted.
silence compression
function.
Users can select the Select or cancel
SlienceSp check box to the selection via
SlienceSp - Compulsory
enable the silence clicking the check
compression function. The box.
purpose is to reduce the
mute frames in the line and
save bandwidth.
The input gain of the voice The value ranges from -32 to Click to enter the
Input Gain Compulsory
stream. 32. The default value is 0. input gain.
The output gain of the voice The value ranges from -32 to Click to enter the
Output Gain Compulsory
stream. 32. The default value is 0. output gain.

QinQ function.
Select or cancel
Selecting this item means
the selection via
SVLAN State to enable the QinQ - Compulsory
clicking the check
function, and users can
box.
configure the SVLAN and
priority.
Optional.
This parameter
The SVLAN ID of the voice is valid only Click to enter the
SVLAN ID -
service. when the SVLAN ID.
SVLAN is
enabled.
11-26 Version: B
Configuration
Method
Optional.
This parameter
Click the drop-
The priority of the outer is valid only
Outer COS The value range: 0 to 7. down list to select
VLAN. when the
the outer COS.
SVLAN is
enabled.
Optional.
This parameter
Click the drop-
The priority of the inner is valid only
Inner COS The value range: 0 to 7. down list to select
VLAN. when the
the inner COS.
SVLAN is
enabled.
11.3.8 Configuring CATV Service on a Port
Command function
The CATV port configuration command is used to configure the parameters related
to the CATV service on CATV ports of an ONU.
Applicable object
The AN5506-04C1 supports this command.
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Service
Config in the shortcut menu. Then select the CATV Config tab from the Data Port
Config window that appears.
Parameter
Requirement Method
CATV Enables / disables The options include
Compulsory selection via clicking
Enable/Disable the CATV service. enable and disable.
the check box.
Version: B 11-27
11.3.9 Configuring Multicast Service on an ONU
Command function
The ONU multicast service configuration command is used to configure the

downlink multicast data stream VLAN and uplink / downlink multicast protocol
message VLAN passing through an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→ONU IGMP
Config in the shortcut menu to open the ONU IGMP Config window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of the Double-click to
Slot No. interface card on which the Compulsory enter the slot
to 8, or 11 to 18.
ONU locates. number.
Double-click to
Number of the PON port that The value range: 1 to
PON Port No. Compulsory enter the PON port
connects to the ONU. 8.
number.
Double-click to
The authorization number of The value range: 1 to
Onu No. Compulsory enter the ONU
the ONU. 64.
number.
ONU.
11-28 Version: B

Requirement Method
The VLAN mode of the
downlink multicast data
stream.
u UNTAG: Means that the
stream passing through Click the drop-
IGMP VLAN this ONU port is Its values include: down list to select
Compulsory
Mode untagged. UNTAG and TAG. the multicast data
u TAG: Means that the VLAN mode.
stream passing through
this ONU port is tagged
with the appointed
VLAN tag.
The VLAN ID of the downlink

multicast data stream. It Double-click to
means that this ONU port The value range: 1 to enter the VLAN ID
IGMP VLAN Compulsory
only receives the downlink 4085. of the multicast
multicast data stream with data.
the appointed VLAN ID.
The VLAN priority of the

Double-click to
The value range: 0 to enter the VLAN
IGMP COS stream. 0 means the lowest Compulsory
7. COS of the
priority, and 7 means the
multicast data.
highest priority.
Version: B 11-29

Requirement Method
The VLAN mode of the
uplink / downlink multicast
protocol message passing
through the ONU port.
u TRANSPARENT
indicates that the uplink
/ downlink multicast
protocol message is
transmitted
transparently.
u TAG indicates that a
Click the drop-
VLAN tag is added to Its value includes
down list to select
IGMP Protocol the uplink / downlink TRANSPARENT,
Compulsory the multicast
VLAN Mode multicast protocol TAG, RETAG and
protocol VLAN
message. REMOVE.
mode.
u RETAG indicates that
the system replaces the
VLAN tag of the uplink /
downlink multicast
protocol message with a
new VLAN tag.
u REMOVE indicates that
the system strips the
VLAN tag of the uplink /
downlink multicast
protocol message.
Optional.
If IGMP Protocol Double-click to
IGMP Up The VLAN ID of the uplink The value range: 1 to VLAN Mode is set to enter the VLAN of
Protocol VLAN multicast protocol message. 4085. TRANSPARENT or the uplink
REMOVE, this multicast protocol.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The VLAN priority of the
uplink multicast protocol
IGMP Up The value range: 0 to VLAN Mode is set to enter the VLAN
message. 0 means the
Protocol COS 7. TRANSPARENT or COS of the uplink
lowest priority, and 7 means
REMOVE, this multicast protocol.
parameter is valid.
11-30 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
IGMP Down The VLAN ID of the downlink The value range: 1 to VLAN Mode is set to enter the VLAN of
Protocol VLAN multicast protocol message. 4085. TRANSPARENT or the downlink
TAG, this parameter multicast protocol.
is valid.
Optional.
The VLAN priority of the Double-click to
If IGMP Protocol
downlink multicast protocol enter the VLAN
IGMP Down The value range: 0 to VLAN Mode is set to
message. 0 means the COS of the
Protocol COS 7. TRANSPARENT or
lowest priority, and 7 means downlink multicast
TAG, this parameter
the highest priority. protocol.
is valid.
11.3.10 ONU NGN Configuration
11.3.10.1 Configuring Voice Media Stream
Command function
The voice media stream configuration command is used to configure the related
parameters of the voice media stream.
Applicable object
The AN5506-04B and the AN5506-10B1 both support this command.
Access method
Config→Voice RTP Config in the shortcut menu. Then the Voice RTP Config
window will appear.
Version: B 11-31
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the
slot that offers the
Slot No. PON interface - Read-only -
connected with the
ONU.
The number of the
with the ONU.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
Select among the
configured VLAN Click the drop-down
The name of the
Voice RTP Service names in the list to select the voice
voice media stream Compulsory
Name Configure Local media stream
service.
End Service VLAN service name.
window.
Enables / disables
The options include Click the drop-down
the RTP
RTP Config enablingand Compulsory list to select to
configuration
disabling. enable or disable.
function.
Optional.
SVLAN Tpid the TPID of the
service VLAN.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The service VLAN
The value range: 1 to When RTP Config is Double-click to enter
SVLAN Id ID, also called
4085, or 4088. set to Enable, this the service VLAN ID.
SVLAN ID.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The priority of the The value range: 0 to When RTP Config is Double-click to enter
SVLAN Cos
service VLAN. 7. set to Enable, this the service Cos.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
CVLAN Tpid the TPID of the
customer VLAN.
parameter is valid.
11-32 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
The customer VLAN Double-click to enter
The value range: 1 to When RTP Config is
CVLAN Id ID, also called the customer VLAN
4085, or 4088. set to Enable, this
CVLAN ID. ID.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The priority of the The value range: 0 to When RTP Config is Double-click to enter
CVLAN Cos
customer VLAN. 7. set to Enable, this the customer Cos.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The destination IP
When RTP Config is Double-click to enter
RTP IPaddr address of the RTP -
set to Enable, this the RTP IP address.
voice media stream.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
Click the drop-down
The address mask of When RTP Config is
RTP Mask - list to select the RTP
the RTP stream. set to Enable, this
mask.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The gateway
When RTP Config is Double-click to enter
RTP Gateway address of the RTP -
set to Enable, this the RTP gateway.
stream.
parameter is valid.
11.3.10.2 Configuring POS Telephone Number
Command function
The POS telephone number configuration command is used to configure the POS
telephone number.
Applicable object
Access method
Config→POS Phone Number in the shortcut menu. Then the POS Phone
Number window will appear.
Version: B 11-33
Parameter
Configuration
Method
PON interface card
connected with the
ONU.
PON Port No. that connects to the - Read-only -
ONU.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
Double-click to
The POS telephone enter the POS
Tel characters, and the allowed Compulsory
number. telephone
characters set is 0123456789.
number.
Click the drop-
The POS processing The options include: Type A,
down list to
POS Type mode, including eight Type B, Type C, Type D, Type E, Compulsory
select the POS
values. Type F, Type G or Type H.
type.
11.3.10.3 Configuring Intelligent Public Telephone Number
Command function
The intelligent public telephone number configuration command is used to configure

the intelligent public telephone number.
Applicable object
Access method
Config→IPT Phone Number in the shortcut menu. Then the IPT Phone Number
window will appear.
11-34 Version: B
Parameter
Configuration
Method
of the ONU.
Double-click to
The intelligent public enter the POS
Tel characters, and the allowed Compulsory
telephone number. telephone
characters set is 0123456789.
number.
Click the drop-
The intelligent public
The options include: Type A, down list to
telephone processing
IPT Type Type B, Type C, Type D, Type Compulsory select the
mode, including eight
E, Type F, Type G or Type H. intelligent public
values.
telephone type.
11.3.11 Configuring Wi-Fi Service
Command function
The Wi-Fi service configuration command is used to configure the Wi-Fi service
parameters, so as to achieve wireless access.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→WiFi
Service Config in the shortcut menu to open the WiFi Service Config window.
Version: B 11-35
Parameter
Requirement Method
PON interface card
connected with the
ONU.
ONU.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
The options include
Click the drop-down
IGD-WLAN- Enables or disables the enable and disable.
Compulsory list to select to enable
APModuleEnable Wi-Fi service. The default setting is
or disable.
disable.
Optional.
The wireless Its value includes
The parameter is Click the drop-down
IGD-WLAN- communication ETSIand ATSI.
valid after the Wi- list to select ETSI or
COUNTRY standard used by the The default value is
Fi function is ATSI .
Wi-Fi service. ETSI.
enabled.
Optional.
The number of the The parameter is Double-click to enter
IGD-WLAN- 13.
wireless channel valid after the Wi- the wireless channel
CHANNEL The default setting is
occupied by the service. Fi function is number.
channel 0.
enabled.
Its value includes
Optional.
802.11b, 802.11g,
Selects the type of the The parameter is Click the drop-down
IGD-WLAN- 802.11b/g, 802.11n
wireless communication valid after the Wi- list to select the
STANDARD and 802.11bgn.
standard. Fi function is wireless standard.
enabled.
802.11bgn.
The value ranges Optional.

between 0 and 20, The parameter is
IGD-WLAN- The output power of the Double-click to enter
and the unit is dBm. valid after the Wi-
POWER (dBm) equipment. the parameter value.
The default value is Fi function is
20dBm. enabled.
SSID No. The SSID number. - Read-only -
11-36 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
The parameter is
The SSID (service set
The maximum length not configurable Double-click to enter
IGD-WLAN-SSID identifier), meaning the
is 32 characters. after the Wi-Fi the SSID.
name of the WLAN.
function is
disabled.
Optional.
The options include The parameter is
Click the drop-down
IGD-WLAN- Enables or disables the enable and disable. not configurable
list to select to enable
ENABLE SSID function. The default value is after the Wi-Fi
or disable the SSID.
enable. function is
disabled.
Selects whether the
SSID is hidden.
If the SSID is hidden, a Optional.
Its value includes
subscriber cannot find The parameter is Click the drop-down
IGD-WLAN- Non-hide and Hide.
the SSID via his / her valid after the Wi- list to select whether
SSIDHide The default value is
PC, but can access the Fi function and the to hide SSID.
Non-hide.
wireless network via SSID are enabled.
configuring the SSID
manually.
Its value includes

Optional.
OPEN, SHARED, Click the drop-down
The parameter is
IGD-WLAN- The WLAN WPAPSK, and list to select the
valid after the Wi-
AuthMode authentication mode. WPA2PSK. WLAN authentication
Fi function and the
The default value is mode.
SSID are enabled.
WPAPSK.
Version: B 11-37

Requirement Method
The options include:
NONE, WEP, TKIP,
AES or TKIPAES.
TKIP.
u When the WLAN
authentication
mode is OPEN,
this parameter
can be set to
NONE and WEP.
u When the WLAN
authentication Optional.
mode is Select the option
SHARED, this according to the
parameter can WLAN Click the drop-down
IGD-WLAN- The WPA encryption only be set to authentication list to select the
Encrypt type. WEP. mode. WLAN encryption
u When the WLAN The parameter is type.
authentication valid after the Wi-
mode is Fi function and the
WPAPSK, this SSID are enabled.
parameter can
be set to TKIP,
AES, and
TKIPAES.
u When the WLAN
authentication
mode is
WPA2PSK, this
parameter can
be set to TKIP,
AES, and
TKIPAES.
11-38 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
The parameter is
valid when the Wi-
The authentication Fi function and the Double-click to enter
IGD-WLAN- The maximum length
password set by the SSID are enabled the authentication
PresharedKey is 64 characters.
user. and the password.
authentication
mode is WPAPSK
or WPA2PSK.
Optional.
The parameter is
The value ranges
valid when the Wi-
The time interval to between 0 and
IGD-WLAN- Fi function and the
refresh the 4194303, and the unit Double-click to enter
WPAReKey SSID are enabled
authentication is second. The the refresh interval.
Interval (s) and the
password. default value is 86400
authentication
seconds.
mode is WPAPSK
or WPA2PSK.
The IP address of the The general Internet
RADIUS-Server Read-only -
RADIUS server. IP address.
The port number of the
RADIUS-Port - Read-only -
RADIUS server.
The password of the
RADIUS-Key - Read-only -
RADIUS server.
Optional.
The parameter is
The options include
IGD-WLAN- The length of the key valid when the Wi- Click the drop-down
40bit or 104bit.
WEPEncryption- when the WEP Fi function and the list to select the WEP
Level (bit) encryption is used. SSID are enabled key length.
40bit.
and the encryption
mode is WEP.
Optional.
The parameter is
Select one among the valid when the Wi-
IGD-WLAN- 4. Double-click to enter
four configured network Fi function and the
WEPKey Index The default setting is the key index.
keys. SSID are enabled
1.
and the encryption
mode is WEP.
Version: B 11-39

Requirement Method
Optional.
The parameter is
valid when the Wi-
The configured network The maximum length Double-click to enter
WLAN-WEPKey 1 Fi function and the
key 1. is 32 characters. the key value.
SSID are enabled
and the encryption
mode is WEP.
Optional.
The parameter is
valid when the Wi-
SSID are enabled
and the encryption
mode is WEP.
Optional.
The parameter is
valid when the Wi-
SSID are enabled
and the encryption
mode is WEP.
Optional.
The parameter is
valid when the Wi-
SSID are enabled
and the encryption
mode is WEP.
11.3.12 Configuring TL1 Interface WAN-Connected Service
Command function
The TL1 interface WAN-connected service configuration command is used to

configure the WAN-connected service of the TL1 interface and set parameters such
as WAN connection mode.
11-40 Version: B
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→TL1
Interface WAN Service in the shortcut menu. Then the WAN Service window will
appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
the ONU.
It is generated automatically by
the equipment according to the
Wan NO generation sequence of the - Read-only -
WAN connection. The index
value increases in turn.
The name of the WAN
connection. The generation
Wan_Name rule is number_key word_ - Read-only -
bridge or route mode_ PVC /
VLAN information.
Its value includes
TR069, Click the drop-
INTERNET, down list to select
Wan_Mode The WAN connection mode. Compulsory
TR069_ the WAN
INTERNET and connection mode.
Other.
Click the drop-
Its value includes
down list to select
Wan_Conn_Type The WAN connection type. Route and Compulsory
the WAN
Bridge.
connection type.
Version: B 11-41

Requirement Method
Its value should use the
CVLAN ID value configured in
1 to 4085, or null. enter the VLAN ID
Wan_Vlan_ID the Services Configuration Compulsory
The default value of the WAN
dialog box in the Data Port
is null. connection.
Config window.

The 802.1p priority of the WAN 0 to 7, or null. The enter the 802.1p
Wan_COS Compulsory
connection. default value is priority of the
null. WAN connection.
The options
Click the drop-
include enable
Enables / disables the NAT down list to select
Wan_NAT_Enable and disable. The Compulsory
function. the parameter
default setting is
value.
enable .
Click the drop-
down list to select
The mode of the WAN Its value includes
the WAN
Wan_D_S_P connection obtaining the IP DHCP, Static, and Compulsory
connection
address. PPPOE.
address obtaining
method.
Optional.
Double-click to
When Wan_D_S_P is set to When Wan_D_S_
enter the static IP
Wan_Ip_Address Static, it means the static IP - P is set to Static,
address of the
WAN connection.
valid.
When Wan_D_S_P is set to When Wan_D_S_ down list to select
Wan_Ip_Subnet Static, it means the subnet - P is set to Static, the subnet mask
mask. this parameter is of the WAN
valid. connection.
Optional.
Double-click to
enter the default
Wan_Gateway Static, it means the default - P is set to Static,
gateway of the
gateway. this parameter is
WAN connection.
valid.
Optional.
Double-click to
enter the master
Wan_Master_DNS Static, it means the master - P is set to Static,
DNS of the WAN
DNS. this parameter is
connection.
valid.
11-42 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
Double-click to
When Wan_D_S_
When Wan_D_S_P is set to enter the slave
Wan_Slave_DNS - P is set to Static,
Static, it means the slave DNS. DNS of the WAN
this parameter is
connection.
valid.
Click the drop-
include enable When Wan_D_S_
Wan_PPPOE_ Enables / disables the PPPoE down list to select
and disable. The P is set to
Proxy proxy function. the parameter
default setting is PPPOE, this
value.
disable. parameter is valid.
When Wan_D_S_P is set to The maximum When Wan_D_S_ enter the user
Wan_PPPOE_
PPPOE, it means the user length is 32 P is set to name of the
Username
name of the connection. characters. PPPOE, this PPPoE
parameter is valid. connection.
When Wan_D_S_P is set to The maximum When Wan_D_S_ enter the
Wan_PPPOE_
PPPOE, it means the length is 32 P is set to password of the
Password
password of the connection. characters. PPPOE, this PPPoE
parameter is valid. connection.
Optional.
Double-click to
When Wan_D_S_P is set to The maximum When Wan_D_S_
Wan_PPPOE_ enter the name of
PPPOE, it means the name of length is 32 P is set to
NAME the PPPoE
the PPPoE service. characters. PPPOE, this
service.
parameter is valid.

When Wan_D_S_P is set to include automatic When Wan_D_S_ Click the drop-
Wan_PPPOE_
PPPOE, it means the connection and P is set to down list to select
MODE
connecting mode. connection with PPPOE, this the PPPOE mode.
traffic. parameter is valid.
The options
Click the drop-
Enables / disables the QoS include enable
down list to select
Wan_Qos_Enable function of the WAN and disable. The Compulsory
the parameter
connection. default setting is
value.
disable.
Version: B 11-43

Requirement Method
Sets the ONU port that the
configured WAN connection The value
service profile is to be bound includes cable
Select the
LAN1 to LAN4, with. service ports FE1
Compulsory corresponding
SSID1 to SSID4 The value includes cable to FE4 and radio
port.
service ports LAN1 to LAN4 ports SSID1 to
and radio ports SSID1 to SSID4.
SSID4.
Its value includes Click the drop-
VLAN mode The VLAN operation mode. tag and Compulsory down list to select
transparent. the VLAN mode.
Optional.
Click the drop-
The options This parameter is
Enables / disables the down list to select
Translation State include enable valid only when
translation function. to enable or
and disable. the VLAN mode is
disable.
transparent.
Optional.
When VLAN
mode is set to
Double-click to
The value range: transparent and
Translation Value The post-translation VLAN ID. enter the VLAN
1 to 4085. Translation State
ID.
is set to Enable,
this parameter is
valid.
Optional.
When VLAN
Click the drop-
mode is set to
down list to select
The value range: transparent and
COS The translation priority. the inner PON
0 to 7. Translation State
priority level or
is set to Enable,
COS.
this parameter is
valid.
11-44 Version: B
11.3.13 Configuring ONU Port Loopback
Command function
The ONU port loopback configuration command is used to enable the loopback
function of an ONU port. The loopback direction is from the appointed port of the
ONU to the OLT side.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→ONU Port
Loopback in the shortcut menu. Then the Port loopback window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The PON port number and FE port
number of the ONU.
Its value includes
Click the drop-
Loopback and
The loopback status of the PON port down list to select
Loopback Status Disable. The Compulsory
or FE port of the ONU. the loopback
default value is
status.
Disable.
Version: B 11-45
11.3.14 Configuring Port Isolation
Command function
The port isolation configuration command is used to enable or disable the port
isolation function of an ONU. After the port isolation function of an ONU is enabled,
the communications between its ports are disabled, and the collision domains can
be isolated.
Applicable object
Access method
Isolation in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Isolation window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The slot number of the PON interface Read-

Slot No. - -
card connected with the ONU. only
Number of the PON port that connects to Read-

PON Port No. - -
the ONU. only
11-46 Version: B

Requirement Method
Read-
Onu No. The authorization number of the ONU. - -
only
The options include

enabling and
disabling. The default
setting is enabling.
u Enable: enables
the ONU port
isolation function, Click the drop-
the ONU ports down list to
Enables / disables the port isolation Compul-
State cannot select to
function. sory
communicate with enable or
each other. disable.
u Disable: disables
the ONU port
isolation function,
the ONU ports can
communicate with
each other.
11.3.15 Configuring Control of ONU Fan
Command function
The ONU fan control configuration command is used to start or stop the running of
the ONU fan, so as to effectively decrease the operation temperature of the ONU
Applicable object
The AN5506-10B1 supports this command.
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→ONU Fan
Control in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Fan Control window will appear.
Version: B 11-47
Parameter

Requirement Method

ONU.
ONU.
The value range is
Double-click to
15 to 60, with the
Fan start The control temperature to turn on enter the fan
unit being ℃. The Compulsory
temperature the fan. starting
default value is
temperature.
35℃.
The value range is
Double-click to
5 to 60, with the
Fan stop The control temperature to turn off enter the fan
unit being ℃. The Compulsory
temperature the fan. stopping
default value is
temperature.
25℃.
11.3.16 Controlling Port MAC Addresses Number
Command function
The port MAC addresses number control command is used to control MAC
addresses number on the FE port of an ONU. Under each FE port, the number of
PCs sharing this port at the same time is restricted. The purpose of this operation is
to control the traffic in the network and avoid blocking.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Port MAC-
Learning Limit in the shortcut menu. Then the Config Port MAC Limit window will
appear.
11-48 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
Port No. The FE port number of the ONU. - Read-only -
The maximum allowed number The value ranges
Mac Number of MAC addresses under the FE from 0 to 254. The Compulsory
the parameter value.
port. default value is 0.
11.3.17 Configuring Performance Threshold of a FE Port
Command function
The FE port performance threshold configuration command is used to set the CRC
error detection threshold of each LAN port on an ONU. When the detected CRC
error exceeds the set threshold value, a corresponding alarm will occur and be
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→LAN Port
Perf Threshold in the shortcut menu. Then the LAN Port Perf Threshold window
will appear.
Version: B 11-49
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
the ONU.
The LAN port number of the
ONU.
Up Crc- The value range is 0 to Double-click to
The uplink CRC error statistics
Threshold 4294967294; and the Compulsory enter the
threshold of the FE port.
(/sec) default value is 0. parameter value.
Down Crc- The downlink CRC error The value range is 0 to Double-click to
Threshold statistics threshold of the FE 4294967294; and the Compulsory enter the
(/sec) port. default value is 0. parameter value.
Command function
The enabling / disabling performance classification command is used to enable /

disable the performance collection function of an ONU. The performance
parameters to be collected include port performance statistics, optical module
parameters, and CPU / memory utilization ratio.
Note:
After completing performance collection, users need to disable the

performance collection function in a timely manner. The purpose is to
save system resource and ensure normal running of the system.
Applicable object
11-50 Version: B
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→ONU Perf
Sort Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Perf Sort Switch window will
appear.
Parameter
Configura-
tion Method
the ONU.
the ONU.
Its value includes Port Perf
The performance collection
Perf Code Statistic, Optical Detect, Read-only -
item of the ONU.
and CPU/Memory Usage.
Click the
Enables / disables the The options include enable drop-down
Switch performance collection and disable. The default Compulsory list to select
function. setting is disable. to enable or
disable.
11.3.19 Configuring Optical Power Monitor Function
Command function
The optical power monitor configuration command is used to enable / disable the
optical power monitor function of an ONU. If the ONU has fualts, enabling the optical
power monitor to measure the Rx and Tx optical powers of the ONU, so ao to isolate
the fault.
Applicable object
Version: B 11-51
Access method
Alarm Threshold in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Alarm Threshold window
will appear.
Parameter
Value Range /
Requirement

ONU.
ONU.
The options Click the drop-down list
Enable/Disa- Enables / disables the optical power
include enable Compulsory to select to enable or
ble monitor function.
and disable. disable.
11.3.20 Configuring GEMPort Mapping Mode
Command function
The GEMPort mapping mode configuration command is used to configure the

GEMPort mapping mode.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→GEMPort
maping mode in the shortcut menu. Then the GEMPort maping mode window will
appear.
11-52 Version: B
Parameter
Configuration
Method
of the ONU.
The value includes Ethernet Click the drop-
Priority, VLAN ID, and down list to
GEMPort maping The GEMPort mapping
Ethernet Priority+ VLAN ID, Compulsory select the
mode mode.
and auto. The default setting is GEMPort
auto. mapping mode.
The value ranges from 0 to Double-click to

Inner protocol
The inner TPID. 65534. The default value is Compulsory enter the inner
identifier
33024. TPID.
The value ranges from 0 to Double-click to
Outter protocol
The outer TPID. 65534. The default value is Compulsory enter the outer
identifier
33024. TPID.
The options include Each Port Click the drop-
LAN port The mapping mode of the Mapped to One Bridge and down list to
Compulsory
mapping mode port. Several Ports Mapped to One select the port
Bridge. mapping mode.
11.3.21 Enabling / Disabling RSTP
Command function
The enabling / disabling RSTP command is used to enable or disable the RSTP
function of the ONU. Enabling the RSTP function can avoid generation of network
loop inside the LAN, so as to solve the broadcast storm problem of the looped
Ethernet network.
Applicable object
Version: B 11-53
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→RSTP
Switch in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Switch window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The number of the slot that offers the
Slot No. PON interface connected with the - Read-only -
ONU.
with the ONU.
Click the drop-
The options
down list to
RSTP Enable Enables / disables the RSTP function. include enable Compulsory
select to enable
and disable.
or disable.
11.3.22 Binding a Packet Suppression Profile
Command function
The packet suppression profile binding command is used to bind a certain FE port of
the ONU with a configured packet suppression profile. For a port bound with the
packet suppression profile, its rate will be controlled according to rules defined in the
profile.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Packets
Rate Control Profile Attach in the shortcut menu. Then the Packets Rate Control
Profile Attach window will appear.
11-54 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
PON interface connected with the ONU.
with the ONU.
Port No. The FE port serial number of the ONU. - Read-only -

The name of the packet suppression Select among the
profile. profile names Click the drop-
Before selecting the packet suppression configured in the down list to
Profile Id Compulsory
profile name in the drop-down list, you Packet select the
should complete the packet suppression suppression profile name.
profile configuration on the HSWA card. profile window.
11.3.23 Performing Loop Test of a Port
Command function
The port loop test command is used to enable / disable the loop test function of an
ONU port; in addition, it can be used to set the time interval of loop test. After the
loop test function of a certain ONU port is enabled, users can test the link status.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Port Loop
Detect in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Loop Detect window will appear.
Version: B 11-55
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
the ONU.
ONU Port No. - Read-only -
ONU.
The options
include enable
UNI Loop Click the drop-down
Enables / disables the loop and disable.
Detect Compulsory list to select to enable
test function. The default
Management or disable.
setting is
disable.
The value Optional.
ranges from 10 This parameter is Double-click to enter
Detect Port
The time interval of loop test. to 3600. The valid only when the the time interval of
Loop Time (s)
default value is loop test function is loop test.
20. enabled.
11.3.24 Configuring ONU Bandwidth
Command function
The ONU bandwidth configuration command is used to configure the uplink /

downlink service bandwidth of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Bandwidth in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Bandwidth window will appear.
11-56 Version: B
Parameter
Configuration
Method
of the ONU.
The value range is 256 to Double-click to
Upstream
The uplink service 1000000; the unit is kbit/s; enter the maximum
Bandwidth Compulsory
bandwidth of the ONU. and the default value is uplink bandwidth of
(kbit/s)
1000000 kbit/s. the ONU.
Double-click to
Downstream enter the maximum
The downlink service 1000000; the unit is kbit/s;
Bandwidth Compulsory downlink
bandwidth of the ONU. and the default value is
(kbit/s) bandwidth of the
1000000 kbit/s.
ONU.
The binding / unbinding
Profile Binding
status of the bandwidth - Read-only -
Info
profile.
The name of the bound

bandwidth profile.
11.3.25 Enabling Anti-DoS Attack Function
Command function
The enabling anti-DoS attack command is used to protect the DoS attack on an
ONU. This command enhances the anti-attack performance of the ONU, so as to
improve the security of the equipment.
DoS attack: The purpose is to make the ONU unable to provide normal services.
The most common DOS attack include computer network bandwidth attack and
connectivity attack.
Applicable object
Version: B 11-57
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Anti-Dos
attack in the shortcut menu. Then the Anti-Dos attack window will appear.
Parameter
The number of the slot that offers the PON
The number of the PON port connected with the
ONU.
Enables / disables the anti-IP_LAND attack
The options
function. Click the
include enable
The LAND attack is described as follows: A drop-down
and disable.
IP_LAND malicious user sets both the source and Optional list to select
The default
destination addresses of a packet to the IP to enable
setting is
address of the attacked host, and sends this and disable.
disable.
packet to the attacked host via IP spoofing.
Enables / disables the anti-TCP_BLAT attack

function. The options
Click the
The TCP_BLAT attack is described as follows: include enable
drop-down
A malicious user sends a forged packet with the and disable.
TCP_BLAT Optional list to select
same TCP source and destination port The default
to enable
numbers; the attacked system tries to send a setting is
and disable.
response message to itself, and this causes disable.
paralysis or restart of the system.
Enables / disables the anti-UDP_BLAT attack

function. The options
Click the
The UDP_BLAT attack is described as follows: include enable
drop-down
A malicious user sends a forged packet with the and disable.
UDP_BLAT Optional list to select
same UDP source and destination port The default
to enable
numbers; the attacked system tries to send a setting is
and disable.
response message to itself, and this causes disable.
disruption or restart of the system.
11-58 Version: B

The options
Enables / disables the anti-TCP_NULLScan Click the
include enable
TCP_ attack function. drop-down
and disable.
NULLScan The TCP_NULLScan attack is described as Optional list to select
The default
Switch follows: For a packet, its TCP serial number is to enable
setting is
set to 0, and its control bits are all set to 0. and disable.
disable.
The options
Enables / disables the anti-XMASScan attack Click the
include enable
function. drop-down
TCP_ and disable.
The XMASScan attack is described as follows: Optional list to select
XMASScan The default
For a packet, its TCP serial number is set to 0, to enable
setting is
and its FIN / URG / PSH bits are set to 1. and disable.
disable.
The options
Enables / disables the anti-TCP_SYNFINScan Click the
include enable
attack function. drop-down
TCP_ and disable.
The TCP_SYNFINScan attack is described as Optional list to select
SYNFINScan The default
follows: For a packet, its TCP header carries the to enable
setting is
TCP flag FIN. and disable.
disable.
Enables / disables the anti-TCP_SYNError The options
Click the
attack function. include enable
drop-down
The TCP_SYNError attack is described as and disable.
TCP_SYNError Optional list to select
follows: For a packet, its SYN is 1, ACL is 0, The default
to enable
and layer 4 destination port number is less than setting is
and disable.
1024. disable.
Enables / disables the anti-TCP_ShortHDR The options
Click the
attack function. include enable
drop-down
TCP_ The TCP_ShortHDR attack is described as and disable.
Optional list to select
ShortHDR follows: For a packet, its TCP packet header The default
to enable
length is less than the minimum allowed TCP setting is
and disable.
packet header length. disable.
The options
Enables / disables the anti-TCP_FragError Click the
include enable
and disable.
TCP_FragError The TCP_FragError attack is described as Optional list to select
The default
follows: For a packet, its fragmentation wander to enable
setting is
is 1. and disable.
disable.
Version: B 11-59

The options
Enables / disables the anti-ICMPv4_Fragment Click the
include enable
ICMPv4_ and disable.
The ICMPv4_Fragment attack is described as Optional list to select
Fragment The default
follows: The fragmentation packets are to enable
setting is
detected continuously. and disable.
disable.
The options
Enables / disables the anti-ICMPv6_Fragment Click the
include enable
The ICMPv64_Fragment attack is described as Optional list to select
Fragment The default
follows: The fragmentation packets are to enable
setting is
detected continuously. and disable.
disable.
Enables / disables the anti-ICMPv4_LongPing
The options
attack function. Click the
include enable
The ICMPv4_LongPing attack is described as drop-down
follows: A malicious user uses the pinging Optional list to select
LongPing The default
broadcast storm to flood the entire target to enable
setting is
system so that this system denies service and disable.
disable.
requests of normal users.
Enables / disables the anti-ICMPv6_LongPing

The options
attack function. Click the
include enable
The ICMPv6_LongPing attack is described as drop-down
follows: A malicious user uses the pinging Optional list to select
LongPing The default
broadcast storm to flood the entire target to enable
setting is
system so that this system denies service and disable.
disable.
requests of normal users.
11.3.26 Binding Ethernet Switch Queue Scheduling Algorithm

Profile
Command function
The binding Ethernet switch queue scheduling algorithm profile command is used to
bind an ONU with an Ethernet switch queue scheduling algorithm profile. After this
command is executed, the ONU will determine the data priority according to the
queue scheduling algorithm and mode defined in the profile.
11-60 Version: B
Applicable object
The AN5506-04B and the AN5506-10B1 support this command.
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Queue
Schedule Profile Attach in the shortcut menu. Then the Queue Schedule Profile
Attach window will appear.
Parameter
ONU.
ONU.
Compulsory.
Click the drop-
Select among the profile
The name of the Ethernet switch down list to
Profile Id - names configured in the
queue scheduling algorithm profile. select the
Queue Schedule
profile name.
Profile window.
11.3.27 Binding an ONU Port with a Flow Policy
Command function
The binding ONU port with flow policy command is used to bind an ONU port with a
flow policy. After this command is executed, the ONU port will process the uplink
and downlink service flow according to the flow policy.
Applicable object
Version: B 11-61
Access method
Binding Flow Policy in the shortcut menu. Then the Port Binding Flow Policy
window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
with the ONU.
the ONU.
ONU.
Compulsory.
The ID of the flow policy
Select among the flow Click the drop-down
Ingress Policy profile that the ONU uplink
- policy names configured list to select the
ID service flow is to be bound
in the Flow Policy parameter value.
with.
window.
Compulsory.
The ID of the flow policy
Select among the flow Click the drop-down
Egress Policy profile that the ONU
- policy names configured list to select the
ID downlink service flow is to
in the Flow Policy parameter value.
be bound with.
window.
11.3.28 Configuring Remote Management
Command function
The remote management configuration command is used to configure the TR069

client and achieve the remote management function on the ONU.
Applicable object
11-62 Version: B
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Config→Remote
Management Config in the shortcut menu to open the Remote Management
Config window.
Parameter
Requirement Method
PON interface card
connected with the
ONU.
Number of the PON
PON Port No. port that connects to - Read-only -
the ONU.
The authorization
number of the ONU.
The value includes
Click the drop-down
IGD-TR069- Enables / disables the Disable and Enable.
Compulsory list to select to enable
Enable TR069 function. The default value is
or disable.
Enable.
Optional.
When the TR069
IGD-ACS- The ACS server URL The maximum length Double-click to enter
management channel
SERVER-URL provided by the ISP. is 128 characters. the parameter value.
is enabled, the
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The authentication
IGD-ACS- When the TR069
user name of the The maximum length Double-click to enter
SERVER- management channel
equipment connecting is 64 characters. the customer name.
UserName is enabled, the
to the ACS server.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The authentication
IGD-ACS- When the TR069
password of the The maximum length Double-click to enter
SERVER- management channel
equipment connecting is 64 characters. the password value.
Password is enabled, the
to the ACS server.
parameter is valid.
Version: B 11-63

Requirement Method
Optional.
The value includes
Enables / disables the When the TR069 Click the drop-down
IGD-Inform- Disable and Enable.
Inform message management channel list to select to enable
Enable The default value is
regular report function. is enabled, the or disable.
Enable
parameter is valid.
Optional.
If IGD-Inform-Enable
The value ranges
is set to Enable, and
IGD-Inform- The interval of the between 0 and Double-click to enter
the TR069
Interval (s) regular report. 4294967294, and the the report interval.
management channel
unit is second.
is enabled, the
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The port of the When the TR069
The value range: 0 to Double-click to enter
IGD-CONN-Port equipment connecting management channel
65534. the parameter value.
to the ACS server. is enabled, the
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The authentication
When the TR069
IGD-CONN- user name of the The maximum length Double-click to enter
management channel
Username equipment connecting is 64 characters. the parameter value.
is enabled, the
to the ACS server.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The authentication
When the TR069
IGD-CONN- password of the The maximum length Double-click to enter
management channel
Password equipment connecting is 64 characters. the parameter value.
is enabled, the
to the ACS server.
parameter is valid.
Optional.
The value includes
Enables or disables When the TR069 Click the drop-down
IGD-Midware- Disable and Enable.
the middleware. management channel list to select to enable
Enable The default value is
is enabled, the or disable.
Enable
parameter is valid.
11-64 Version: B

Requirement Method
Optional.
If IGD-Midware-
Enable is set to
The middleware server
IGD-Midware- The maximum length Enable, and the Double-click to enter
URL.
URL is 128 characters. TR069 management the URL.
channel is enabled,
the parameter is
valid.
Optional.
If IGD-Midware-
Enable is set to
The middleware server
IGD-Midware- The value range: 0 to Enable, and the Double-click to enter
port.
Port 65534. TR069 management the parameter value.
channel is enabled,
the parameter is
valid.
11.4 Control Command
Command function
The resetting ONU command is used to restart the appointed ONU. After an ONU is
restarted, it will register to the OLT again, and the authorization number and
configuration of this ONU are still valid.
Caution:
This command can interrupt services on the ONU, so use care when
executing it.
Applicable object
Version: B 11-65
Access method
Reset ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the Reset ONU window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
11.4.2 Resetting an ONU FE Port
Command function
The resetting ONU FE port command is used to restart the appointed LAN port of an
ONU. After the restarting, the configuration of this port is still valid.
Caution:
This command can interrupt services on the ONU LAN port, so use care
when executing it.
Applicable object
Access method
reset ONU LAN Port in the shortcut menu. Then the reset ONU LAN Port window
will appear.
11-66 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
of the ONU.
The LAN port The value range
The serial number of Double-click to enter
number of the varies with the ONU Compulsory
theLAN port to be reset. the LAN port number.
ONU. LAN port quantity.
11.4.3 Registering / Logging Out to an MGC
Command function
The command is used to manually control an MG to register on or log out from an

MGC.
Applicable object
Access method
MGC Register/Unregister in the shortcut menu. Then the MGC Register/
Unregister window will appear.
Version: B 11-67
Parameter
Requirement Method
Slot No. PON interface connected with the - Read-only -
ONU.
with the ONU.
Register/Unreg- Registers the MG to or log out the MG include down list to
Compulsory
ister from the MGC. Register and select to register
Unregister. or log out.
Double-click to
The MGC IP address that shoule be
MGC IP - Compulsory enter the MGC
connected to.
IP address.
Command function
The NGN subscriber registering / logging out command is used to register / log out a
user port to the MGC manually.
Applicable object
Access method
11-68 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
PON interface connected with the ONU.
with the ONU.
Double-click to
The value enter the
Port No. Tje port number of the NGN subscriber. Compulsory
range: 1 to 64. subscriber port
number.
Click the drop-
The options
down list to
Register/Unreg- Registers the user port to or log out the include
Compulsory select to
ister user port from the MGC. Register and
register or log
Unregister.
out.
11.4.5 Disabling a Remote Optical Module
Command function
The remote optical module disabling command is used to enable or disable the
PON port of the ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Remote Optical Module Off in the shortcut menu. Then the reset ONU PON Port
window will appear.
Version: B 11-69
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
the ONU.
Enables or disables the PON The options include Click the drop-down
PON Switch port enabling switch of the on and off. The Compulsory list to select to
ONU. default setting is on. enable or disable.
The value range is 1 Optional.

to 65535; the unit is When the PON port
The time that the PON port is Double-click to
Off Time (s) second; and the is enabled, the
shut down. enter the off time.
default value is 60 parameter is not
seconds. configurable.
11.5 Get Information Command
Command function
The viewing RSTP bridge information command is used to view the RSTP bridge
information of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
RSTP Bridge Info in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Bridge Info window will
appear.
11-70 Version: B
Parameter
the ONU.
The maximum aging time of the RSTP The unit is
Bridge Max Age (s) Read-only -
bridge. second.
The priority of the bridge when the RSTP
function is enabled. A bridge with a
Bridge Priority - Read-only -
smaller priority value has a higher priority
to be selected as the root bridge.
Bridge Mac Address The MAC address of the RSTP bridge. - Read-only -
The time interval of two successive Hello The unit is
Bridge Hello Time (s) Read-only -
packets received by the RSTP bridge. second.
The forward delay time of the RSTP The unit is
Forward Delay Read-only -
bridge. second.
ONU Version The RSTP version. - Read-only -

Root Bridge Priority The priority of the root bridge. - Read-only -
Root Bridge Mac
The MAC address of the root bridge. - Read-only -
Address
Root Port The port number of the root bridge. - Read-only -
The maximum aging time of the root The unit is
Root Max Age (s) Read-only -
bridge. second.
The time interval of two successive Hello The unit is
Root Hello Time (s) Read-only -
packets received by the root bridge. second.
Root Forward Delay The unit is
The forward delay time of the root bridge. Read-only -
(s) second.
Command function
The viewing RSTP port information command is used to view the RSTP information
of an appointed ONU port.
Version: B 11-71
Applicable object
Access method
RSTP Port Info in the shortcut menu. Then the RSTP Port Info window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU Slot No. interface card connected with - Read-only -
the ONU.
the ONU.
Double-click to
The serial number of the port to The value range:
Port No. Compulsory enter the port
be queried. 1 to 24.
number.
The priority of the port when
the RSTP is enabled. A port
Port Priority - Read-only -
with a lower priority value is
preferred to act as the root port.
The role of the port.

Its value includes: Selectable,
Port Role Backup, Root, Appointed, - Read-only -
not joining RSTP, and
Unknown.
Port State The operating mode of the port. - Read-only -
The path cost of the port when

the RSTP is enabled.
Designated Root The priority of the appointed
- Read-only -
Priority root port.
Designated Root The MAC address of the

- Read-only -
Mac Address appointed root port.
Designated Path The path cost of the appointed

- Read-only -
Cost root port.
11-72 Version: B

Requirement Method
The number of the appointed
port.
Designated Port
It is determined by the port - Read-only -
No.
number on the opposite end
equipment.
Designated Port The priority of the appointed

- Read-only -
Priority port.
Designated Bridge The priority of the appointed

- Read-only -
Priority bridge.
Designated Bridge The MAC address of the

- Read-only -
MAC Address appointed bridge.
11.5.3 Viewing ONU Ranging Value
Command function
The viewing ONU ranging value command is used to view the logical distance
Applicable object
Access method
ONU RTT Value in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU RTT Value window will
appear.
Parameter
ONU.
Version: B 11-73


The measured logical distance between the The unit is
RTT Value (m) Read-only -
ONU and the OLT. meter.
11.5.4 Line Test
11.5.4.1 Testing POTS Port External Line Status
Command function
The testing POTS port external line status command is used to query the external
Applicable object
Access method
Line Test in the shortcut menu. Then select the POTS Outline Test tab in the
Parameter
Configuration
Method
with the ONU.
the ONU.
11-74 Version: B
Configuration
Method
Double-click to
The number of the POTS The value range varies with the Compul-
POTS Port No. enter the POTS
port to be tested. ONU POTS port quantity. sory
port number.
The value includes Force Test

and No Force Test.
u When Force Test is
selected, no matter the
subscriber is in
conversation, this test will
Click the drop-
The type of the external line be performed. During the Compul-
TestType down list to select
test. test, the conversation will sory
the test type.
be interrupted.
u When No Force Test is
selected, the test will be
performed when the
subscriber is not in a
conversation.
The external line test status.
Its value includes Test
Succeed and Test
Refused.
Refused The reason of the test being
- Read-only -
Reason refused.
The status of the tested port.
Its values corresponding to
the following port status
items: normal / line
Port State insulation bad / line - Read-only -
breakage / mixed line / line
grounding bad / line
interfere / line creepage / not
hang up / short circuit.
The DC voltage of
A -> ground
telephone line B, with the The unit is volt. Read-only -
DC Voltage (V)
The DC voltage of
B -> ground
telephone line B, with the The unit is volt. Read-only -
DC Voltage (V)
A ->B DC The DC voltage between
The unit is volt. Read-only -
Voltage (V) telephone lines A and B.
Version: B 11-75
Configuration
Method
A -> ground The impedance of
insulation telephone line A, with the The unit is ohm. Read-only -
resistance (Ω) earth as the reference.
B -> ground The impedance of
insulation telephone line B, with the The unit is ohm. Read-only -
resistance (Ω) earth as the reference.
A -> B
The impedance between
insulation The unit is ohm. Read-only -
telephone lines A and B.
resistance (Ω)
A -> B polarity
reversal The polarity reversal
The unit is ohm. Read-only -
insulation resistance.
resistance (Ω)
A -> ground The capacitance of

capacitance telephone line A, with the The unit is pF. Read-only -
(PF) earth as the reference.
B -> ground The capacitance of
capacitance telephone line B, with the The unit is pF. Read-only -
(PF) earth as the reference.
A -> B
The capacitance between
capacitance The unit is pF. Read-only -
telephone lines A and B.
(PF)
The AC voltage of telephone

A -> ground AC
line A, with the earth as the The unit is volt. Read-only -
Voltage (V)
reference.
The AC voltage of telephone
B-> ground AC
line B, with the earth as the The unit is volt. Read-only -
Voltage (V)
reference.
A -> B AC The AC voltage between
Voltage (V) telephone lines A and B.
A -> B loop The total resistance of the

The unit is ohm. Read-only -
resistance (Ω) AB loop.
11-76 Version: B
11.5.4.2 Testing POTS Port Internal Line Status
Command function
The testing POTS port internal line status command is used to query the external
Applicable object
Access method
Line Test in the shortcut menu. Then select the POTS Inline Test tab in the window
that appears.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
- Read-only -
Authorized No. ONU.
The value range varies Double-click to
The number of the POTS port to
POTS Port No. with the ONU POTS port Compulsory enter the POTS
be tested.
quantity. port number.
Version: B 11-77

Requirement Method
The value includes Force
Test and No Force Test.
u When Force Test is
selected, no matter
the subscriber is in
conversation, this
test will be performed. Click the drop-
During the test, the down list to
TestType The type of the internal line test. Compulsory
conversation will be select the test
interrupted. type.
u When No Force Test
is selected, the test
will be performed
when the subscriber
is not in a
conversation.
The internal line test status. Its
TestState value includes Test Succeed - Read-only -
and Test Refused.
Refused The reason of the test being
- Read-only -
Reason refused.
Signal Tone The current dial tone status.
- Read-only -
State Includes Normal and Abnormal.
FeederVolta-
telephone feed voltage value. - Read-only -
geState
Includes Normal and Abnormal.
The loop current status in the
Loop current
loop formed after off-hook. - Read-only -
State
Includes Normal and Abnormal.
Loop current The current value in the loop
The unit is ampere. Read-only -
(A) formed after off-hook.
Feeder voltage The telephone feed voltage
(V) value.
Signaltone
The dial tone level value. The unit is decibel. Read-only -
level (DB)
Signaltone
The dial tone frequency value. The unit is hertz. Read-only -
frequency (HZ)
11-78 Version: B

Requirement Method
Ringing
current voltage The ringing current voltage value. The unit is volt. Read-only -
(V)
Ringing
The ringing current voltage
Current - Read-only -
status.
Voltage State
11.5.5 NGN Information
11.5.5.1 Viewing NGN Statistical Information
Command function
The viewing NGN statistical information command is used to view the voice
signaling packets and RTP packets Tx / Rx status of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
Version: B 11-79

Requirement Method
ReceivedNGNReq The number of the NGN request

- Read-only -
Packets packets received by the ONU.
The number of the NGN request

SendNGNReqPackets - Read-only -
packets sent by the ONU.
ReceivedNGN The number of the NGN response

- Read-only -
RespPackets packets received by the ONU.
SendNGN The number of the NGN response

- Read-only -
RespPackets packets sent by the ONU.

ReceivedRTPPackets - Read-only -
packets received by the ONU.

SendRTPPackets - Read-only -
packets sent by the ONU.

ReceivedRTPBytes - Read-only -
bytes received by the ONU.

bytes sent by the ONU.
PacketLoss (%) The packet loss rate of the ONU. The unit is ％. Read-only -
The network average delay of the

NetworkAvgDelay (ms) The unit is ms. Read-only -
ONU.
RTPAvgJitterBuffer The average voice jitter delay of
The unit is ms. Read-only -
(ms) the ONU.
Bandwidth Usage The bandwidth occupied by the
The unit is kbit/s. Read-only -
(kbit/s) voice service on the ONU.
The lost signaling packets number
LostSigPackets - Read-only -
of the ONU.
The retransmitted signaling
RetransmitPackets - Read-only -
packets number of the ONU.
The error signaling packets

WrongSigPackets - Read-only -
number of the ONU.
The unknown signaling packets
UnknownSigPackets - Read-only -
number of the ONU.
11-80 Version: B
11.5.5.2 Viewing NGN Port Statistical Information
Command function
The viewing NGN port statistical information command is used to view the statistical
information of an ONU POTS port, including RTP stream Tx / Rx statistical
information and call duration statistical information.
Applicable object
Access method
appear. Click the NGN Port Statistic Info tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The value range
Double-click to
The POTS port number of the varies with the
ONU Port No. Compulsory enter the voice
ONU. ONU POTS port
port number.
quantity.

ReceivedRTP-
packets received by the POTS - Read-only -
Packets
port.

SendRTPPack-
packets transmitted by the POTS - Read-only -
ets
port.
ReceivedRTP- The number of the RTP voice

- Read-only -
Bytes bytes received by the POTS port.
Version: B 11-81

Requirement Method
bytes sent by the POTS port.
RTPJitterBuffer The voice jitter delay of the POTS

(ms) port.
Lastest Call The start time of the latest call of

- Read-only -
Begin Time the POTS port subscriber.
Lastest Call The end time of the latest call of

- Read-only -
End Time the POTS port subscriber.
Last Call The current call duration of the The unit is

Read-only -
Duration (s) POTS port subscriber. second.
The call times of a subscriber of
Total Call Times - Read-only -
the POTS port subscriber.
The total call duration of a

Total Call The unit is
subscriber of the POTS Read-only -
Duration (s) second.
subscriber.
UpstreamRate
The uplink rate of the POTS port. The unit is kbit/s. Read-only -
(kbit/s)
Downstream- The downlink rate of the POTS

The unit is kbit/s. Read-only -
Rate (kbit/s) port.
AvgNetworkDe- The network average delay of the

lay (ms) POTS port.
The packet loss rate of the POTS

PacketLoss (%) The unit is ％. Read-only -
port.
11.5.5.3 Viewing NGN Resource Status
Command function
The viewing NGN resource status command is used to view the subscriber status of
an ONU POTS port and the corresponding RTP resource information.
Applicable object
11-82 Version: B
Access method
appear. Click the NGN Resource State tab.
Parameter
Configuration
Method
with the ONU.
the ONU.
The POTS port number of
POTS No. - Read-only -
the ONU.
Tel - Read-only -
configured at the POTS port.
The status includes: non-

activated, registering, idle,
off-hook, dialing, ringing, ring
The calling status of the back tone, connecting,
Reg Status Read-only -
POTS port. connected,on-hook ,
disconnected, busy, failed,
and not on-hook for a long
time.
The ID number of the
Termination ID - Read-only -
termination point.
11.5.5.4 Viewing NGN RTP Resource Configuration
Command function
The viewing NGN resource configuration command is used to view the RTP
resource configuration information of an ONU.
Version: B 11-83
Applicable object
Access method
appear. Click the NGN RTP Resource tab.
Parameter
Requirement Method
Number of the PON port that connects
to the ONU.
The AN5116-
06B supports
The RTP resource name. The first 128
RTP Name configuration of Read-only -
entries will be displayed.
6000 NGN RTP
resource items.
11.5.6 Viewing ONU Profile Binding Information
Command function
The viewing ONU profile binding command is used to query the binding information
of the ONU service profile.
Applicable object
11-84 Version: B
Access method
ONU Profile Binding Info in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Profile Binding
Info window will appear.
Parameter
ONU.
ONU Service The name of the service profile bound with the
- Read-only -
Profile Name ONU.
11.5.7 Viewing ONU Port Loopback Test
Command function
The viewing ONU port loopback test command is used to view the test results of
ONU port loopback. The parameters include number and delay of the Tx / Rx
frames.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU Port loopback check-up in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Port loopback
check-up window will appear.
Version: B 11-85
Parameter
Requirement Method
of the ONU.
The value range Click the drop-
The number of the ONU includes numbers of all down list to
Port No. Compulsory
port to be looped back. PON ports and FE select the port
ports. number.
Send Frame The number of Tx frames. - Read-only -

Frames Received The number of Rx correct
- Read-only -
OK frames.
Frames Received The number of Rx error
- Read-only -
Corrupted frames.
The minimum delay of Rx
Min Delay (us) The unit is us. Read-only -
frames.
The maximum delay of Rx
Max Delay (us) The unit is us. Read-only -
frames.
The average delay of Rx
Avg Delay (us) The unit is us. Read-only -
frames.
11.5.8 Obtaining ONU MAC Address
Command function
The obtaining ONU MAC address command is used to query the MAC address of
an ONU.
Applicable object
11-86 Version: B
Access method
MAC-learning table on ONU in the shortcut menu. Then the MAC-learning Table
On ONU window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
The value includes PON
Port Type The type of the port. Read-only -
and FE.
For a PON port, the value
of this parameter is 1.
Port No. The number of the port. For a FE port, the value of Read-only -
this parameter is the FE
port number.
The MAC address learned by

MAC - Read-only -
the port.
The VLAN ID value

VLAN ID corresponding to the MAC The value range: 1 to 4085. Read-only -
address.
11.5.9 Querying ONU Status Information
Command function
The querying ONU status command is used to query the status information of the
ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU State Information in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU State Information
window will appear.
Version: B 11-87
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The last time the ONU is off the
Last Off Time - Read-only -
network.
11.5.10 Viewing Port Status Information
Command function
The viewing port status information command is used to view the status information
of various ONU ports, including connection status, flow control status, and port
physical status.
Applicable object
Access method
port info in the shortcut menu. Then the port info window will appear.
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
11-88 Version: B

Requirement Method
LINK Status The connection status of the port. - Read-only -

The enabling status of the flow control
Flow Control - Read-only -
function on the port.
Phy Admin
The enabling / disabling status of the port. - Read-only -
State
AutNeg Admin The enabling status of the auto
- Read-only -
State negotiation function on the port.
Rate The rate of the port. - Read-only -

Duplex The duplex mode of the port. - Read-only -
Loopback
The loopback status of the port. - Read-only -
Status
11.5.11 Viewing Optical Module Parameters Information
Command function
The viewing optical module parameters command is used to view optical module
status parameters of an ONU, including optical module type, optical module
temperature, optical module voltage, bias current, Tx and Rx optical power.
Applicable object
Access method
OptModule Para Information in the shortcut menu. Then the OptModule Para
Version: B 11-89
Parameter
ONU.
ONU.
Optical module type The type of the optical module.
The unit is km. Read-only -
(KM) The default value is 20km.
The temperature of the optical
Temperature (C) The unit is ℃. Read-only -
module.
Voltage (V) The voltage of the optical module. The unit is V. Read-only -
The bias current of the optical
Current (mA) The unit is mA. Read-only -
module.
Transmitting optical The Tx optical power of the optical
The unit is dBm. Read-only -
power module.
The Rx optical power of the optical
Rx power (Dbm) The unit is dBm. Read-only -
module.
11.5.12 Querying MG Configuration
Command function
The querying MG configuration command is used to query the configuration

information of the MG.
Applicable object
Access method
MG Configuration Report in the shortcut menu. Then the MG Configuration
Report window will appear.
11-90 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
MGID The ID of the MG. - Read-only -
The value
The type of the softswitch platform includes MGCP,
Protocol Type Read-only -
protocol. MEGAGO and
SIP.
EID The gateway domain name. - Read-only -
The IP address of the active
First MGCIP - Read-only -
The IP address of the standby

Second MGCIP - Read-only -

First SIP Server - Read-only -
register server.
The IP address of the SIP standby

Second SIP Server - Read-only -
register server.

First SIP-Proxy Server - Read-only -
proxy server.
Second SIP-Proxy The IP address of the SIP standby

- Read-only -
Server register server.
Signal Svlan Tpid The signaling SVLAN TPID. - Read-only -
Signal Svlan ID The signaling SVLAN ID. - Read-only -
Cvlan COS The signaling SVLAN priority. - Read-only -
Signal Cvlan Tpid The signaling CVLAN TPID. - Read-only -

Signal Cvlan ID The signaling CVLAN ID. - Read-only -
CVLAN Cos The signaling CVLAN priority. - Read-only -
RTP Svlan Tpid The media stream SVLAN TPID. - Read-only -
RTP Svlan ID The media stream SVLAN ID. - Read-only -
RTP Svlan COS The media stream SVLAN priority. - Read-only -
RTP Cvlan Tpid The media stream CVLAN TPID. - Read-only -
RTP Cvlan ID The media stream CVLAN ID. - Read-only -
Version: B 11-91

Requirement Method
RTP Cvlan COS The media stream CVLAN priority. - Read-only -

Its value
includes Static,
IP Mode The IP address obtaining mode. Read-only -
PPPoE and
DHCP.
Signal IP The signaling IP address. - Read-only -
Signal gateway The signaling gateway address. - Read-only -
RTP IP The media stream IP address. - Read-only -

RTP gateway The media gateway address. - Read-only -
The user name for obtaining the IP
PPPoe name - Read-only -
The password for obtaining the IP
PPPoe password - Read-only -
The enabling status of the heartbeat
Keep Alive - Read-only -
function.
Alive Interval The heartbeat interval. - Read-only -
Alive Times The heartbeat test times. - Read-only -
11.5.13 Querying Parameter Configuration of Fax / Modem

Service
Command function
The fax / modem service parameter configuration query command is used to query
the related parameters of the fax / modem service of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
GET FAX/Modem Configuration in the shortcut menu. Then the GET FAX/Modem
Configuration window will appear.
11-92 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
ONU Authorized The authorization number of
- Read-only -
No. the ONU.
The value range
Port No. The number of the ONU port. varies with the Compulsory -
ONU type.
The transmission mode of the

VoiceT38Enable - Read-only -
fax service.
VoiceFax/Modem- The control mode of the fax
- Read-only -
Control data.
11.5.14 Querying ONU POTS Port Status
Command function
The querying ONU POTS port status command is used to query the current status
of an ONU POTS port.
Applicable object
Access method
NGN User Port Status in the shortcut menu. Then the NGN User Port Status
window will appear.
Version: B 11-93
Parameter
Configura-
tion Method
ONU.
ONU Authorized The authorization
- Read-only -
No. number of the ONU.
The number of the ONU The value range varies with the
Port No. Compulsory -
port. ONU type.
Including:
1. registering;
2. idle;
3. off-hook;
4. dialing;
5. ringing;
Port Status 6. ring back tone; Read-only -
subscriber port.
7. connecting
8. connected;
9. releasing connection;
10. register failed;
11. disabled;
12. other.
The ID of the termination
Termination ID - Read-only -
point.

The options include: terminating
services locally, terminating
iadPortServiceS- The current status of the
services at the opposite end, Read-only -
tate subscriber port service.
terminating services
automatically or service normal.
The options include: G.711A , G.

iadPortServiceCo- The coding / decoding
729, G.711U, G.723, G.726, and T. Read-only -
decMode mode of the port.
38.
The echo suppression
Echo Cancel - Read-only -
function enabling status.
11-94 Version: B
Configura-
tion Method
The polarity reversal
Reversed Polarity - Read-only -
signal enabling status.
Rx Gain (dB) The Rx gain. - Read-only -
Tx Gain (dB) The Tx gain. - Read-only -
The SIP telephone

SIP Telephone - Read-only -
number.
The user name
SIPUSERNAME corresponding to the SIP - Read-only -
subscriber port.
The password
SIPUSERPWD corresponding to the SIP - Read-only -
subscriber port.
11.5.15 Performing Emulation Command
Command function
The emulation command is used to detect the operating status of an ONU POTS
port via the incoming / outgoing call emulation test.
Applicable object
Access method
Simulation Command in the shortcut menu. Then the Simulation Command
window will appear.
Parameter
u Incoming call simulation begin
Version: B 11-95
Configuration
Method
PON interface card The value range is 1 to 8, or Select in the Object
Slot No. Compulsory
connected with the 11 to 18. Tree pane.
ONU.
Number of the PON
Select in the Object
PON No. port that connects to The value range: 1 to 8. Compulsory
Tree pane.
the ONU.
The authorization Select in the Object
ONU No. The value range: 1 to 64. Compulsory
number of the ONU. Tree pane.
The number of the The value range varies with Select in the Object
Port No. Compulsory
ONU port. the ONU port quantity. Tree pane.
The time-out duration The value ranges between 60

Timeout of the incoming call and 300, and the unit is Compulsory
the time-out duration.
test. second.
The status includes the
The current test
State following items: test started Read-only -
status.
and test not started.
u Incoming call simulation query
Configuration
Method
Slot No. Compulsory
ONU.
Number of the PON
Tree pane.
the ONU.
Port No. Compulsory

The current status of following items: idle, off-
State Read-only -
the port. hook, ringing, connected,
on-hook, and test end.
u Incoming call simulation end
11-96 Version: B
Configuration
Method
Slot No. Compulsory
ONU.
Number of the PON
Tree pane.
the ONU.
Port No. Compulsory

The current status of following items: idle, off-
State Read-only -
the port. hook, ringing, connected,
on-hook, and test end.
The conclusion includes the
The test conclusion of
following items: succeeded,
Conclusion the outgoing call Read-only -
failed, call has been set up,
emulation.
call status is not confirmed.
The reason includes the
following items: no signaling
The reason of test
Fail Reason interaction, called offhook, Read-only -
failure.
SS does not respond to the
offhook signaling.
u Outgoing call simulation begin
Configuration
Method
Slot No. Compulsory
ONU.
Number of the PON
Tree pane.
the ONU.
Port No. Compulsory
Version: B 11-97
Configuration
Method
The outgoing
Tel - Compulsory the POS telephone
telephone number.
number.
The time-out duration The value ranges between 60
Timeout of the incoming call and 300, and the unit is Compulsory
the time-out duration.
test. second.
State The current test status. following items: test started Read-only -
and test not started.
u Outgoing call simulation query
Configuration
Method
Slot No. Compulsory
ONU.
Number of the PON
Tree pane.
the ONU.
Port No. Compulsory

following items: idle, off-
The current status of hook, dial tone, receiving,
State Read-only -
the port. receive end, ringing-back,
connected, busy tone, on-
hook and test end
u Outgoing call simulation end
11-98 Version: B
Configuration
Method
Slot No. Compulsory
ONU.
Number of the PON
Tree pane.
the ONU.
Port No. Compulsory

following items: idle, off-
The current status of hook, dial tone, receiving,
State Read-only -
the port. receive end, ringing-back,
connected, busy tone, on-
hook and test end.
The dialed telephone
DIALNUMBER - Read-only -
number.
TARGETNUM-
reported to the - Read-only -
BER
The signaling
FAILEDSIG indication for test - Read-only -
failure.
Version: B 11-99
Configuration
Method
The conclusion includes the
The test conclusion of
following items: succeeded,
Conclusion the outgoing call Read-only -
failed, call has been set up,
emulation.
call status is not confirmed.
The reason includes the
following items: The SS off-
hook response signaling is
not received, the SS-
transmitting dial tone
signaling is not received, MG
internal reason, the dialed
The reason of test
Fail Reason telephone number is not the Read-only -
failure.
same as the one reported to
the SS, the ring back tone is
not received, the opposite
end not off-hook, the channel
setup failure, the SS does not
respond to the on-hook
signaling, etc.
11.5.16 Querying ONU Environment Status
Command function
The querying ONU environment status command is used to query the environment
status information of an ONU, including temperature and fan rotation speed of this
ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU Environment State in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU Environment State
window will appear.
11-100 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
ONU.
Temperature The temperature of the ONU. - Read-only -
The fan rotation speed of this
Fan speed - Read-only -
ONU.
11.5.17 Viewing ONU Port Connected Equipment Type
Command function
The viewing ONU port connected equipment type command is used to view the type
of the equipment set connected with the appointed port of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Ports, Connected Device Type in the shortcut menu. Then the Ports, Connected
Device Type window will appear.
Version: B 11-101
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The type of the equipment set The value includes
State connected with the port of the HG Intelligent,PC , Read-only -
ONU. and No Connection .
11.5.18 Querying ONU Voice Port Activation Status
Command function
The querying ONU voice port activation status command is used to query the RTP
activation status of an ONU voice port.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU IAD Port Active Status in the shortcut menu. Then the ONU IAD Port Active
Status window will appear.
11-102 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The serial number of the port to be
Port No. varies with the Compulsory enter the port
queried.
ONU port quantity. number.
The value includes
The RTP activation status of the
Active Status Active and Non- Read-only -
ONU voice port.
Active.
11.5.19 Viewing ONU Power Supply Management Status
Command function
The viewing ONU power supply management status command is used to query the
power supply status of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
Power Management in the shortcut menu. Then the Power Management window
will appear.
Version: B 11-103
Parameter
ONU.
ONU.
The value includes
Power Supply The current power supply mode of
Main Power and Read-only -
Mode the ONU.
Backup Battery .
Indicates whether a backup battery

Backup Battery - Read-only -
exists.
The value includes
Backup Battery Invalid, Charging ,
The status of the backup battery. Read-only -
State Working, and
Saturation.
11.5.20 Viewing Equipment Information
Command function
The viewing equipment information command is used to view the information of the
HG260.
Applicable object
Access method
Device Information in the shortcut menu. Then the Device Information window
will appear.
11-104 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
the ONU.
ONU.
The ID information of the
DI-Model Name - Read-only -
equipment.
DI-Manufacturer
The OUI of the manufacturer. - Read-only -
OUI
DI-Hardware
The hardware version number. - Read-only -
Version
DI-Software
The software version number. - Read-only -
Version
The serial number of the
DI-Serial Number - Read-only -
equipment.
11.5.21 Viewing Wi-Fi Status Information
Command function
The viewing WiFi status information command is used to view the status of the Wi-Fi
service.
Applicable object
Access method
WIFI Information in the shortcut menu. Then the WIFI Information window will
appear.
Version: B 11-105
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The WPS session status. The
WPS (Wi-Fi protection setting) is
WPS-Status used to help subscribers set - Read-only -
SSIDs and configure WPA data
coding and authentication modes.
WPS-Overlap The WPS session overlap status. - Read-only -

The enabling status of the Wi-Fi
WLAN-Enable - Read-only -
radio interface.
11.5.22 Viewing WAN Connection Information
Command function
The viewing WAN connection information command is used to view the WAN
connection status statistical information.
Applicable object
Access method
WAN Information Statistics in the shortcut menu. Then the WAN Information
Statistics window will appear.
11-106 Version: B
Parameter
Requirement Method
ONU.
ONU.
The index number of the WAN
Wan NO - Read-only -
connection.
Wan_Name The name of the WAN connection. - Read-only -
The VLAN ID of the WAN
Wan_Vlan_ID - Read-only -
connection.
The 802.1p priority of the WAN
Wan_COS - Read-only -
connection.
The IP address obtaining mode of
Wan_D_S_P - Read-only -
the WAN connection.
Indicates whether enables the QoS
Wan_Qos_Enable - Read-only -
function for the WAN connection.
The current connection status of the
Wan_Status - Read-only -
WAN network.
The static IP address of the WAN
Wan_Ip_Address - Read-only -
connection.
The subnet mask of the WAN
Wan_Ip_Subnet - Read-only -
connection.
The default gateway address of the
Wan_Gateway - Read-only -
WAN connection.
The master DNS server IP address
Wan_Master_DNS - Read-only -
provided by the ISP.
The salve DNS server IP address

Wan_Slave_DNS - Read-only -
provided by the ISP.
Version: B 11-107
11.6 Deleting ONU from Network Management

Database
Command function
The command is used to delete the broken or off-line ONUs from the network
management database.
Caution:
The command will delete the ONU and the services it carries from the
network management database. Please perform with care.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Delete ONU from
Database in the shortcut menu. The ANM2000 alert box appears to indicate the
deletion.
11.7 Obtaining ONU Information

Command function
The ONU information obtaining command is used to manually obtain the ONU
information, including: physical address, password, logical SN and logical SN
password.
Applicable object
11-108 Version: B
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Get ONU
Information in the shortcut menu to execute this command.
11.8 Refreshing an ONU

Command function
The refreshing command is used to refresh the status information of an ONU.
Applicable object
Access method
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right side of the GUI, and select Refresh in the
shortcut menu to execute this command.
11.9 Displaying ONU Subscribers

Command function
The displaying ONU subscriber command is used to expand and display information
on ONU subscribers in the ONU list tab; information on ONU subscribers includes
the number of the PON port connected with each ONU, the slot number of the card
containing each PON port, the authorization number of each ONU, etc.
Applicable object
Version: B 11-109
Access method
1. Click an GPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, right-click a certain
ONU in the ONU list tab at the right of the GUI, and select Display ONU User
in the shortcut menu. In the ONU list tab, an expand icon will appear in the left
of each ONU; users can click this expand icon to expand and display
information on this ONU.
2. After the ONU subscriber information is displayed, right-click a certain ONU in

the ONU list tab, and the Hide ONU User command will appear in the shortcut
menu. Click Hide ONU User to hide the ONU-related subscriber information.
11.10 Hiding ONU Port Panel

Command function
The hiding ONU port panel command is used to hide the port panel of the
designated ONU on the ANM2000 GUI.
Applicable object
Access method
1. Click an GPON interface card in the Object Tree pane, right-click the
designated ONU in the ONU list tab at the right of the GUI, and select Hide
ONU Port Panel in the shortcut menu. After the previous operations, the port
panel of the designated ONU will not be displayed on the ANM2000 GUI.
2. After the ONU port panel is hidden, right-click the designated ONU, and the
Display ONU Port Panel command will appear in the shortcut menu. Click
Display ONU Port Panel to display the ONU port panel on the ANM2000 GUI.
11-110 Version: B
Product Documentation Customer Satisfaction Survery
Thank you for reading and using the product documentation provided by FiberHome. Please take a moment to
complete this survey. Your answers will help us to improve the documentation and better suit your needs. Your
responses will be confidential and given serious consideration. The personal information requested is used for
no other purposes than to respond to your feedback.
Name
Phone Number
Email Address
Company
To help us better understand your needs, please focus your answers on a single documentation or a complete
documentation set.
Documentation Name
Code and Version
Usage of the product documentation:

1. How often do you use the documentation?
□ Frequently □ Rarely □ Never □ Other (please specify)
2. When do you use the documentation?
□ in starting up a project □ in installing the product □ in daily maintenance □ in trouble
shooting □ Other (please specify)
3. What is the percentage of the operations on the product for which you can get instruction from the
documentation?
□ 100% □ 80% □ 50% □ 0% □ Other (please specify)
4. Are you satisfied with the promptness with which we update the documentation?
□ Satisfied □ Unsatisfied (your advice)
5. Which documentation form do you prefer?
□ Print edition □ Electronic edition □ Other (please specify)
Quality of the product documentation:
1. Is the information organized and presented clearly?
□ Very □ Somewhat □ Not at all (your advice)
2. How do you like the language style of the documentation?
□ Good □ Normal □ Poor (please specify)
3. Are any contents in the documentation inconsistent with the product?
4. Is the information complete in the documentation?
□ Yes
□ No (Please specify)
5. Are the product working principles and the relevant technologies covered in the documentation sufficient for
you to get known and use the product?
□ Yes
□ No (Please specify)
6. Can you successfully implement a task following the operation steps given in the documentation?
□ Yes (Please give an example)
□ No (Please specify the reason)
7. Which parts of the documentation are you satisfied with?
8. Which parts of the documentation are you unsatisfied with?Why?
9. What is your opinion on the Figures in the documentation?
□ Beautiful □ Unbeautiful (your advice)
□ Practical □ Unpractical (your advice)
10. What is your opinion on the layout of the documentation?

□ Beautiful □ Unbeautiful (your advice)
11. Thinking of the documentations you have ever read offered by other companies, how would you compare
our documentation to them?
Product documentations from other companies:
Satisfied (please specify)
Unsatisfied (please specify)
12. Additional comments about our documentation or suggestions on how we can improve:
Thank you for your assistance. Please fax or send the completed survey to us at the contact information
included in the documentation. If you have any questions or concerns about this survey please email at
edit@fiberhome.com.cn

AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GUI Reference (Version B) PDF

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment GUI Reference (Version B) PDF

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

AN5116-06B

Optical Line Terminal Equipment

FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

We appreciate your business. Your satisfaction is our goal.

Fiberhome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: No.5 Dongxin Rd., Hongshan Dist., Wuhan, China

are trademarks of FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

All rights reserved

No part of this document (including the electronic version) may be

AN5116-06B Optical Line Introduces the retrieval method, contents, releasing,

Introduces the AN5116-06B's network location, functional

Introduces the key features supported by the AN5116-06B,

Introduces the overall installation and acceptance

Introduces the method for configuring the EPON services

Introduces the method for configuring the GPON services

Introduces the shortcut menu for every card of the

Introduces the operation procedures for replacing the

Introduces the daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly and annual

Introduces the fault processing principles and methods of

This manual corresponds to the AN5116-06B EPON V2.1.

This manual is intended for the following readers:

u Operation and maintenance engineers

To utilize this manual, these prerequisite skills are necessary:

u Access network technology

u Ethernet switch technology

u Computer network technology

u Basic operation methods of the ANM2000

AN5116-06B The AN5116-06B Optical Line Terminal Equipment

EC4B 4×EPON-C Interface Card (type B)

EC8B 8×EPON-C Interface Card (type B)

GC4B 4×GPON-C Interface Card (type B)

GC8B 8×GPON-C Interface Card (type B)

XG2B 2×10G EPON-C Interface Card (type B)

C155A 4×GE + 1×10GE Optical Interface Uplink Card (CES Mode)

CE1B 32×E1 Optical Interface Card (CES mode) (type B)

PUBA Public Card (type A)

Core Switch Card (EPON) (card No.: 2.115.334)

HU1A 4×GE + 1×10GE Optical Interface Uplink Card

HU2A 2×GE + +2×10GE Optical Interface Uplink Card

GU6F 6×GE Optical Interface Uplink Card

Symbol Convention Description

Note Important features or operation guide.

Possible injury to persons or systems, or cause traffic

Warning May cause severe bodily injuries.

➔ Jump Jumps to another step.

Related Documentation ...................................................................................I

Intended Readers ..........................................................................................III

1.1 Querying Status.............................................................................1-2

1.2 Querying Instant Performance........................................................1-3

1.3 Querying Performance History .......................................................1-4

1.4 Querying Current Alarms ...............................................................1-6

1.5 Querying Alarm History ..................................................................1-7

1.6 Resetting a Card............................................................................1-8

1.7 Refreshing the Status Indicators Manually......................................1-9

1.8 Deleting an Object .........................................................................1-9

1.9 Querying and Modifying Properties...............................................1-10

2 Shortcut Menu Commands of a System........................................................2-1

2.1 Adding a Module............................................................................2-2

2.2 Viewing Topology...........................................................................2-2

2.3 Pinging ..........................................................................................2-3

2.5 Detecting Physical Configuration....................................................2-3

2.6 Manually Synchronizing ONUs.......................................................2-4

2.7 Synchronizing Device Capacity ......................................................2-4